By Roger Anghis

We first must look at the meaning of the word mandate.  Webster’s modern dictionary states an official order to do something. It also states that one of the meanings is: the power to act that voters give to their elected leaders. In the case of the ‘vaccine’, the latter is more important than the former.  Webster’s 1828 dictionary gives the meaning as: A command; an order, precept or injunction. From these definitions, it sounds like if the government decrees something that we are required to follow that command almost no matter what.  The problem with that mindset is that is the mindset of a dictator. Stalin, Castro, Chavez, and that ilk.

Americans have forgotten that we are a constitutional republic and a constitutional republic is a nation ruled by laws, not mandates. During World War II Germany did medical experiments on Jews, homosexuals, the mentally retarded, and many others.  These ‘experiments’ were done without their consent and many times were never informed of what the ‘experiment’ was.  Many of the ‘experiments’ were very painful and were done without pain medication. Injecting chemicals into the eyes while the patient was still awake, exposing them to anthrax and the list goes on and on.

I would hope that by the time we got to a quarter of the way through the twenty-first century we would have reached a point where we no longer experimented on humans. But that does not seem to be the case. In all the research I’ve done on the COVID 19 ‘vaccine’ I have learned that all the animals utilized in the testing died but not from the ‘vaccine’ but from covid when it was introduced to them, According to Dr. Lee Merritt,

What happened is all animals died… but they didn’t die of the “vaccine”. What they died from what used to be called “immune enhancement” and now they call it “antibody-dependent enhancement” (ADE).

Here’s what happens:

They make the RNA and you get the “vaccine” and you do fine. Now, you challenge the animal with the virus that you are supposed to be immunizing against.

So when they challenged those cats with SARS [a.k.a. SARS-CoV-1, is a coronavirus species], instead of killing the virus or weakening it, the immune response that they built into your system when out and codded the virus, so the virus came into the cat’s body like a Trojan Horse, unseen by the cat’s own immune system, and then it replicated without checking and killed the cat with overwhelming sepsis and cardiac failure. And that [also] happened in ferrets, that happened every time they tried this.

Let me just point out. We have never made it through an animal study successfully for this type of virus.

We have never done this in humans before… We don’t really have a track record of success.[1] I don’t know about you but I don’t want this ‘vaccine’. Studies do show that most of the hospitalized patients with covid have been fully vaccinated.  Not much of a vaccine if you ask me but this is what the Biden administration is telling us that he is mandating that we get the ‘vaccine’ or our travel may be restricted, our ability to attend certain public events like the ones where they are shouting “Let’s Go Brandon”, we may not be able to fly, travel on a train, and he’s even thinking about restricting our ability to travel from state to state without the ‘vaccine’.  If you’ve ever studied history study 1930s Germany and you’ll see an eery resemblance to what the Democrats are doing in America.

Now, with this information, we have to look at the laws of America. The first law we can look at is the Constitution and our Bill of Rights.  Democrats think that they are a Bill of Suggestions but our basic rights were instilled in that document. Our 1^st Amendment carries a large portion of the rights that the Biden Administration simply ignores.  It states: Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.[2] Part of our freedom of religion is not having to take a ‘vaccine’ that is made partly of aborted baby cells which most if not all vaccines contain. This has created a ‘market’ for aborted babies. Follow the money.  Journalist David Daleiden obtained video evidence of Planned Parenthood selling aborted baby parts which is illegal but Kamala Harris, California’s Attorney General at the time, charged David with 9 felonies but ignored the provable illegal actions of Planned Parenthood.

One of the most disturbing aspects of the 1^st Amendment that is being breached and ignored by our government is that of free speech. The government is supposed to see to it that these rights are not hindered in any way but the Big Tech corporations violate our free speech rights daily and the federal government does nothing. Some say they are private companies and can do what they want but they have public stockholders and the federal government has asked them to not allow certain articles that discuss the truth about COVID 19’s origins, preventive medicines, treatments, and other things that oppose the government’s position, Hunter’s laptop, Hillary’s emails, Biden’s dealing with Ukrain and the list goes on. When they comply with the requests of the government that makes them an agent of the government which in turn makes their actions illegal. If someone wants to publish information concerning their citizen’s rights to NOT abide by the mandate they are de-platformed, banned, and not allowed to express the rights our Constitution is supposed to guarantee. These are actions of dictators not of a constitutional republic. Even when people peacefully assemble to protest the forced mandates the government, specifically in blue states, will use the police to harass the protestors and arrest them for exercising their constitutional right to peacefully assemble. Police say two people were arrested during a “disturbance” outside Rhode Island Gov. Dan McKee’s home, where protesters were rallying against the state’s vaccine mandate for health care workers.

The two people arrested Friday night were charged with disorderly conduct, obstruction and resisting arrest, Rhode Island State Police said. Police did not provide further details about the disturbance or the reason for the arrests.

McKee announced in August that all health care workers would be required to be fully vaccinated against COVID-19.[3]

Keep in mind that the survival rate for this ‘plannedemic’ is 99.98%.  There is no logical reason to force anyone to get this proven dangerous ‘vaccine’. There must be other reasons that we would probably shoot them for if we knew what they really wanted to accomplish.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Dr. Lee Merritt in animal studies after being injected with MRNA technology all animals died upon reinfection
2. First Amendment
3. 2 arrested during vaccine mandate protest outside

By Rob Pue

In my last message, I shared with you the Globalist plan for planetary genocide — mass depopulation of the Earth, which has long been the dream of people like Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, Klous Schwab, and Luciferian “elites” throughout the world, in preparation for their “Great Reset” which has already been launched.

Their method is the COVID so-called “vaccines,” which in fact, are not vaccines at all, but experimental DNA- and RNA-altering poisons. I told you how — according the the CDC’s own VAERS data — more than a half million people in the US alone have suffered severe and terrible side effects, including strokes, heart failure, blood clots, brain disorders, convulsions, seizures, paralysis, Bells Palsy, inflammations of the brain and spinal cord, autoimmune diseases, miscarriage, infertility, deafness and blindness.  I also shared that in addition to these “side effects,” more than 16,000 people have “officially” died as a result of these injections.

Of course, we must remember, if a person dies within two weeks of receiving a shot, health officials claim those deaths are mere coincidence, and have nothing to do with the injections themselves.  We also know that these are simply the CDC’s “official” numbers and that only between 1 and 10 percent of all adverse side effects are ever reported to the VAERS system.  Moreover, the CDC has, more than once, scrubbed hundreds of thousands of cases as they have “readjusted” the numbers released to the public. If anyone out there still trusts ANY “data” or “numbers” released by the CDC on anything, they ought to have their head examined.

We should also remember that the effects of these injections are especially targeting the reproductive organs rendering people sterile for life.  Several scientists have also asked the question: what about babies born of mothers who took the jab? Since we know these shots seem to specifically target the reproductive organs, will these babies, too, be sterile for life? The answer is, we just don’t know.

By now you have undoubtedly heard about the ABC news station in Detroit that posted the following on Facebook: “After the vaccines were available to everyone, did you lose an unvaccinated loved one to COVID 19? If you’re willing to share your family’s story, please direct message us your contact information. We may reach out for a story we’re working on.”

This station, WXYZ, was seeking stories of “unvaccinated” people who died because they refused to take the jab. They received more than 250,000 responses to their Facebook post, but the responses were not what they were hoping for.  Instead, all of the responses were from people who had severe horrific reactions to the jab, or loved ones who had died from the jab.  One person wrote: “I know people who died painfully from the vaccine.  Want those stories?”  Someone else posted: “I had an uncle and cousin die from the jab! My son-in-law’s aunt died from it and three more friends died from it.” And another person stated: “My dad flatlined after his second dose of Moderna.”  These are just a few of the comments. As I said, there were 250,000 more just like these, at last count. And this was a local Detroit news station.  Only God knows how many have died from the poison jab.

Personally, I had a long-time friend whose wife is a nurse and was required to get jabbed to keep her job. Shortly thereafter, my friend, her husband, just simply stopped breathing and died in bed next to her at 2 am. The cause of death was “undetermined” but we know those who have taken the jab are spreading some very weird illnesses to those they come in close contact with.  Another associate, in the prime of his life, at 38 years old, was one of the healthiest, strongest individuals I’ve known. He ran five miles every day, lifted weights, worked hard and had no medical issues whatsoever. But… he got the jab. One dose. And the next day he was dead, after a series of multiple strokes. These are just two stories of people that I can attest to personally.

Countless doctors, nurses, and other whistleblowers have shed even more light on the situation.  Hospitals are discouraging healthcare workers from reporting to the VAERS system, and they also follow a pre-prescribed protocol for those admitted to the hospital.  More about that later.

But understand this: it’s not the “unvaccinated” that are causing the mutations and “variants” that are making so many so sick right now.  The pestilence we’re seeing today is the result of those who have already taken one or more of the shots, as their bodies shed and spread the spike proteins the shots produce.

So what’s in these shots? It would be pretty difficult for anyone to continue to refute the fact that they most certainly contain Graphene Oxide. There have now been so many studies released by so many doctors, scientists and labs around the world showing that ALL the injections contain high levels of Graphene Oxide — some say up to 95% — that this is a fact that can no longer be hidden by the lying media. They still try. But the studies have been done — independently — and the data is in.

This alarming data has lead world experts, like the Nobel Prize Winner in Medicine, Dr. Luc Montagnier, to issue a grave warning that we are currently facing the greatest risk of worldwide genocide in the history of humanity.  Even the inventor of the mRNA technology, Dr. Robert Malone, warns against these injections. And former Pfizer vice president and chief scientist, Dr. Mike Yeadon, came forward to warn humanity against these extremely dangerous injections.

These and countless other doctors and scientists have found high levels of Graphene Oxide, as well as toxic nanometallic content with magnetic-toxic, cytotoxic and genotoxic effects as well as identified life-threatening parasites. These ingredients dramatically change blood cells and cause massive blood clotting, and they spread to every organ in the body.  There’s also “self-assembling” nanotech in some of the shots tested, while others show complex crystals being formed.  Not to mention the human genome is permanently modified.  In other words, these jabs forever change a person’s DNA.  An autopsy done on one vaccinated individual showed spike proteins in literally every organ of the person’s body.

There are trillions of dollars at stake here for Big Pharma and the hospital industry.  You may recall a recently leaked Zoom conference call between physicians and a marketing director at Novant Health New Hanover Regional Medical Center, which is a group of 20 hospitals and clinics treating patients in North and South Carolina. In the recording, Mary Rudyk, MD, tells Director of Marketing Carolyn Fisher and another hospital employee that she wanted to make the COVID situation “more scary to the public” by inflating the number of COVID patients, and by using messaging that falsely tells individuals, “If you don’t get vaccinated, you know you’re going to die.”

Meanwhile, Joe Biden has ordered all companies with 100 or more employees to force mandatory injections. The US military is mandated to get injected. Hospital and Nursing Home workers are mandated to get injected. Because, as Biden stated, “his patience is wearing thin” with those who reject the jabs.  Apparently, people aren’t dying fast enough for him and his handlers.  But interestingly, guess who’s NOT required to get jabbed? Of course, the US Congress and congressional staffers, the Judicial branch, the White House staff, CDC employees, FDA employees, Post Office employees, NIAID employees, Pfizer, Moderna and Johnson & Johnson employees, and illegal aliens.  Does that, in itself, not speak volumes as to what this is really all about?

Meanwhile, hospitals and nursing homes are doubling- and tripling-down on their jab mandates. Many are refusing any religious or medical exemptions from employees.  So now, across the country, there’s a mass exodus taking place among healthcare workers.  When faced with the choice between taking a proven deadly injection or losing their job, they’ve chosen to quit, or they’ve been fired.

But the hospital is NOT where you want to be anyway these days, no matter what.  Since they’ve been incentivized to list as many people as possible as “COVID positive,” if you go to the hospital, it’s very likely you’ll be declared “COVID positive.”  Then, their standard protocols begin.

From what I’ve learned from those with first-hand experience — and from some first hand experience of my own — if you go into a hospital with any type of upper respiratory problem, the one thing you will NOT receive is anything that will actually help you get healthy again.  Most doctors in the US have been forbidden to prescribe Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine — drugs that have been proven to be safer than aspirin, and have also been proven to be fast-working cures for COVID. These inexpensive, life-saving drugs have been all but banned in the US, and if do you manage to find a doctor willing to prescribe them for you, you’ll have a nearly impossible time finding a pharmacy that will fill your prescription.  Most pharmacies have corporate-wide policies in effect, stating that even with a doctor’s prescription, they will NOT fill orders for Ivermectin or HCQ.

If you go into a hospital with bacterial pneumonia, you’ll be told you don’t have “bacterial pneumonia,” you have “COVID pneumonia,” and you’ll be admitted. Once admitted to the hospital, even if your own family doctor has prescribed antibiotics for you, those will be immediately stopped and you’ll be started on the official “COVID protocol.”  This includes intravenous Remdesivir — a drug pushed by Fauci as the primary protocol once a COVID patient is admitted to the hospital.

But multiple doctors have stated that Remdesivir is actually a bio-weapon and extremely deadly.  It has a long list of adverse effects on the human body, the first of which is upper respiratory distress, quickly followed by kidney failure, followed by “cascading organ failure.” This causes the lungs to fill with fluid; then the patient is placed on a ventilator and suffocated to death.

There have been numerous reports from families with loved ones in hospitals who have essentially been medically “kidnapped.” The patients are not allowed to see their family members; family members are not allowed to have any input or authority over their loved one’s care, and patients are forbidden to have any access to other medicines.  If you attempt to get them discharged so you can care for them at home, you’ll be made to sign a form stating you’re doing so “Against Medical Advice,” and then warned that because you refused to follow medical advice, insurance won’t pay, medicare won’t pay, and you’ll not only have a dead loved one but be facing bankruptcy as well.

As I’ve done the research on this, in report after report after report, the hospital protocols seem to all be the same now, everywhere in America: 1) Pronounce the patient as COVID-positive, 2) cease any type of antibiotics or other medications, 3) immediately administer Remdesivir, 4) place the dying patient on a ventilator.  This may sound harsh and cruel, and it most definitely is. The families that have suffered through this scenario understand what I’m talking about.

Friends, DON’T take the jab — and stay out of the hospitals at all costs. Keep your immune system strong with regular supplementation of Vitamin C, Vitamin D3 with K2, Potassium Iodide, Zinc, N Acetyl Cysteine and Quercetin. You can still find these supplements available — get the best quality you can find. But don’t wait.  There’s already been talk of making these supplements available by prescription only, and you know, if it will advance the goals of the genocidal maniacs that are running things now, it may not be very long before that happens.

© 2021 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 338.

By Andrew C. Wallace

October 30, 2021

You Would Never Suspect for All Manner of Crimes

This is a definitive, yet succinct, explanation of how and why our Constitutional Republic has been destroyed from before its Founding to the present day.

Communists and the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) are attacking us with Deceit, Deception and Destruction using the Income Tax (TAX), Private Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), and Tax-Free Foundations (TFF).

Due to the failure of our Communist schools and media to teach the truth, I must put all of this into proper context…which will be a surprise to most people.

Few people realize that the Communists and the PSRRC have been attempting to take over our country since before its founding. Members of PSRRC at the time caused and profited from the Revolutionary War, Civil War, and all other wars. When the PSRRC and their minions failed in their early efforts to take over our country, they put their efforts into concentrating all power in the Federal government (controlled by the PSRRC) by unconstitutionally usurping Supreme Powers of the states. The federal government has constitutional power ONLY over Currency, Foreign Relations, Post Office, and Immigration; unrelated federal laws are unconstitutional, as is the government until we have a fair Constitutional election.

Again, the PSRRC and the Communists were not happy with just bleeding us dry, which they were doing; they wanted total control over all of the people’s resources. They were able to accomplish this with the Revenue Act of 1913 which authorized the “Private” Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), Income Tax (TAX), and Tax-Free Foundations (TFF). These are the three pillars of our absolute destruction. The FRB and the TAX gave Communists and the PSRRC access to unlimited amounts of fiat money (not possible with Constitutional money). This funded Communist social programs, no-win wars, boondoggles, graft, etc., and in the process was impoverishing the people.

The greed, sense of entitlement and avarice of the PSRRC and their minions has no limits as demonstrated by their use of Tax-Free Foundations (TFF). In simple terms TFFs are funding Communist professors and students, Critical Race Theory, Reverse Discrimination, Racism, control of corporations, government, politics, social programs, climate change, anti- family, anti-religion, anti-Constitution, population control, etc.

But, most importantly TFFs allow the PSRRC to control trillions of dollars” forever” without paying taxes, while the American people support and defend them. With this tax-free money each TFF can own 20% of the voting stock of a corporation, effectively controlling and directing it to support the burning of cities and the firing of employees for failure to get a toxic shot. As you would expect, TFF profits from corporations are not taxable. Of course PSRRC family members call the shots and their progeny can be employed by the TFF and enjoy corporate jets and first-class accommodations forever, tax-free. Not only can they steal the money, they can keep it forever, tax-free, while controlling the corporations which rule the government. Of course, this is a free translation of how it is done.

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is the largest TFF with $50 Billion in assets. Some of their expenditures were $4 billion for Covid vaccines in poor countries, 20,000 scholarships for low-income students of color, $54 billion in grants to 135 countries, largest private donor to World Health Organization, etc. With only two of their programs, they sent $58 billion tax-free to foreign countries, which does our country no good. They practice reverse discrimination in their scholarship program.

The Ford Foundation gave grants totaling $656,159,375 in 2021. Some grants were for gender, racial and ethnic justice, civic engagement and government, natural resources, and climate change.

Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Funded 3,730 grants totaling $2,075,933,869. Grants were for higher education and public policy, etc.

If you want to know where Communism is being supported and promoted you need look no further than the Tax-Free Foundations that are funding Communist professors and students.

You can’t ignore the so-called endowments of the academic whores of higher education, especially the “Ivy League Colleges of Indoctrination”. Endowments for Harvard are $42 billion, Yale $31 billion and Princeton $25 billion. These private schools have an average tuition of $56,000.When Harvard would not allow students to attend classes they still required them to pay full tuition. Many foreign students receive scholarships with tax-free funds. Mike King’s article in RealHistoryChan.com on Oct 18th stated that annual appreciation alone would pay for tuition, room and board for Harvard students as their endowment is $3 million per student.. The Ivy League is the primary source of minions for the PSRRC. One example, 8 of the 9 Supreme Court Justices came from Harvard and Yale, so it was no surprise that they were compromised and refused to follow the Constitution and hear the cases on election fraud.

TFFs should not be confused with honest charities. As long as the Income Tax (TAX), Privately Owned Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and Tax-Free Foundations (TFF) exist, we are screwed. The income tax is not needed if the Federal Government would obey the Constitution, ignore Communist programs and not wage no-win wars for private profit.

Somehow the American People must learn that the FRB generates funding out of thin air that allows the PSRRC to confiscate the Peoples wealth; while the TFFs hoard the money without taxes, promote Communism, fund unpopular and useless programs, etc., and take care of trust-fund babies, in style, forever.

A major objective of the PSRRC is to deny us the ownership of property, ANY property. If you can’t own property, you are dependent on the state for everything and you are a slave. A major tenet of Marxism is to make people dependent, then they own them. PSRRC corporations already own 600,000 single-family homes, effectively denying the “American dream” to families.

The PSRRC, its minions in government and corporations in cooperation with the Chinese developed a Bio-Weapon (Covid-19), and released it into the world, an act of war to conquer the world, resulting in the deaths of millions. This was a crime against humanity. There is much evidence that the so-called vaccines have deadly results. Criminals who did this will do anything to further their causes.

Every single action, program or policy being taken by the PSRRC, their minions in corporations, government, education, etc., has one major objective: the complete destruction of the United States so they can rule the world. They call this the “Great Reset” and the “One World Order”. The PSRRC and the Communists have fought to take over our country for at least 250 years and I doubt they will surrender now… but neither will the patriots. Under the circumstances I expect a Dystopian state for a time and then a Pyrrhic Victory. To survive you will need a supply of emergency food, medicine, 12 gauge, AR-15 and plenty of ammunition.

I can understand how some Christians could see a connection between “The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse “ (Conquest, War, Famine, and Death) with Communism, TAX, FRB, and TFFs.

For hundreds of years the law-abiding American People have sacrificed and died defending this country, worked hard to build it, and provide for their families. All the while the Communist scumbags of the PSRRC and their minions in government have been stealing The People’s financial security, Constitutional rights, and the fruits of their labors, while living “High on the Hog” in luxury, disdainful of the people.

The tax-free money hidden in TFF must be confiscated and returned to the Treasury. Let the PSRRC minions and their children-of-privilege learn to appreciate The People by actually working to make a living. Terminating TFFs will stop most of the funding for Communist teaching and countless other anti-American schemes. Congress can quickly end TFF and the FRB. It will take longer to terminate the TAX, which is not needed if government is operating constitutionally.

I am perplexed as to why the PSRRC and their minions support common criminals, but the answer comes from an old saying, “sharks don’t bite lawyers because they have so much in common”.

This is such a powerful and complex subject that I could have written a book on it. But most people don’t read books on Economics so I wrote this article to inform as many people as possible as to the truth. If you want more information read one of the many available books on the subject. I also made a conscious effort to stay out of the weeds.
God Bless America.

ADDENDUM

Some readers may think my comments about the Tax-Free Foundations are too harsh and maybe even false, so I offer the following addendum as absolute proof of the validity of my words. Following is most of the introduction by Devvy Kidd, a most distinguished writer, who published it 20 years ago along with the Norman Dodd hearings that occured 44 years ago:

Excerpt from Devvy Kidd Article: https://devvy.com/utt_20020410.html

Think the term ‘American Soviet government’ is far-fetched? Better read these words: The following excerpt is from transcripts re: In 1978 the legislature of Illinois created a committee to study regional governance-one of the key mechanisms to erasing our sovereignty and bringing America into a Communist “New World Order.” There were three hearings, April 11, 1978, July 10, 1978 and September 26, 1978; the following statement is from the September 26, 1978 hearing.

This is the testimony of Norman Dodd, chief investigator in 1953 for U.S. Congressman B. Carroll Reece, whose committee investigated tax-exempt foundations run by the biggest traitors in this nation. This investigation eventually narrowed down to about 10 foundations, those chief among them for Un-American activities were Rockefeller, Ford, Carnegie and the Rhodes Scholarship Fund.

Transcript of Public Hearing, Joint Committee on Regional Government, September 26, 1978, Edwardsville, Illinois, Norman Dodd, page 51, “Mr. Chairman. After listening to the very able descriptions of how complex the question that is before the Committee is, I have been thinking in terms of drawing on my own experiences that relate to the development of the proposal called ‘regional government’…As a result of that investigation [into tax exempt foundations], experiences began to accrue and one of them stemmed from the entity – or the head of the entity – responsible for the proposition which you all now face called regional government. This individual was the head of the Ford Foundation, and this experience took place back in 1953. It took the form of an invitation from the President of the Ford Foundation to me to visit the Foundation’s offices, all of which I did and on arrival, was greeted by the President of the Ford Foundation with this statement:

“Mr. Dodd, we have invited you to come to NY and stop in and see us in the hope that, off the record, you would tell us why the Congress of the U.S. should be interested in an operation such as ours.” Before I could think of just exactly how I would reply, Mr. Gaither volunteered the following information, and these are practically in his exact words: “Mr. Dodd, we operate here under directives which emanate from the White House. Would you like to know what the substance of these directives is?” I said, “Indeed, I would, Mr. Gaither.”

“Whereupon he then said the following: “We here, operate and control our grant making policies in harmony with the directives, the substance of which is as follows: We shall use our grant making power so to alter life in the U.S. that it can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union.”

Page 53: “Now, the second experience that I would like to share with you, oh, and incidentally, it is the Ford Foundation’s grants which are responsible for the formulation of this idea of regional government, and also the idea that given regional government, we must, in turn, develop and accept and agree to a totally New Constitution which has already been drawn up, as was mentioned just a few minutes ago.”

[Editorial note: Let me leave Mr. Dodd’s testimony for a moment. I have a copy of the New States Constitution, developed many, many years ago and refined in 1978 by the Center for Democratic Studies, a Rockefeller funded operation. This New States Constitution is to replace ours. Ask former Senatorette Nancy Kassenbaum, now married to Howard Baker – she helped draft this document. However, first a Constitutional Convention must be called and the globalists are desperate to pull a con-con.

They tried and failed in 1994, they will try again. Did you notice during the 105th Congress, each session these people continued to call for a Constitutional Amendment for virtually every major piece of legislation, i.e. a balanced budget amendment to the Constitution, a balanced budget amendment [another meaningless, phony ploy], an amendment to the Constitution for school prayer, for victim’s rights, to fix the IRS? This is unprecedented in this century.

The last Constitutional Convention was in 1787. We’ve passed 16 Amendments to the Constitution without a con-con, so why all of a sudden do we need one for all the legislation listed above? We don’t, but it’s the only way they can throw out our Constitution and replace it with this Communist doctrine called a New States Constitution.]

Back to Mr. Dodd’s testimony beginning on pg. 53, Mr. Dodd is speaking about looking at the minutes and records of the Carnegie Endowment:

“Mr. Dodd, we have received your letter. We can answer all the questions, but it will be a great deal of trouble. The reason it will be a great deal of trouble is because, with the ratification by the Senate of the U.S. of the United Nations Treaty, our job was finished, we bundled up our records, spanning, roughly speaking, fifty years and put them in the warehouse.”

“I did send a member of my staff to NY to read the minute books of this organization since it’s inception in 1908. Now, we are back in the period of 1908, ad these minutes reported the following: The Trustees of the Carnegie Endowment bring up a single question, namely, if it is desirable to alter the life of an entire people, is there any means more efficient than war to gain that end? And they discuss this very question at a very high academic and scholarly level for a year, and they come up with an answer – there are no known means more efficient than war, assuming the objective is altering the life of an entire people.”

[Editorial note: Remember, Mr. Dodd is now quoting from the Carnegie Foundation’s own meeting minutes]

Page 55: “….oh, before that, the Trustees then answered the question of how to involve us in a war by saying, “We must control the diplomatic machinery of the U.S.”; and then that brings up the question of how to secure that control, and the answer is we must control the State Department. Now, at that point, research discloses a relationship between the effort to control the State Dept. and an entity which the Carnegie Endowment set up, namely the Council of Learned Societies.

[Editorial note: Later followed by the Council on Foreign Relations [CFR]. And through that entity, are cleared all of the appointments – high appointments in the State Department and they have continued to be cleared that way since then.]

“Now, finally, we are in a war. Eventually the war is over, and the Trustees turn their attention, then, to seeing to it that life does not revert in this country to what it was prior to 1914; and they hit upon the idea that in order to prevent that reversion, they must control education in this country. They realized that this is a perfectly tremendous, really stupendous and complex task – much too great for them alone. So, they approached the Rockefeller Foundation, with the suggestion that the task be divided between the two of them.

“The Carnegie Endowment takes on that aspect of education which is a domestic in its relationship. These two run along in tandem that way, disciplined by a decision – namely, that the answer lies entirely in the changing of the teaching of the history of the U.S. They then approached five of the most prominent historians in this country with the proposition that they alter the manner of the teaching of the subject, and they get turned down flatly; so they realized then they must build their own stable of historians, so to speak.

“They approach the Guggenheim Foundation, which specializes in Fellowships, and suggests to them that when they locate a relatively young potential historian, will the Guggenheim Foundation give that person a Fellowship, merely on their say-so and the answer is, yes they will…..And that becomes the policy which if finally picked up and manifests itself in the expression of collectivism all along the line, of which the dividing of this country into regions, using all of the logic which supports the ultimate idea that in order that regional government, in turn, be effective, there must be a new Constitution of the United States.” End of quote.
Entire article is at: https://devvy.com/dodd_20001221.html

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Lex Greene

It’s a shame that so much time has to be wasted on eliminating outright lies, just to arrive at truth today. The mere fact that George Soros is also pushing for an Article 5 Convention, should be all that needs to be said on the subject! But it isn’t…

People tend to believe whatever they want to believe, and facts usually have nothing to do with it these days. Most people are non-confrontational, especially since we are several generations beyond a time when anyone had to fight or die for freedom and liberty. Most prefer to believe “everything will be okay” no matter how bad things get. Most will never fight for freedom and liberty, until they don’t think they have any choice in the matter.

Even then, most prefer to believe that someone else will do the fighting for them, and that they won’t have to risk their own lifestyle to protect and preserve freedom.

Since the adoption of the U.S. Constitution in 1787, there has never been an Article 5 Convention of States, and for good reason. Instead, every existing amendment to the U.S. Constitution has been proposed and passed by Congress, without any States Convention.

Article 5 defines the two means by which the U.S. Constitution can be amended, neither of which is the ability of the States to amend the constitution at will, without going through the purposefully complex and time-consuming Amendment process. We MUST stop these lies, or we can never arrive at the truth! We must eliminate FAKE solutions, in order to focus on REAL solutions.

Reason #1 – We Have a Constitution and Bill of Rights now

The last Convention of States was held for the purpose of writing, proposing, and adopting the U.S. Constitution. That Constitutional Convention took place from May 25 to September 17, 1787, in the old Pennsylvania State House (now known as Independence Hall) in Philadelphia.

Once the U.S. Constitution was adopted, there was no longer a purpose for a Convention of States as all states were thereafter governed by the terms and conditions just adopted in the compact known as the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. All that was needed from this moment forward, was an enforcement of what is in those two founding documents, which we as a people, have failed to do.

Reason #2 – That’s NOT What Article 5 says

Contrary to the lies being spread by profiteering political operatives today, Article 5 does NOT provide a means by which the States can amend the U.S. Constitution via a Convention of States. What Article 5 says is this, verbatim…

1. “The Congress, whenever two thirds of both houses shall deem it necessary, shall propose amendments to this Constitution,” which is how every existing Amendment to the U.S. Constitution was passed by Congress and Ratified by the States.
2. “or, on the application of the legislatures of two thirds of the several states,” which has never happened since the 1787 Constitutional Convention.
3. If and when two thirds of the fifty states file a petition (with Congress) to convene a convention for the purpose of proposing amendments to the Constitution, Congress “shall call a convention for proposing amendments,” at which time the States and Congress will be able to propose Amendments to the Constitution.
4. Nothing in Article 5 prohibits anyone, Congress, or the States, from proposing Amendments to the Constitution.
5. Proposed Amendments must then be voted on by Congress, and then passed to the fifty states for ratification by at least three fourths of the state legislatures.
6. “as the one or the other mode of ratification may be proposed by the Congress;”

So, under Article 5, there is no means by which the States can amend the U.S. Constitution without the direct involvement of Congress, nor can proposed amendments be limited to those proposed by the States only, and none of those proposed amendments can be presented for States Ratification until after being voted upon by Congress, in a convention convened by Congress, upon the application of two thirds of the State legislatures. In fact, Article 5 clearly makes Congress the “convening authority” over any effort to amend the U.S. Constitution.

Reason #3 – A Process that can take Decades to Accomplish

It’s never been done before, so we can only speculate about how difficult it might be and how long it could take to even attempt it, in addition to the reality that the States would lose control of the process the minute two thirds of the State legislatures petition Congress to convene.

The Convention of States movement was formed in Purcellville Virginia in 2013, eight years ago. It had been discussed by people like Glenn Beck and Mark Levin for several years before that. Both have personally made millions trying to sell this idea to people seeking a solution, who either had never read Article 5, or lack proper reading comprehension skills.

The States can indeed hold their own convention independent of Congress or anyone else, any time they so choose. But they cannot amend the U.S. Constitution independent of Congress or the Constitutional Amendment process, plainly described in Article 5 and explained above.

Anyone telling you any different, either doesn’t know, or doesn’t want you to know the truth concerning amending the U.S. Constitution. It has never been done and is likely to never be done, unless and until, the U.S. Constitution no longer exists at all.

Reason #4 – What’s the Point?

The only reason anyone is even discussing amending the Constitution today, is no one follows the Constitution today. No one adheres to the Bill of Rights either. The problem isn’t any lack of constitutional language. If anything, the Constitution has been amended too many times already.

Even if it could be done, which I am 100% certain that it cannot be done, amending the U.S. Constitution would be like trying to put fresh paint on a crumbling condemned building that will soon be nothing but a vacant lot.

People talking about “term limits” seem to be completely unaware of the fact that term limits for political offices already exist… a two year limit for the U.S. House of Representatives, a six year limit for the U.S. Senate and a four year limit for the Presidency, with a two term limit in that office.

People are simply looking for a silver bullet solution that doesn’t exist. There is no substitute for the American people, forever vigilant, well-informed, and always engaged in self-governance. The problem isn’t a lack of language (amendments), it’s a lack of enforcement, of, by and for the people.

We will NOT enforce any new amendments, anymore than we enforce the current text.

Reason #5–While you’re busy trying to do, What Can’t be Done

The reason politicos want us to focus on what can’t be done, is to prevent us from doing what can and must be done, enforcement of existing Constitutional protections of our Natural Rights, as endowed by our Creator.

To be certain, global Marxists functioning as unbridled Nazi’s today, have and will continue to use every means of division possible, because “a house divided against itself, cannot stand.”

But the most dangerous divisions in America today come from our own side of this battle for the preservation of freedom and liberty. People who we believe are on “our side” have divided “our side” by floating numerous alleged solutions that simply are not viable at all, such as the Convention of States.

Even the current hero of the political Right, Donald J. Trump, is currently leading his eighty million followers to certain slaughter by convincing them we can save a nation in a fraudulent election three years from now in 2024, when the nation is on course to be destroyed by Christmastime, 2021.

Despite mountains of real science indicating that the COVID “vaccines” (bioweapons) are far more lethal than any corona virus ever could be, Trump is still telling his fans to “take the jab.”

People do NOT “follow the science” and the Constitution. Instead, the vast majority of Americans are simply “following the herd,” all science and facts be damned. People just believe what they want to believe, and largely due to the fact that they want someone else to do something, rather than doing what only they have the power and authority to do themselves.

Reason #6 – Our Divisions will be our Demise

Most Americans have grown to be fed up with the laundry list of intentional divisions over race, creed, color, sexual orientation, competing ideologies, economic status, and social shaming, all created with purpose by the political left. They are beginning to throw off those shackles and realize that there is only ONE race, the human race, and only two types of people in America, those who love freedom and those who prefer free stuff.

The division that is keeping us from rising up together is coming from within our own ranks, at least, allegedly “people on our side.”

Three things must happen, before we lose everything…

1. Americans must be properly informed in TRUTH
2. All ideas that cannot work, must be eliminated from the discussion
3. The people must stand and move together as one, or divided, everyone will lose everything

The facts presented here will NOT stop political charlatans from pandering the scam Convention of States for profit. But it must stop well-intended Citizens from falling for this very dangerous scam.

No one can save America but the American people themselves. They will never do it, so long as they are shackled to lies, false solutions and divided by competing pet agendas.

The Convention of States will never happen, nor should it ever happen. Until we remove all that cannot be done from the table, we cannot focus on what can and must be done, what only WE can do!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Joan Swirsky

October 29, 2021

Yes, Shakespeare said that of “a woman scorned.” But even the English bard could never have imagined the red-hot rage of multi millions of women who learned that the children they love and protect and would give their lives for were being taught by their local friendly teachers to hate themselves and hate their country.

As everyone now knows, there has been a massive eruption of nationwide protests as tens, no hundreds, no thousands of mostly Muslim women (and a few of their husbands) have descended on School Board meetings across the country to protest the fact that Critical Race Theory (CRT)is now being inflicted on their children, starting in kindergarten.

They are telling the powers-that-be how much they resent that their children will be taught that Muslims are evil and dangerous––going back to the problems President Thomas Jefferson had with the treacherous Muslim Barbary Pirates––and that this kind of information would be used to warp the minds of their innocent children.

These impassioned Muslim mothers (and some fathers) insist that they are upright and contributory American citizens who benefit America, have been elected to high public office, and pay their taxes. And they list the historical events they insist is their prerogative—and not the role of racist teachers––to explain to their children:

• The deadly bombing of Marine headquarters in Lebanon in 1983, in which 240 American Marines and 21 American seamen were annihilated, thanks to a Muslim suicide bomber.
• The September 11, 2001, attack on America, in which nearly 3,000 Americans were murdered by Muslims who brought down the Twin Towers, attacked the Pentagon, and sought to obliterate the White House.
• The thousands of Muslim jihadist attacks around the world, going back decades and continuing to this day.
• The existence––here in America––of female genital mutilation (FGM) performed on four- and five-year-old girls, ostensibly to suppress their sexuality.
• The existence––here in America––of Honor Killings (i.e., murder) to punish Americanized Muslim high school girls who dare to date an American schoolmate.
• The relentless propaganda their children are exposed to, for instance a cartoon that depicts the Koranic story of Jews being turned into apes.
• And just the other day, a 27-year-old Muslim man who murdered his mother because she converted to Christianity.

Who can blame these Muslim women (and some husbands) for protesting and even yelling at the School Board members and even “threatening” to take their children out of school for contaminating their innocent children with what they define as racist misinformation against what even American presidents have called “the religion of peace”?

AND THEY ARE NOT ALONE

Right by the side of these inflamed Muslim women (and some husbands) are Black mothers (and some husbands) who are furious that CRT is determined to “teach” their children equally harmful things, such as:

• Why, after over 70 years of Blacks voting Democrat and supporting unions like radical Randi Weingarten’s American Federation of Teachers (AFT), their offspring are empirically, objectively, pitifully on the very bottom rung of educated children, that immigrants who come to this country––not even speaking English––routinely outperform the Black public-school victims of male ducation. And they are furious to hear that Ms. Weingarten tweeted support for an op-ed that said parents don’t have the right to shape their kids’ school curriculum!
• Why cities run by Democrats are consistently, over decades, the highest in crime, unemployment, and widespread government dependency instead of prideful independence.
• Why their “leaders” are so consistently anti-American and anti-Semitic racists like Louis Farrakhan,  Al Sharpton,  Jesse Jackson, Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-MN), Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-MI), Rep.Cori Bush (D-MO), anddozens of others, including their racist icon, Barack Obama! Not to omit Joe Biden’s clear contempt for Blacks and Jews, the latter of which I have documented in articles entitled “Joe’s Jews,” “More About Joe and the Jews,” and “The Oldest Hatred Now Fulminates and Flourishes at 1600.”
• Why teachers don’t concentrate on Martin Luther King, Jr., Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Jackie Robinson, Serena Williams, Quincy Jones, Justice Clarence Thomas, and other great black heroes and ground breakers, but instead make folk heroes out of Communist murderers like Cuba’s Che Guevara, career criminals like George Floyd, and anarchist destroyers like Antifa and Black Lives Matter, who do nothing but set cars on fire, smash storefront windows, engage in grand theft and petty larceny, assault innocent citizens, and contribute nothing!

BUT WAIT!

I left out the White parents who started what has now become a nationwide protest. The whole point of Critical Race Theory is to prove to innocent school children that the triple evils in America––the Constitution, Capitalism and Christianity––were all introduced by malevolent White men.

There may be Muslim or Black mothers (and some fathers) at these protests,but you can be sure that none of the above questions I’ve posed will ever be asked––or answered––in today’s left wing propaganda factories, aka public schools, precisely because these mothers are considered in the protected “victim” category.

What Critical Race Theory is really all about is destroying big, bad Whitey! Whether its tearing down statues or burning books or telling the children of 72 percent of our population that they were born evil racists and the products of generations of evil racists, the goal is to omit from the classroom the fact that the White men they are vilifying are the same White men who created the freest, richest, strongest, most generous nation in world history, the nation that multi millions of illegal aliens––at this very minute––sacrifice everything to come to and live in and experience the American Dream!

You know, the same White men who banished the curse of slavery, although admittedly other White men––all of them Democrats––also created the viciously racist Ku Klux Klan, the Jim Crow laws, and uniformly voted against the Civil Rights legislation in the mid-1960s.

Come to think of it, Critical Race Theory should be renamed Corrosive Racist Training and be described as a course in systemic Democrat racism and its disastrous effect on our country.

BETRAYAL!

Imagine how these protesting parents felt when they learned that Joe Biden’s pick of Attorney General, Merrick Garland, called these desperate mothers (and some fathers) “domestic terrorists” and ordered the Federal Bureau of Investigation to monitor them and punish them for exercising their Constitutional right to Free Speech and for the mortal sin of protesting peacefully!

Garland’s menacing directive to the FBI is what writer Justin O. Smith described as “a piece of real fascist garbage.”

Good to know that a government watchdog group has now launched an investigation of Garland for his threats against public school parents across America.

In addition, after grilling Garland in a Judiciary Committee meeting last week, a principled legislator, Senator Josh Hawley (R-MO), called for his resignation.

To add insult to injury, the parents then learned that Garland’s daughter is married to Alexander Tanner, the guy who co-founded––and is raking in multimillions of dollars from — Panorama, the company selling this racist junk to over 50 of the nation’s 100 largest school districts, or, as the company describes itself, as supporting “13 million students in 23,000 schools and 1,500 districts across 50 states.”

Talk about Garland’s conflict of interest!

Yet further evidence of the incestuous leftist push toward Communism that parents across the country are now protesting is provided by author and journalist Jack Cashill who reveals that a major essay for Panorama’s CRT “curriculum” was written by terrorist emeritus and Obama pal Bill Ayers!

PUSHBACK

This nationwide outrage of parents has been effective. As blogger Fred Miller documents, “It’s an encouraging sign that that the execrable National School Boards Association (NSBA) has blinked and apologized for joining Merrick Garland in villainizing anti-CRT parents as ‘terrorists.’

“Perhaps even awakened Democrat parents will be, in the long run, part of the most effective resistance we have against the Woke totalitarians. In the natural order of animals, vegetables &minerals, there is no more powerful force with which to reckon than angered Mama & Papa bears.”

The visceral anger of the separents is not only being expressed at School Board meetings across the country, but it has gone viral on social media.Even confirmed, lifelong leftists were horrified and disgusted when the far-left candidate for governor of Virginia, Terry McAuliffe, added his less-than-two-cents worth by stating: “I don’t think parents should be telling schools what they should teach”

Really? Here, Quisha King gets a standing ovation when she calls for a “mass exodus” from public schools.

HISTORICAL PRECEDENT

In 1982, in Lawrenceville, Georgia, Tony Cavallo was repairing a 1964 Chevrolet Impala when the vehicle fell off the jacks it was propped on and trapped him underneath. His mother Angela miraculously summoned up such Herculean strength that she was able to lift the car high enough and long enough for two neighbors to replace the jacks and pull Tony to safety.

There is actually a name for this kind of astounding display of superhuman strength––it’s called Hysterical Strength and it’s no surprise that it often involves mothers.

Why is that? It’s because bringing a child into the world––notwithstanding the creativity involved in law, medicine, architecture, astronomy, space travel, music, literature, art, gardening, et al––is the ultimate creative act. Nothing comes close.

Writer, editor, and international blogger Ruth S. King suggests the following: “Like other efforts which led to political victories, dissident parents should coalesce behind a new movement named My Child, My Choice!”

That’s exactly what is happening! Today, the mothers of America’s schoolchildren are now telling the powers-that-be that they will not allow their children to ingest the toxic, dishonest, racist brew of CRT.  They are telling the innovators of this theory, the teachers who purvey it, the Attorney General of the United States, the FBI, and the President of the United States: Don’t contaminate my child with your hateful, racist, anti-American, anti-White poison…. or else!

© 2021 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com

By: Devvy

October 29, 2021

WARNING:  Photos are horrible but the truth must be told and seen

Back on August 16, 2021, I pointed out in my column:  “There is NO need to abuse animals and subject them to extreme pain and cruelty to sell products (like spraying hair spray into the eyes of a bunny rabbit to see how the poor thing will react) and certainly not this but then again, I see Doctor Death as having no soul:  Anthony Fauci Approved the Systematic Torture of Dogs (8.5.21)  –  $424,000 of our tax dollars.  Beagles were tortured and endured months of horrible pain and then killed.”

Don’t know why it took so long, but over the past few days, suddenly, it’s all over the Internet.  Fauci under fire by beagle organization over alleged puppy experiments, October 27, 2021

“A bombshell report from the watchdog group White Coat Waste Project claimed that the agency spent $1.68 million in taxpayer funds on drug tests on 44 beagle puppies.“ Keith slammed the experiments, which allegedly also involve locking the dogs in cages with hungry sand flies so that the insects could eat them alive, as “unethical.” “Dr. Fauci, the evidence is clear: animal testing is outdated, flawed, cruel, unethical and harmful to both animals and humans,” she said.

When I first saw the beagle photos two months ago, I damn near, well, you can imagine.  Such barbaric experimentation using our tax dollars was hidden by doing the experiments over in Tunisia.   Further from White Coat Waster Project: “Bearing witness to what you and your organization does to these animals is nothing short of criminal. It is time to end it, and now the world is watching,” president and founder Shannon Keith wrote.

“If it does not end immediately, Beagle Freedom Project will make sure it becomes criminal and those who perpetrate it will be punished by law.”  She cited the FDA Modernization Act, a bipartisan bill that was introduced to end an outdated mandate that experimental drugs must be tested on animals.”

That bill, H.R. 2565 has been introduced session after session; Congress refuses to pass it.  As of today, the bill has all of 12 co-sponsors.  My congressman, Jodey Arrington is not one of them.  Arrington is very popular in this district but apparently torturing and killing innocent animals doesn’t seem to bother him.  But, that bill is watered down diarrhea.  “Allows an applicant” to stop torturing helpless animals? It should read:  Effective this date ALL animal testing will cease as other ethical and effective biology- based methods are available.

FDA Modernization Act of 2021

“This bill allows an applicant for market approval for a new drug to use methods other than animal testing to establish the drug’s safety and effectiveness. Under this bill, these alternative methods may include cell-based assays, organ chips and microphysiological systems, sophisticated computer modeling, and other human biology-based test methods.”

NIH (National Institutes of Health) is under HHS (Dept. of Health Human Services) headed up by another sociopath, Xavier Becerra [D].  The buck for spending stops at his desk.  $3 MILLION of our tax dollars went to fund heinous experiments at the University of Wisconsin-Madison where cats were drilled into their heads, deafened and then killed.

Fauci isn’t the only sadistic sanguivorous cretin receiving funding from your wallet.  This photo is USDA (Dept of Agriculture).

I am not anti-meat, foul or pork.  I eat meat, chicken and turkey. But, there is NO excuse for outright cruelty when it comes to slaughtering animals.  It’s not necessary to put pregnant pigs in gestation crates for months and months where they can’t move at all.  It’s not even against the law to simply burn them alive once their bodies wear out and can’t produce any new piglets.  The American people have no idea the horrors going on at big farming operations.

It would take pages and pages to describe how cows, chickens and other farm animals are tortured by big corporations while state legislatures look the other way.  What I don’t understand is how can their employees even look in the mirror every morning? Yeah, I can.  Sociopaths have no empathy for anyone, including animals.  Only for themselves.

Rise for Animals is another group who simply want to see totally unnecessary torture of dogs “for science” stopped.

“Marshall BioResources breeds tens of thousands of dogs for the sole purpose of being sold as research subjects.  Dogs are born into a life of cold cages, treated like disposable commodities… Just recently mixed hounds bought from Marshall were used in experiments that can only be described as medieval.  Temple University researchers cut the spinal roots of these dogs, sliced off their tails and implanted electrodes on their bladders.  Sometimes their bladders were then cut from their abdomens before they were euthanized.”  Sociopaths masquerading as researchers.

Petco, Drop Marshall!

“Marshall BioResources ships the dogs, cats, ferrets, and other animals they breed to research laboratories for unimaginably cruel experiments. Petco purchases and sells Marshall ferrets and products, directly supporting this cruel business. You can help shut it down.”

And Anthony Fauci’s NIH gives more than $15 BILLION dollars in grants every year for this monstrous industry with a large portion going to Marshall BioResources.  THIS is what you work so hard for to see your paycheck raided to pay for the deliberate torture of helpless animals.

NAVS (Advancing Science Without Harming Animals) is another hard working, dedicated organization trying to stop such evil.  August 27,2021 newsletter:  “Another Beagle bred to be tortured.  Her life spent in a cramped cage for all but 3 hours a week and what do they feed that innocent little doggie?  Pesticides to see how long it takes for her energy to fade away and kill her.

Physicians Committee for Responsible Medicine is a wonderful organization that educates Americans that using animals for science is NO LONGER NECESSARY (if it ever was), explains why and alternatives.  The one section they get an F on is COVID, but then with all the censorship hiding the truth, I’m not surprised.

But don’t throw the baby out with the bath water.  Want to fight hot flashes?  No need to torture helpless animals for more pills, there’s a better solution.  I highly encourage you to visit their site and read the truth about ethical science vs torturing animals.

Where does the blame for this go to?  Congress has oversight committees for USDA, NIH, VA & HHS.  They know this barbaric, monstrous torturing of innocent animals is going on and they approve of it because they fund it.  The bill above is toothless.  Those thieves in Congress continue to spend BILLIONS torturing animals for research.  Is this okay with you?

Tell your congress critter and senator:  We demand ALL animal testing at any U.S. government labs stop now – including farming out the research to foreign countries where they torture the dogs.  Not another BORROWED dollar to any labs who use animals for research because there are better alternatives.  Not another BORROWED dollar to any college or university who use animals for research for the same reason:  There are better scientific based alternatives to benefit mankind.

The same goes for your state rep and senator.  Tell he/she the same thing.  Not one more nickel to any labs, colleges or universities who torture animals for research.  I signed the petition to our state AG Ken Paxton to clamp down those who commit grotesque animal cruelty. Throw them in jail and send a clear message.

I have donated to the Beagle Freedom Project. They rescue those precious little muggers after being released from animal testing and research facilities. Just heart breaking. “Most were puppies when the torture began and had never even stepped on grass their whole miserable lives. BFP gives them rehabilitation and a safe and nurturing environment while they find new forever owners who will love and take care of them.”

The Kindness Ranch in Wyoming is also an animal sanctuary that rescues dogs and cats who’ve survived unimaginable torture while being experimented on by labs and universities – paid for by your state and/or federal income taxes.

The U.S. government is still allowing animal cruelty testing. The VA is one of the dirtiest culprits. It is NOT necessary to improve the lives of humans. E.P.A. Says It Will Drastically Reduce Animal Testing. Prove it.  No, it is not necessary to “safeguard human health”. Propaganda pure and simple. The same goes for the rotten, corrupt FDA (Federal Death Administration). It needs to stop, period.

And, don’t let me forget about cosmetics – a multi-billion dollar a year industry.  I covered this last Christmas:  That fur on your coat, ski parka and sweaters likely comes from dogs skinned alive by demonic sub-humans in China.  It’s just business they say.  The fur is routed through other countries to get around laws banning it like the U.S.

A long, long time ago I quit using any brand of make-up in any form that practices animal cruelty. Like spraying hair spray into the eyes of a bunny rabbit to see how it will react. I don’t want any product on my face, body or eyelashes that comes at the cost of torturing a defenseless animal.

Now, just because a cosmetic company says they are cruelty free does NOT mean they are because a little-known fact: If that company sells to the God-less communists in China they MUST use animals to test. China requires companies to torture animals to sell their products in their country.  That’s right and that’s why I use all-natural fruit-pigmented make-up from foundation to blush to mascara to eye shadow; silicone free.  All products. Dreamy!

Look, I know we have big serious issues killing this country:  Illegals invasion, vote fraud and the COVID-19 injections killing fields.  But, like hurting innocent babies, this torturing of animals is demonic.  There’s no reason for it when alternatives are being used with better results due to modern science.

I could have added a hundred more photos that would break your heart, but I hope you will make your voice heard on this and if you’re running for city council, county commissioner, your state legislature or Congress, make a promise you will work to stop such unnecessary and horribly cruel torture on helpless creatures.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Always hit them where it hurts the most:  $$

Cruelty-Cutter is cruelty-free shopping made simple! Cast away any doubts when purchasing items by using Cruelty-Cutter to scan an item and have an immediate response about its animal testing status.

What a Wonderful, Blessed Donated Surprise

By Devvy

As NWVs readers know, NewsWithViews depends on reader financial support.

Imagine Paul Walter’s surprise when a reader donated this stunning diamond ring!  What he needs to do now, because the company providing hosting/serving and other expenses don’t accept diamonds for payment, is sell it.

NewsWithViews is looking for a serious buyer and what a great time to get your shopping done for that special woman in your life for Christmas or perhaps anniversary.  Or, for yourself, ladies, for making it through a tough year!

The ring has been appraised by a licensed appraiser in San Antonio (Texas) at $14,000.00.  That gorgeous ring is platinum.  The center diamond is two carats; surrounding diamonds one carat.  This is a first-class ring.

Paul really needs to convert diamonds into cash for operating expenses so he’s open to reasonable offers considerably lower than the appraisal. Heck of a good deal and no supply chain problem! If you are interested in making him an offer, he will require a cashier’s check up front.

Paul will then send the ring UPS overnight with a copy of the appraisal.  If the buyer is completely satisfied, Paul will send along the original appraisal for insurance purposes.  If the buyer is not satisfied, buyer can return the ring and Paul will send back the cashier’s check.  But I don’t think that will happen because it is stunning.

So, if you are interested, give Paul a call at 1-800-955-0116 CST (Texas).

If you wish to help NWV you can donate here.

Devvy

by Lee Duigon

The Loudon County school district, in Virginia, is where the action is these days. Or to put it more simply, it’s a mess.

This week a juvenile court judge found a 14-year-old high school boy—who was wearing a skirt at the time, and claiming to be “transgender”–guilty of raping a female student in a high school rest room. And Loudon County parents and students are a bit ticked off that the school board’s first instinct was just to transfer the boy to another school…

Where he attacked another girl.

But that’s okay, because when the first girl’s father showed up at a school board meeting to demand an explanation—well, they had him arrested, didn’t they?

And meanwhile the National School Boards Assn. asked the federal government to declare protesting parents “domestic terrorists” and have the FBI—those are the guys who used to chase gangsters—“investigate them.”

Why? Because they didn’t like the schools’ curriculum—especially the Critical Race Theory (“All white people are born racists,” etc.) and the cheerleading for transgenderism. In fact, parents thought the board covered up the rape to protect its transgender bathroom policy.

So one of the board members has resigned. In addition to the aforementioned controversies, she was in hot water for violating the open public meetings law by organizing secret meetings via text messages. Don’t want the plebs finding out what the grandees are up to!

Also this week, students walked out of at least five Loudon County high schools to protest what they saw as school officials sheltering a rapist. “Loudon County protects rapists!” they chanted. Ya think?

Wait a minute! Couldn’t the school board ask the feds to brand these kids “domestic terrorists,” like their parents? Sure they could! Everybody knows that “educators” are wise and good and infallible and anyone who criticizes them should be hauled in by a squad of G-men.

Meanwhile, two more state school board associations, in Missouri and Ohio, have severed their connections with the National School Boards Assn. They don’t want to be judged by the company they keep.

All this fracas started because they closed the schools for The Pandemic and kids had to learn at home, via remote learning. Thus for the first time ever, parents saw and heard what their kids were being “taught.” And they didn’t like it! Then again, the Far Left teachers’ unions didn’t like parents being hip to the curriculum. They tried—but failed—to get parents to sign “pledges” not to listen in on their children’s lessons.

Never mind—all over America, parents thronged school board meetings to demand an end to Critical Race Theory and all the rest of the craziness in the curriculum. School boards tried to fob them off with feeble denials that they were teaching CRT; but at the same time, the teachers’ unions doubled down on it. “Shut up, you peasants! We’ll teach Critical Race Theory whether you like it or not—and you’d better like it, or else!”

The question is: Is there any limit to the abuse American parents will take from public school officials? What do they have to do to people to get their dander up? We, the undefended public, pay for those wretched schools. Every penny comes out of our pockets. But what do we have to show for it? Well, I’ll show you my FBI dossier if you show me yours!

Our public education system is now owned, operated, and weaponized against us by Far Left teachers’ unions—the Chicago union actually sent a delegation of teachers to Venezuela to “learn” how to teach socialism—lunatic “educators,” and the Democrat Party. They won’t listen to our objections, don’t give a hoot for our concerns, and pour our money into ideologies that hurt us.

The only meaningful response we can make, and the only effective one, is to pull our children from these schools.

Kill public education, and Far Left Crazy dies.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit—before the FBI grabs both of us. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

Most people don’t remember when the “junk food revolution” started, but I remember those 20 cent hamburgers at McDonald’s just off my college campus back in 1965.  Who didn’t carry a buck in their pocket for so much cheap “food”?  You could buy three burgers, a packet of fries and a Coke for less than a dollar.  If I had known better, I would have invested every dime in their stocks!

Not to be forgotten, that’s when the “throwaway society” began as customers tossed their cups, bags and paper burger wrappers anywhere and everywhere onto the landscape. Today, we’ve trashed our lakes, rivers, beaches and woods.  There’s not one clean highway in America. Every road in this country, every park, rest area, college campus and inner city stands eyeball deep in litter.

Once Micky D’s fast food caught on, Burger King, Burger Chef, Pizza Hut, Little Caesars, Papa John’s, Wendy’s, Chipotle’s, Q-Doba’s, Arby’s and dozens of other junk food joints spread like wildfire across the USA.

But something else “spread” across America: waistlines.  From normal 33-inch waists in 1965, today, men feature 43-to-53-inch waistlines.  Women carry more flab around their arms than Jabba the Hutt in the Star Wars movie.  Young children sport pot bellies before they reach their teens.  A full 2/3 of American society suffers from overweight by 40 to 50 pounds…and half of that number suffers morbid obesity.

From the 60’s to the roaring 20’s of 2021, this country faces an obesity epidemic among the baby boomers, X Generation, Woke Generation and beyond.

We’ve got 1,000,000 heart attacks annually. We’ve got another 1,000,000 cancer patients annually.  We’ve got runaway diabetes into the millions. Arthritis cripples millions. Little known or appreciated, mental cognitive decline, aka, Alzheimer’s Disease affects millions of fat people as their brains don’t enjoy oxygenated blood which hastens their mental decline.

Then, we’re talking knees and hips that wear out. Thus, steel knees and hips.  Our hospitals suffer packed crowds trying to maintain some kind of quality of life as they eat their way toward their morbidity.

Ironically, those fast-food joints spike their menus with MSG, a chemical that makes patrons eternally hungry…so they go back to the counter for another burger and fries.

Why am I writing about this situation?  Last week, one of my lifelong friends died of a heart attack. Only 60 years old!  But, 50 pounds overweight and a junk food junkie!  As brilliant of a wildlife photographer as he was, as highly educated as he was…he couldn’t stop eating junk food.  One day last week, I’m talking on the phone with Allen, and now, I’ll never hear his voice again.

Let’s examine America’s current addiction to fast food. Since the pandemic, we’ve raced to the junk food parlors.  A “Chick Fila A” near my home sees a constant 10 car lineup for their fast-food.

“Americans’ love affair with food has never been a secret. Whether it’s for a cheat meal or comfort food after a hectic day or coping up with lockdowns during the pandemic, the love for fried chicken, tacos, pizza and burgers has always been on the rise. Some are more in demand than the others; new data shows that America is eating more burgers than any other fast food during the pandemic.” Raji Ali

Here’s an offline GPS data of millions of Americans’ visits to the 20 largest fast-food restaurants in the nation across four main categories (Burgers, Mexican Food, Fried Chicken, and Pizza). The aggregate data was compared with visits from last year to arrive at the increase in percentage of visits to each fast-food chain.

Consider this:

54.4% increase in visits to Burger Chains in 2021.
32.1% increase in visits to Mexican Food Chains in 2021.
29.5% increase in visits to Fried Chicken Chains in 2021.
16.2% increase in visits to Pizza Restaurant Chains in 2021.

All those fast-food joints sell non-nutritious, unhealthy, chemicalized and over-caloried food stuffs.  Those “foods” do more damage to one’s body over the years because it’s a slow-motion process. The average American eats 140 pounds of white sugar annually. The amount of Coke, Pepsi and Mt. Dew screams off the charts.  You can’t feel it, but each year, as you slap on another three to five pounds, by the time you reach 50, you’re sporting a 40-to-60-pound pot belly.

Your waistline expands, your blood pressure explodes…and you don’t know what to do about it or where to start.  Essentially, you have been addicted to junk food and all the poisons inherent in that eating style.  If you’re eating TV dinners or other packaged foods, you’re ingesting endless chemical dyes, preservatives, sucralose, aspartame, dextrin and more funny name ingredients than you could ever pronounce.

At some point, each of us may choose to eat healthy foods.  We may choose restaurants that serve life-giving foods such as Modern Market Eatery, Mad Greens and Healthy Habits.

If you stay home, it’s easier to buy wholesome, nutritious organic foods at Natural Grocers, Whole Foods, Sprouts and other grocery stores that actually care about your health.

For those of you suffering from cognitive decline or any of the forms of Alzheimer’s Disease, I recommend two books: The End of Alzheimer’s—Stopping and Reversing Cognitive Decline by Dr. Dale Bredesen. Secondly, Brain Warrior’s Way by Dr. Daniel Amen.  He and his wife also published a cookbook to give you guidance on your way back to health—Brain Warrior’s Way Cookbook by Daniel and Tana Amen.

With my dear friend Allen gone, and another friend with Alzheimer’s, I hope this information will give you the courage to eat well, exercise daily, and move your life toward healthy longevity so you can enjoy your family, friends and grandchildren.  God bless and keep you.

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Bradlee Dean

“No one pushed the false narrative of Weapons of Mass Destruction against an innocent people more than this criminal.”

When you have treasonous and disgraceful Joe Biden, George W. Bush and Barack Obama singing your praises on and through the mainstream media, you know as well as I do that he was just as corrupt as the ones praising him (Luke 16:15), and in the case of Colin Powell, nothing could be truer.

No one played the Judas like that of Colin Powell (Luke 22:48). He sold himself out, as well as everyone and anyone else that would stand in the way of his climb up the political ladder regardless of who had to be sacrificed in the process.

Colin Powell pushed the propaganda narrative (weapons of mass destruction) for the Iraq war without any provocation on their part (John 8:44).

[Rumble Video]

Population-based studies produce estimates of the number of Iraq War casualties ranging from 151,000 violent deaths as of June 2006 (per the Iraq Family Health Survey) to 1,033,000 excess deaths (per the 2007 Opinion Research Business (ORB) survey). Other survey-based studies covering different time-spans find 461,000 total deaths (over 60% of them violent) as of June 2011 (per PLOS Medicine 2013), and 655,000 total deaths (over 90% of them violent) as of June 2006 (per the 2006 Lancet study). Body counts counted at least 110,600 violent deaths as of April 2009 (Associated Press). The Iraq Body Count project documents 185,000–208,000 violent civilian deaths through February 2020 in their table. All estimates of Iraq War casualties are disputed.

And American casualties, As of July 19, 2021, according to the U.S. Department of Defense casualty website, there were 4,431 total deaths (including both killed in action and non-hostile) and 31,994 wounded in action (WIA) as a result of the Iraq War.

[Rumble Video]

Put what General Wesley Clark said of this up against what it was that Colin Powell, Donald Rumsfeld, George W. Bush, Paul Wolfowitz and Dick Chenney had to say.

[YouTube Video]

Colin Powell was honored by Joe Biden, George W, Bush, and Barack Hussein Obama for lying to the American people and sacrificing their young men by sending them out into to a foreign nation to steal away their natural resources (Oil) (Proverbs 19:9).

Of course, after these warmongers here capitalize off their sacrifice in making them 34 billion dollars, they then admit that there were no weapons of mass destruction.

Remembering why American’s loathe Dick Cheney

[YouTube Video]

Conclusion: When it comes to the honorability of Colin Powell, there is no honor, but dishonor and disgrace (Proverbs 17:15).

If the American people had taken the time to know the truth of the matter, Colin Powell would have been tried for his war crimes against an innocent people, both Iraqis and American soldiers (Isaiah 26:9).

The good news is that he has now met his Maker and will now pay in eternity for his crimes for all eternity (Hebrews 9:27).

[Rumble Video]

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Lex Greene

Most Americans think we are headed into some form of “civil war” between BLUE and RED states, as the nation is divided, angry, and motivated to fight, more than at any point in our history. But the simple truth is, there are no BLUE states in the USA. There are only a handful of BLUE cities, all of them run and controlled by democratic socialists, and all of them on the verge of total collapse from gross mismanagement.

If we did have a “civil war” today, that war would be 84% (RED) counties in this country verses 16% (BLUE), at best. Including the most massive election fraud in the history of mankind, Biden still only won 477 counties in 2020, 396 counties LESS than Obama won (873) in 2008.

By comparison, Trump won 2,497 counties in 2020, or 84% of the country, by county. Biden allegedly had the support of only 16% of the country, but mysteriously, claims to have received 12-million more votes than Obama, and 6-million more votes than Trump, who received 11-million more votes for his re-election, than his 2016 victory over Hillary Clinton.

The fact is…that Biden victory is mathematically impossible, and there are no BLUE states in the USA. There are only BLUE socialist cities, and only a handful of them even matter, the worst cities in our country, by any method of measure. Do they really think BLUE city folks are going to move out into this RED country and take it over?

WORST CITIES IN AMERICA

Washington D.C. (democrat controlled)
New York City (democrat controlled)
Chicago (democrat controlled)
Baltimore (democrat controlled)
Philadelphia (democrat controlled)
Los Angeles (democrat controlled)
San Francisco (democrat controlled)
Portland (democrat controlled)
Seattle (democrat controlled)
Boston (democrat controlled)

There are others, all of them a disaster zone and all of them “democrat controlled.”

Of course, these are also some of the most densely populated cities in our country. What we are experiencing as a nation is what a friend at TNALC.org labeled “urban nullification,”wherein the views and interests of 84% of America is being controlled by the 16% major urban city populations, due to densely populated areas of the country, all of which have severe problems.

10 MOST DANGEROUS CITIES 2021 (per capita)

1. Louis, Missouri
2. Detroit, Michigan
3. Baltimore, Maryland
4. Memphis, Tennessee
5. Little Rock, Arkansas
6. Milwaukee, Wisconsin
7. Rockford, Illinois
8. Cleveland, Ohio
9. Stockton, California
10. Albuquerque, New Mexico

Again, these are all heavily democratic socialist cities and most, if not all, have the toughest anti-gun laws in the nation. Still, these cities largely occupied by America-hating Marxists are being entirely destroyed by gross mismanagement under democrat politicians. The safest place to commit a violent crime of any kind, is a “gun-free zone.”

This 2020 County Election Map proves the point…

The BLUE specs on this otherwise all RED national map are the problem areas of our country. This is where most of the anti-American democratic-socialists live and vote, millions of them, illegally. These are the left-wing extremist zones that are responsible for driving our entire country into total ruin. These are the urban areas currently cancelling (nullifying) 84% of the nation.

Thanks to nine months of Obama’s puppet regime and their mismanagement on the national level, Biden and Harris have done more to convert Citizens into diehard Trump fans than another four years of Trump ever could have. More importantly, Biden and Harris are converting young public classroom educated socialists into future conservatives, thanks to their heavy-handed tyrannical insanity.

A “civil war” wouldn’t be much of a war, especially since all that RED territory is littered with Bible-reading gun-toting hunters and veterans, just about fed up with the tyrannical nature of those “tolerant liberals” busy trying to “cancel” everyone who isn’t just like them.

A second civil war? No…

But a collective uprising of all pro-American Citizens tired of being dictated to by mental midgets and public servants? YES! These BLUE cities are responsible for 90% of the election fraud in our country. Do we need a war to stop them from stealing elections in the future? Or do we just need to disqualify their districts due to their massive voting irregularities and election law violations?

Do we need to go to war to prove that no one has any right or authority to jab anyone with anything against their will? Or do we simply need to stand up together in mass and say “NO, not here!”

A war between the states? Why would we? There isn’t a single BLUE state anywhere in the country. They are all RED, except a handful of problem cities. How long could it take for RED BLOODED AMERICA to isolate these BLUE cities and let them collapse from the weight of their own decisions? Maybe that’s where we need walls…

If those BLUE specs on the map think they can cancel the rest of us, I issue this caution… Think hard, real hard, before you take that step. 84% of this country will not play with you. We’ve had it with Biden, Harris, Obama, Pelosi, Schumer, and all of you responsible for them. Chatter all you want but watch your step… FREEDOM is no game!

The conservative Right may hope and pray for peace, but the insane Left has declared war on 84% of America, like it or not. Personally, I like our odds… Evil makes war against Good, no matter how good people feel about it. Evil can only prevail, where good people do nothing to stop it!

“Silence in the face of evil is itself evil: God will not hold us guiltless.”These are famous words of Dietrich Bonhoeffer, a Lutheran Pastor who was killed by the Nazis for resisting the regime.

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

It’s telling that, in the Virginia race, Barack Hussein Obama is campaigning for the Democrat McAuliffe, and Trump is nowhere to be seen for the Republican Youngkin. Obama’s campaign pitch is that Democrats will protect Mother Earth but continue the carnage of murdering the unborn. This is the rallying cry of the modern Democratic Party.

In addition, McAuliffe is campaigning to keep parents out of schools, so that the Marxist Madrassas can continue their brainwashing.

Instead of bringing Trump into the state, former Vice President Mike Pence will be the featured speaker at an educational freedom event in Loudoun County, Virginia, on Thursday.

None of this means that Youngkin can’t win. He has a good chance. But even if he loses, his example will mean a lot. He made a lot of money in high finance but has returned to Virginia, where he grew up, to make a difference. He is a role model for all of those who want to see America return to an era of life, liberty, and respect for property rights.

Youngkin is not a Trump Republican and knows that Trump is radioactive in Virginia. Indeed, McAuliffe is running ads comparing Youngkin to Trump.

On one issue, however, Youngkin is following Trump’s lead –by strongly endorsing the Trump “Warp Speed” vaccines. Majorities of Democrats and Republicans now support the vaccines. Opposing them is a political loser in Virginia and nationally.

Youngkin’s personal story includes the fact that he has been married for 26 years to his wife Suzanne and is a father of four children.

His website declares, “Virginia is being tested. This has been a tough time, with loved ones lost, jobs lost, and a country divided.”

With “loved ones lost” being a reference to the pandemic, a Youngkin victory in Virginia will do nothing on a national basis to solve the problem of the release of a virus by Communist China that has taken over 700,000 lives. But here Youngkin has a solution – the Trump Warp Speed vaccines and their ability to immunize people against the dangerous and infectious contagion that the Chinese communists spawned.

The fact is, however, that Republicans who want to win have got to move beyond Donald J. Trump and disavow the QAnon crazies and New Age weirdos that showed up as Capitol trespassers on his behalf on January 6. Anybody associated with that fiasco, including former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, have to be relegated to the back of the bus, or even off the bus.

The Democrats have their own crazies, represented by Barack Hussein Obama and his ilk, but that is their problem. These people love abortion and all the human destruction it represents. They want to save a planet devoid of humans.

Communists and socialists operate openly in the Democratic Party, and Republicans have to point this out.

In order for Republicans to become the majority party in America they have to attract more people like Youngkin, who ran the high finance firm the Carlyle Group. This is, after all, the highest stage of capitalism, to use Marxist jargon, and America’s brains on Wall Street are one of the best things we have going for our future as a nation. Youngkin is a very smart man who understands basic economics and is appealing to people by opposing Democrat tax-and-spend schemes in Virginia.

The Communist Chinese thought they would end up on top of the world because of the human impact of the coronavirus. Their rulers could easily spare another couple million lives. But today it’s the communist Chinese economy that is in trouble.  It turns out the communists did not truly understand the mechanisms of a capitalistic economy. They are in too much debt. The communists did not have the knowledge of our capitalists. They have gotten themselves into a hole.

America can take advantage of this turn of global affairs in our favor by utilizing the expertise of smart capitalists like Youngkin. There s a chance now that America’s capitalist class and other elites can in fact rally the American people to the side of true progress and hope for mankind and send communism and socialism into the ash heap of history.

In order to do this, however, we have to stop the slide into socialism in America, and that begins in Virginia.

Obama’s “Permanent Revolution” of Marxist change is in jeopardy, and he knows it. That’s why he’s cutting ads for McAuliffe.

It is appropriate at this point to note that his book, Dreams from My Father, has now been adapted for young adults and released.  The book publisher says, “A revealing portrait of a young Black man asking questions about self-discovery and belonging—long before he became one of the most important voices in America. This unique edition includes a new introduction from the author, full-color photo insert, and family tree.”

Any honest treatment of Obama’s “family tree” should include his mentor and father figure Frank Marshall Davis, a member of the Communist Party who taught a young Obama how to hate white people.

It’s not to late to read the FBI file on Frank Marshall Davis to have some understanding of what’s happening to America.

Once you understand that America has entered the initial phase of becoming a socialist nation, you will have a desperate need to go back in history and learn what Frank Marshall Davis and his students, such as Obama, were all about. Obama’s real “family tree” leads directly back to Karl Marx. And this “family tree,” in today’s terms, can be viewed in all of its poisonous splendor on the website of the Communist Party USA.  The stories and columns from the party newspaper the People’s World read and sound like press releases from the Democratic Party.

This is not surprising. The CPUSA backed Obama for president in 2008 and his re-election in 2012.

© 2021 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Sidney Secular

Psychopaths, like those now in control of the USA, have a complete lack of empathy, and obsessive desire for dominance (as shown with COVID mandates), use psychological or physical violence to establish control and have an exaggerated need to appear superior to everyone else (accomplished by virtue signaling or bullying tactics). Their amoral, immoral, or pushy traits help them rise to the top of a society’s hierarchies and power structures. They aren’t loners either. They find others of their ilk and work with them as predators. A hierarchy develops among them as in organized crime, drug cartels, sex trafficking, online scamming operations and religious cults. They exploit other dysfunctional people and useful idiots to do their dirty work for them. The worst case scenario is where psychopathic behavior is rewarded while truth telling, honesty, morality and liberty are punished as we see at the present time. Presently, they are involved in the cults of socialism, social justice, fake environmentalism, climate change nonsense and leftist ideology.as their means of control. They find their way into the philanthropic organizations and foundations to co-opt them and eliminate transparency and oversight before using their assets for their own purposes. They employ nepotism and have each other’s backs If you examine current leftist and globalist movements, you see modernized versions of communism and psychopathic modes of operation.

The use of “gaslighting” as a weapon is a classic communist mainstay. This is the sophisticated manipulation of a person through psychological means into questioning their own sanity and motives.

Gaslighting has been developed in Communist China to an extreme level. Dissidents were compelled to stand before a large crowd of true believers in the communist “faith”. The crowd would browbeat them with exaggerated or false accusations of criminality or immorality. The victim bowed and gave in, begging forgiveness and to be allowed to live. The victim was made to believe he had sinned. Many victims had no idea why they were being punished in the first place. Gaslighting is perfect for public subjugation because it makes people who love freedom think they are evil and need to be controlled; it makes the natural desire for freedom appear selfish and anti-social. Psychopathic behavior is normalized by convincing people that morality is relative or a matter of perspective and that abusive and destructive behavior has to be tolerated to achieve a better world or at least temporary public safety. Once the population can’t differentiate right from wrong, they can’t coalesce into groups that would rebel against the “status woe”. If you wonder why spouses or family members stay with and even defend their abusers, it’s because gaslighting has been used to disarm them. If you accept yourself as crazy or morally deficient, you start thinking maybe you aren’t being abused at all or after all. If you lash out and defend yourself against the abuser, you are then perceived as a horrible person, a danger to society, or a terrorist.

This control tactic is being employed everywhere in the Western world right now. Millions of law-abiding Americans are abused by the establishment through lockdowns and censorship while BLM and Antifa thugs are allowed to run rampant without consequences. The media and the psychopathic fawning politicians are trying to convince us that the J6 event was an insurrection rather than a peaceful protest infiltrated by the Left to produce “crimes” then blamed on the innocent. The “respectable right” goes along with this characterization. The Washington Examiner and other Beltway bilge publications need to hang their heads in shame for the effrontery to go along with this false flag operation.

Under the scamdemic mandates, a vast portion of the US was shut down and hundreds of thousands of small businesses were lost. Anyone who disagrees with these measures is labelled a “tin-foil hat conspiracy theorist,” a danger to others, or even a “terrorist”. It is obvious the lockdowns were completely useless in controlling the spread of the imagined virus since states with the harshest mandates had the highest infection rates. We know that the masks are useless and actually harmful based on scientific studies and common-sense observation and thinking. Instead of “following the science,” Fauci and the bullies and psychopaths doubled down on their doom mongering and domination. The media completely plays along and continues to label and libel anyone who points out the REAL science as “conspiracy theorists” and dangers to society. Inventing and invoking imaginary “white supremacism” and “institutional racism” for what the “hue-mans” are doing is the latest application of gaslighting.

The race-baiting used by leftids for years now is a prime example of gaslighting–telling people they are evil or responsible for evils they have nothing to do with continues undiminished as an insane establishment narrative. No matter what happens, they will find a convoluted way to blame it on whites or conservatives. There are only 3 ways to stop the brainwashing and gaslighting: we give in, submit to, and embrace the false narratives as true and become psychological slaves; we separate completely from the leftist totalitarians and organized psychopaths and go our own way(we need to figure out how to do that pronto); or we remove the psychopaths from the picture and rebuild. Until one of these 3 things happen, the psychopaths, lefties, and globalists will continue to work at wearing us down. That is all they know to do—they have seen it work time and again and can’t believe it won’t work now.

© 2021 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Andrew C. Wallace

For more than one hundred years, since 1913, this  unconstitutional political construct has been transferring wealth from hardworking Americans to the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC). This unlawful organization also allows government access to unlimited quantities of unconstitutional fiat money (no backing or store of value) to finance wars, theft and boondoggles. This unconstitutional and heinous activity is designed to reduce the people to poverty and slavery throughout eternity. That is what Communism and the PSRRC has always done. Remember, we have been fighting the Communists and the PSRRC since our founding.

I call these people parasitic whores who are enemies of the people because, unlike working girls, they give nothing and take everything without a conscience or any loyalty to America.

I write for ordinary Americans, the salt of the earth, who defend the country and work. I don’t attempt to communicate with the ignorant, apathetic, or Lenin’s useful idiots. It is impossible to inform most compromised effete snowflakes, professors, officials in government and corporations, media, flag officers, DOJ, SCOTUS, et al; they will die as anti-American Communists. I gave up trying years ago. My language is too unpolished, common, direct and plain-spoken for the so-called elites. To encourage readership, I also try to stay out of the weeds.

The combination of an unconstitutional Privately – Owned Federal Reserve Bank and Tax-Free Foundations is destroying our country and forcing the working people into poverty, while transferring unlimited wealth to the PSRRC unto eternity. In simple terms the Private Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) produces the fiat currency out of thin air to fund the various scams used to rule the world and impoverish the people throughout eternity. Every time they turn on the printing press your cost of living increases with inflation.

There have been many books written about the private FRB, but I think Eustace Mullins in “The Federal Reserve Conspiracy” was spot on. He said there was a conspiracy among the Rockefeller family, Benjamin Strong, Paul Warburg, J.B.Morgan,  Edward Mandell House, Woodrow Wilson, Otto Kahn, and European and American bankers resulting in the FRB. Mullins said the FRB violates Article 1, Section B, Paragraph 5 of the Constitution.

Founders of the FRB listed by Mullins are also some of the members of the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), 1/4 of 1%. There is nothing legal or Constitutional about the FRB or its Fiat Dollars.

Our founders knew from brutal experience throughout history that a proper currency was required to have a stable nation, equity, and a prosperous economy. Our constitution stipulates for damn good reasons that only Gold and Silver will be used for currency because it is a “Store of Value”, “Unit of Account”, and “Medium of Exchange”. Our dollar today is not a “Store of Value”; it is Fiat, subject to dramatic changes in purchasing power due to uncontrolled printing, without any backing by gold and silver as required by the Constitution.

As an important point of fact, the Communists (who called themselves progressives at the time) and the PSRRC passed the laws authorizing the “Income Tax”, “Private Federal Reserve Bank” and “Tax Free Foundations” in 1913. Many say that all three laws are unconstitutional and must be repealed for our survival.

A good way to demonstrate the Fiat Dollar’s lack of “Store of Value” is to compare the $35.00  price of an ounce of gold in 1934 to the average cost today of $1,800.00 an ounce. In other words the cost of gold in fiat dollars increased 50 times by 100%  during this period ( compute it any way you please). During the 1950s, I could have purchased a new VW for $1,300 or a new Chevrolet for $2,000. This proves that unconstitutional fiat dollars are not a “Store of Value” You can see that the “Value of Gold” is relatively stable, but its price in dollars is not, because the fiat dollar is not a “Store of Value”. The fiat dollar is a risky and dangerous unconstitutional currency being used to benefit the PSRRC and Communists in government with major theft of the people’s  real wealth.

To  reiterate, our Founders knew that a Constitutional currency (store of value with gold and silver) makes it difficult for the PSRRC and its government minions to increase the quantity of  currency required to wage no- win wars and steal us blind in so many ways.

For any degree of economic stability, long term growth and equity, there must be a reasonable correlation between changes in productivity and the money supply. But remember that the FRB is private and owned by banks, for the benefit of banks owned by the PSRRC. The motto of the FRB must be “To Hell With The People”.

The FRB admitted to causing the Great Depression of the thirties by its handling of the money supply causing massive transfers of wealth to the PSRRC. They are doing the same thing today in a slightly different way that will result in the greatest economic collapse in history. First, money was made available to the government, which flooded the country with money, causing many people not to work. This was responsible for a serious decline in goods and services resulting in serious inflation. In the process, people were led to falsely believe that this was a precursor to a national income ( which is impossible ). People who work and object to supporting those who do not want to work are not racists.

The primary concern of the FRB is Wall Street and the Stock Market, not Main Street. FRB loans huge amounts of fiat money at low interest rates which ends up in the hands of the government and the stock market. The stock market is run by and for the big professionals (PSRRC) to finance all kinds of blood-sucking scams that harm working people, small business, America and our economy. I would need to write a book to list all of the scams made possible by the FRB, but here are a few perpetrated in the stock market with fiat money from the FRB:

Long-established companies with quality products are taken over, downsized, or sold for short term gains, sacrificing  customers, debt holders, long term stock holders, retirement programs and employees. This would not be possible without the FRB and Fiat money.

These FRB whores  and market manipulators are also responsible for trying to end “The American Dream of Home Ownership” and for one of the few opportunities for a family to accumulate wealth. This anti-American activity is accomplished by corporations using FRB funds for stock market manipulation, to purchase single-family homes for rental income. They effectively outbid families which raises the cost of housing and also deprives families of accumulated wealth. Even the Chinese have taken exception to this practice.

Larry Getlen (Commercial Observer) reported some of these Blood Sucking Anti-Americans. The Blackstone Group is the largest holder of residential real-estate. Warren Buffett, B.W. Hughes, and The Carlyle Group are also big players, among many others. 300,000 homes are owned by these anti-American pigs.( I should use stronger terms to describe such despicable acts). This would not be possible without cheap fiat money from the FRB.

The FRB and the PSRRC’s government minions are planning on instituting “Digital Currency” which would totally destroy all Constitutional freedoms and leave the people with nothing but their chains. With digital money you would no longer be able to have even a fiat dollar in your possession to pay the boy for cutting your grass. It would mean total control of the people, which is why China is doing it. There are even greedy corporations promoting this scheme.

Conclusion:  The Private Federal Bank is the root of all evil, it is unconstitutional and owned by the PSRRC. The FRBs ability to print unlimited quantities of Fiat Dollars permits all types of stock market scams, transfers the peoples wealth to the PSRRC, finances unjustified wars for profits of the PSRRC’s Military Industrial Complex, allows graft from aide programs, subsidizes government boondoggles, etc. The FRB is not The Peoples Bank.  It is the fox in the hen house, and a criminal enterprise.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By: Amil Imani

The insidious similarity between the 2020 rigged US presidential election and the 2009 Islamic Republic of Iran sham election, is striking and quite mindboggling. How could America, the beacon of freedom, the leader and the envy of the free world have an election resembling the most repressive country in the world? Allow me to explain.

The Islamic Republic President Ahmadinejad, a veteran of the Islamic Republic’s repressive Revolutionary Guard, took office on August 3, 2005, after an unexpected win in a sham presidential election — there are no democratic elections in the Islamic Republic of Iran. All candidates are prescreened by the Guardian Council before they can run for office.  In practice, a president of Iran is already chosen through a farce process of giving the voters a chance to elect one of the men hand-picked from the regime’s functionaries, as was the case with President Ahmadinejad.

During the previous “election,” only a small percentage of the voters bothered to vote, since voting under the pre-screening and undemocratic system of the mullahs is more like selection than election. The result of staying away from the polls materialized in the person of the fascist Ahmadinejad. The votes, more than anything else, are protest ballots cast against the entire system, rather than indications of support for the so-called conservative-moderate coalition. It took less than 4 years for Iranians to realize that boycotting the so-called elections in the Islamic Republic of Iran can only bring to power an even worse bunch of Islamofascists.

On June 12, 2009, the Iranian people went to the polls, challenging not only the incumbent president Ahmadinejad, but the entire establishment of the Islamic regime. Iran’s elections are considered extremely unfair and the Islamist government does not allow international monitors to be present. The ruling clerics put their stamp on the elections from the very beginning by deciding who can run. It is really a joke.

More than 470 people sought to join the presidential race, but only Ahmadinejad and three rivals were cleared. However, the turnout was massive, a near record high 85 percent of Iran’s 49.2 million eligible voters. Based on the information from Mousavi’s website, a group of Interior Ministry employees have leaked out the following results which seem to be closer to reality than the one released by the establishment: Total eligible: 49.2 million participated in the election. Mir Hussein Mousavi was the front runner and received 45% of the votes. Mehdi Karoobi, 33%, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad 13%, Mohsen Rezai 9%. Cancelled votes: 3%.  It was clear that Mr. Mir Hussein Mousavi won the election by a large margin. Ahmadinejad came out third. But on Friday June 12, 2009, in the Islamic election (selection) something happened. Something beyond what anyone could have ever imagined. A daylight coup d’état by the elements of the establishment, particularly, the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC).

An Iranian journalist said, “The important event that took place in Iran is that it wasn’t an election; it was a coup d’état. [They] stole 24 million votes of the nation and took them away for themselves.”

The political chief of the powerful Revolutionary Guard warned it would crush revolution against the Islamic system by Mousavi’s “green movement” — the signature color of his campaign.

Briefly, the 25 million votes for Mir Hussein Mousavi was removed and placed in Ahmadinejad’s ballot box. Just like that.

History is full of ironies. What we witnessed in the Islamic Republic was repeated in the United States. On November 3^rd, 2020, over seventy-four million (perhaps a great many more) Americans cast their votes to re-elect President Trump for his second term.

The Democrats, under the pretense of Chinese virus hysteria, implemented a national, orchestrated drive to relax accountability in the voting process, and allowed massive mail-in ballots to pour in, which they evidently exploited with massive voter fraud that enabled them to flip a lopsided presidential election.

“The Navarro Report, assesses the fairness and integrity of the 2020 Presidential Election by examining six dimensions of alleged election irregularities across six key battleground states. Evidence used to conduct this assessment includes more than 50 lawsuits and judicial rulings, thousands of affidavits and declarations, testimony in a variety of state venues, published analyses by think tanks and legal centers, videos and photos, public comments, and extensive press coverage. “

“The matrix below indicates that significant irregularities occurred across all six battleground states and across all six dimensions of election irregularities. This finding lends credence to the claim that the election may well have been stolen from President Donald J. Trump.”

The release of a forensic audit of Dominion Voting Systems Software in Antrim County, Michigan has shown that the voting machines are “intentionally and purposefully designed with inherent errors to create systemic fraud and influence election results.” There is also an undeniable mathematical evidence the election was stolen.

In his recent rally in Georgia, President Trump said: “The people that are questioning the votes aren’t interested in the people that committed the voter fraud, they’re only interested in me and others because I bring voter fraud to the forefront in order to save our nation from corrupt elections and to make sure that this never, ever happens again.”

The 2020 election was stolen by longtime planning and a concerted effort by the previous administration, high tech companies, corrupt media, the “Deep State” and other actors. They exploited the coronavirus pandemic to purge laws that were put in place over the course of decades to preserve the integrity of the ballot box. The reason Obama never left Washington D.C. as all former presidents do, is because Biden for him is his third term. He worked hard behind the scenes with his friends in the CIA, FBI and other agencies to undermine President Trump first term and to enable this enormous election fraud.

This was a déjà vu for me, a reminiscent of a rigged election in Iran. President Trump won the election in a landslide. No question about it. The legislatures and courts ignored the evidence of fraud and the judiciary refused to even hear it. Like the Islamic Republic election, this one was also an orchestrated coup attempt to remove President Trump from office. Each of us will need to come to terms with the fact that 2020 presidential election was rigged in a massive scale. None of us can hide any longer from this fact and each of us will need to consider the ramifications to our children of the immorality of this action.

© 2021 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Paul Engel

• Gaslighting is the process of repeating a lie long enough and forcefully enough for people to believe it is the truth.
• We’ve been told that Congress set the size of the House of Representatives at 435 members. But is that legal?
• What would the House of Representatives look like if we actually followed the Constitution?

When you hear a lie so often you think it’s the truth, we say you’ve been “gaslighted”. That is just as true for government as any other part of your life. From early in the 20th century, Congress has been telling the American people the lie that they limited the number of members in the House of Representatives by law, even though that law is invalid and void. Yet the American people sit back and allow their employees in Congress to violate the law, and do so with blatant disregard for the supreme law of the land and their oath or affirmation to support it. We act like the people in the Hans Christian Anderson tale, “The Emperor’s New Clothes”. We nod our heads and go along with what we’ve been told our entire lives: That the House of Representatives legally has 435 members. I’m here to play the role of the small boy in the story and cry out, “The Emperor has no clothes.” Specifically, the House of Representatives has denied you the proper representation you are entitled to in Congress, and it’s about time we do something about it.

At The Beginning

Let’s start this tale where all good stories should start: At the beginning.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made in pursuance of (following) the Constitution are considered supreme as well. Any act of Congress that is not pursuant to the Constitution is repugnant (contrary) to the supreme law of the land. According to the Supreme Court of the United States, such an act of Congress is void (empty or vacant).

Thus, the particular phraseology of the Constitution of the United States confirms and strengthens the principle, supposed to be essential to all written Constitutions, that a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and that courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

This idea, that the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land, is the bedrock to the rule of law, the concept of self-governances, and our constitutional republic. So when those in government violate the Constitution, they are not merely acting unconstitutionally, they are violating the law, exercising unjust powers, and stealing from the American people their ability to consent to the actions of their government. Which brings me to the Apportionment Acts that Congress has passed.

Apportionment

Representatives shall be apportioned among the several States according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of persons in each State, excluding Indians not taxed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 2

Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution was amended by the Fourteenth Amendment to remove the Three-Fifths Clause, which limited the counting of non-free persons for the purpose of apportionment. The reason the federal government conducts a census every ten years is because it’s required by Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution.

To understand this apportionment of representatives, we have to understand why we have a bi-cameral national legislature. Many compromises had to be made in order for the Constitution to be signed and ratified. One of those compromises had to do with representation in Congress. Large states wanted representation based on population, which would give them an advantage in Congress. Smaller states didn’t like that idea and wanted equal representation among the states, which would give them, and their citizens, a greater say in legislation. The compromise was a bi-cameral, or two house, legislature, how their members would be chosen, and most important to this discussion, the role of those houses.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. 

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

The very first legally binding line of the Constitution states that all legislative or law making power would be vested in a Congress consisting of a Senate and House of Representatives. To understand the role of these two houses, we need to read the first line of the section of Article I that creates them.

The House of Representatives shall be composed of Members chosen every second Year by the People of the several States,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 1

Members of the House of Representatives are chosen by the people, because their job is to represent the people. Since the population of a country changes overtime, the Framers of the Constitution allowed for those changes by requiring an enumeration every ten years so the representatives could be apportioned properly. More on that later.

The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each State, chosen by the Legislature thereof, for six Years; and each Senator shall have one Vote.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3, Clause 1

On the other hand, the Senate was to be made up of an equal number from each state. Although the method of choosing electors was changed by the Seventeenth Amendment, the role of the Senate is obvious from the original method of doing so, by the legislature of the state they were to represent.

So the framers of the Constitution gave us this bi-cameral legislature, with one house chosen by the people and the other chosen by the states. One house was to represent the people, the other the states. To accommodate the changes in population that would inevitably happen, we enumerate the people every ten years so we can apportion the representatives properly.

Back to the apportionment. Today, we focus on how the 435 seats in the House are divided up among the states, which is the definition of apportion. However, the Constitution does not set a fixed limit on the number of representatives.

The Number of Representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty Thousand, but each State shall have at Least one Representative; 

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 3

The 2020 Census recorded a population in America of 331, 449, 281 residents. With a little simple math, that means that the House of Representatives should be have at least 11,049 members. So why doesn’t the House have eleven thousand members? Because of a “law” Congress passed early in the 20th century.

Apportionment Acts

In 1911, Congress passed a routine Apportionment Act, based on the 1910 census, setting the size of the House of Representatives to 433 members (up from 391), plus allowing two more members when the states of Arizona and New Mexico were admitted into the union. During the debate on this legislation, concerns were raised that the House was growing too large, making it unwieldy and difficult to manage. Then in 1920, for the first time, Congress failed to apportion membership in the House after a census. This led to The Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 or at least I think it did. When I searched for The Permanent Apportionment Act, I was directed to 2 U.S.C. §2, but when I checked that statute, the text was omitted. There was only a note pointing to the 1911 law that set the size of the House at 435 members.

Impact

So why all of this concern over an almost 100 year old piece of legislation, of which I cannot even find the actual language? After all, if Congress cannot seem to get much done with only 435 members in the House, imagine if there were 11,000! Of course, there are plenty of people, myself included, who think life would be much better if Congress didn’t do nearly as much as it does, especially since most of what they do is illegal. To quote the Chairman of the House Committee on the Census in 1911:

Members are . . . supposed to reflect the opinion and to stand for the wishes of their constituents,… If we make the ratio [of persons per Representative] too large the idea of representation becomes attenuated and less definite. The personal interest of the voter in his representative becomes less important to him, and we may lose something of the vital strength of our representative form of government.

The 1911 House Reapportionment

While limiting the number of members in the House may make it easier for them to get things done, it also makes it harder for them to fulfill their constitutional duty of representing the people of their district.

When was the last time you tried to communicate with your House member? If you email or write a letter to your member, you’ll probably get a form letter in reply. If you call their office, you’ll get a staffer. And unless you have some serious pull, it’s unlikely you can get a face-to-face meeting. Why? While there are probably plenty of reasons for this, one of them is undoubtedly how busy your representative is. With over 331 million Americans and only 435 members of the House, means each member represents over 750,000 people. It also means that if they spent only five minutes with each of their constituents, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, it would take over seven years to meet them all. There just aren’t enough hours in the day for your representative to actually know your opinion on any particular subject, not to mention your chance to petition them for a redress of a grievance. If your House member only represented 30,000 people, you might still have a hard time getting a meeting, but at least time would not be as much of an issue. They could spend five minutes with almost every person in their district every year working only 9-5 five days a week.

There was an attempt to limit the expansion of the House of Representatives in 1789. One of the amendments Congress proposed to the states was never ratified.

After the first enumeration required by the first article of the Constitution, there shall be one Representative for every thirty thousand, until the number shall amount to one hundred, after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall be not less than one hundred Representatives, nor less than one Representative for every forty thousand persons, until the number of Representatives shall amount to two hundred; after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall not be less than two hundred Representatives, nor more than one Representative for every fifty thousand persons.

First Amendment Proposed for the Constitution of the United States

It seems that by 1929 Congress couldn’t be bothered with actually getting the consent of the governed. They thought that the House was large enough, so they simply passed a law. That brings us back to the foundation we laid at the beginning of this article.

Supremacy vs Convenience

The Constitution says we are to have one member of the House for every 30,000 people, and that has never been amended. Yes, Congress has apparently passed legislation limiting the size of the House to 435 members. Since that legislation is not pursuant to the Constitution, it’s therefore repugnant to it and, according to the Supreme Court, that law is void.

Thus, the particular phraseology of the Constitution of the United States confirms and strengthens the principle, supposed to be essential to all written Constitutions, that a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and that courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

If the law limiting the size of the House is void, doesn’t that mean we should have over 11,000 members to represent us? So why don’t we? In short, it’s much like the people in the story of The Emperor’s Clothes; the American people are either afraid of, or ignorant of, the facts, and are therefore unwilling point out the obvious. I haven’t even found any evidence that this Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 was even challenged in court, much less among the states. This lie has been going around for so long most Americans have been gaslighted into believing it’s true.

Conclusion

This is one more example of the government in Washington, D.C. being out of control. At this point I have no confidence that if the Permanent Apportionment Act were to be challenged in federal court, those in the judiciary would even recognize how repugnant it is.

Should the House of Representatives have over 11,000 members? I’m not sure. What I do know is that it’s not up to Congress to determine the size of the House, it’s up to We the People through our states. Yet we were never consulted, neither have we consented to this change. It seems almost everyone from those elected to federal offices to the average, everyday American, has come to believe that whatever Congress does is not only legal, but the supreme law of the land. So I guess I must accept the role of the small boy, pointing out that when it comes to the acts of Congress, those emperors have no clothes.

© 2021 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com). You can reach him at paul@constitutionstudy.com]

By: Devvy

Most Americans by now are aware of the supply chain catastrophe.  As of October 22, 2021, more than 100 ships off the So Cal ports are sitting and waiting – many for weeks.  More excuses have been offered up than one can count. This is just one of the real problems:

Trucker Explains the Manufactured Supply Chain Breakdown, Oct. 22, 2021, 12:36 video

This is the quintessential example of rank stupidity to support one of the greatest manufactured hoaxes foisted upon the world: climate change. Yes, this is germane to the issue of truckers to haul cargo. California mandates big increase in zero-emission trucks, June 25, 2020

So, let’s celebrate: Kenworth T680 Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle Powered by Hydrogen Featured in Washington, D.C., August 10, 2021 – “This was a great opportunity to provide a hands-on look at the T680 fuel cell electric vehicle..” Please note the important word – electric.

The ignorant brain washed climate change deranged out in California will stop at nothing to convert every single mode of transportation to electric. Those useful fools learned nothing from what happened in February 2021 when the Polar Vortex hit my state of Texas and beyond. Texas Disaster – What Americans Need to Know, Feb. 22, 2021, and Renewable Energy IS Causing an Environmental Wasteland, March 1, 2021

California Drove Truckers Out of Business. Now Store Shelves Are Empty, Oct. 24, 2021

There’s also the problem of California continuing to drive businesses out of my home state by their dangerous state legislature full of nitwits and, of course, the smarmy, still governor, Gavin Newsom.  California Trucking Association’s AB 5 lawsuit still pending with Supreme Court, Oct. 8, 2021

And this one from someone I assume is in the trucking industry:

“The NEWS says the California port situation is caused by a driver shortage. Not so fast: It is in part caused by a California Truck Ban which says all trucks must be 2011 or newer and a law called AB 5 which prohibits Owner Operators.

“Traditionally the ports have been served by Owner Operators (non-union).  California has now banned Owner Operators. Long term, truckers in California are not investing in new trucks because California has a law that makes them illegal in 2035.  The requirement is to purchase electric trucks which do not exist. And in the words of Paul Harvey, “Now you know the rest of the story”.

BUSINESS

“CARB to begin blocking certain trucks’ DMV registrations in 2020. Carriers domiciled in California with trucks older than 2011 model, or using engines manufactured before 2010, will need to meet the Board’s new Truck and Bus Regulation beginning in 2020 or their vehicles will be blocked from registration with the state’s DMV, the state has said.”

Backlogged shipping containers getting dumped in port neighborhoods due to lack of space — and one crushes car after falling off truck, Oct. 20, 2021

Ports from Savannah to LA are completely disabled – except Florida.  I’m sure most remember what started around mid-March last year with the supply chain and panic buying gripped this country for most of the year.  All unnecessary as there was no pandemic and there still isn’t. As usual, Michael Snyder reports what no one wants to hear but they need to pay attention:

Our Epic Supply Chain Crisis Just Hit Another Level, And Biden Is Considering Calling In The National Guard To Help, Oct. 19, 2021

Warning: True State of the Economy, Oct. 22, 2021

The supply chain for chips for cars and trucks has crippled the auto industry – chips coming from Taiwan.  Our local Ford dealership’s lot has been virtually empty for months.  A great percentage of new car sales over the past few months are pre-sales with waiting time two months or longer.  On the other hand, used cars and trucks in good shape have been cash cows for thousands.

Headlines warn Christmas is likely to be a bust for toys and all the other categories of gifts.  Why?  Because the majority are made in Red China.  Despite downplaying by the prostitute media, store shelves are empty in a lot of the major cities and is now starting to filter down to stores across the country.  It won’t be long before panic buying starts again.

And then we have one of the most outrageous statements to come out of the mouth of any elected official, this one from the illegitimate Biden Clown Club:

US Treasury deputy sec warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until EVERYONE is jabbed, Oct, 15, 2021

“Wally Adeyemo, the Biden administration’s second-highest official in the Treasury Department, appeared to publicly blackmail the still-sizable portion of Americans who have not been vaccinated against Covid-19 during a Thursday ABC interview, seemingly blaming them for the ongoing shortages of consumer goods that have led many to mock the president as ‘Empty Shelves Joe’.

“Despite viral photos depicting thousands of cargo ships lined up at the Port of Los Angeles ready to unload their goods, Adeyemo claimed that the supply chain issues plaguing so many US retailers are an international issue and will only let up when a sufficient percentage of the country has been vaccinated. (Emphasis mine.)

“Describing the disastrous economic conditions as “an economy that’s in transition,” Adeyemo acknowledged that “we are seeing high prices for some of the things that people have to buy.” While he praised the administration’s stimulus payments, he also pinned the blame squarely on the unvaccinated.

“The reality is that the only way we’re going to get to a place where we work through this transition is if everyone in America and everyone around the world gets vaccinated.”

What the hell does the number games of “vaccinated” have to do with moving goods from ships to trucks to destinations? Cargo containers are leaving heading for the U.S. so cut the crap.  China does have energy problems as they always do but allegedly China is 80% shot up.  Last week Florida governor, Ron DeSantis “…urged ships backed up outside California’s ports to make the trip through the Panama Canal to Florida — where ports are open and ready to unload goods.

“Year after year we continue to invest in our seaports, in infrastructure and in workforce education to make sure our supply chain is resilient,” DeSantis said during a speech at Jacksonville’s port complex, according to the American Journal of Transportation.”

Threatening the American people is the wrong path, Adeyemo.  He’s not alone as butt jumper, Mayor Petey had this to say:  Transportation Sec. Buttigieg Tells Americans to Get Used to Shipping ‘Disruptions and Shocks to the System’ – “In comments Wednesday, he indicated Americans will need to get used to delays and potentially seeing empty shelves for the foreseeable future.  “There are going to be disruptions and shocks to the system as long as the pandemic continues,” he said, according to Reuters.”

“Pete Buttigieg couldn’t organize a one car funeral.” —Sen. Tom Cotton

What’s the real problem and when did it start – aside from all of the above?  Dec. 8, 1993.  The day China’s other lap dog, Bill Clinton, signed the unconstitutional NAFTA agreement (No American Factories Taking Applications) into “law”.

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like wild beasts in dens and caverns.

“I am not one of these; experience has taught me that manufactures are now as necessary to our independence as to our comfort; and if those who quote me as of a different opinion, will keep pace with me in purchasing nothing foreign where an equivalent of domestic fabric can be obtained, without regard to difference of price, it will not be our fault if we do not soon have a supply at home equal to our demand, and wrest that weapon of distress from the hand which has wielded it.” The Letters of Thomas Jefferson 1743-1826 to Benjamin Austin Monticello, January 9, 1816

“What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement [NAFTA] but the architecture of a new international system… a first step toward a new world order.” Traitor Henry Kissinger, member of the Council on Foreign Relations and Trilaterialist, July 18, 1993, LA Times

How many times have you heard on the boob tube, “Those are millions of jobs that will never come back”? Why the hell not? I’ll tell you why: Because the Outlaw Congress is corrupt and cowardly. Those poltroons are afraid of communist China and will do nothing to get us out of those destructive treaties and bring home millions of jobs for Americans. Because of big money from corporations buying the favors of Congress – both parties.

Of course, Americans are to blame, too. Before NAFTA and GATT were passed, 97% of all shoes were made here in OUR country. From toasters to hand tools, clothing to cars, we made our own products. We paid our workers good wages. Our factories hummed, our farmers and ranchers fed our people and millions around the world.  America under capitalism flourished and became the envy of the world.  After NAFTA, OUR people lost their jobs while tens of thousands of jobs were then created in Mexico and Communist China; the destruction of America began.  Jefferson’s warning ignored.

Our industrial sector made the steel, we kept the money and the jobs. America kept her wealth where it should be: in the pocketbooks of her people. Instead of buying Made in America those destructive “free” trade treaties absolutely decimated our textile industry and agriculture.  Cheap labor meant Americans by the tens of thousands lost their jobs in those critical sectors.

Within two years after NAFTA was shoved down our throats thousands of factories closed.  Good paying jobs.  Jobs done by your parents and grandparents who had job security for decades suddenly gone in favor of cheap labor championed by the anti-American workers, the U.S. Chamber of Commerce.

I know. Being on top of this issue back then, following NAFTA and my trips across the country, I saw for myself small towns and cities that used to provide thousands of jobs with our factories humming turned into ghost towns with a gas station and a few local businesses like burger joints. The destruction was heart breaking.  Families spread all over the place looking for work in big crime infested cities.

And yet, tens of millions of Americans continued to reelect the same incumbents in the U.S. Congress who voted for the destruction we have lived through and continue to live in a real time nightmare created by them and past presidents.  In reality what they’ve did was fire themselves. I know that sounds harsh, but it’s the truth.

Clinton signed the unconstitutional NAFTA in Dec. 1993.  In 1994 a full 90% of the same incumbents who destroyed millions of jobs were reelected to the U.S. House and 92% of incumbent senators. 

Did we have trade with other nations prior to NAFTA, CAFTA and GATT?  We did and we had tariffs. Fair trade is good. Free trade is financial suicide for any nation.  Congress said Americans want cheaper goods.  The destruction to our major sectors, ag, industrial and manufacturing has made We the People dependent on communist countries like China, Viet Nam and others for what WE used to produce and the MONEY STAYED HERE IN THE U.S. FOR OUR PEOPLE.

U.S. officials worried about Chinese control of American drug supply – “Basically we’ve outsourced our entire industry to China,” retired Brig. Gen. John Adams told NBC News. “That is a strategic vulnerability.” 80% from Communist China & India.

As for our farming families, the destruction began a long time ago when the outlaw Congress for the first time passed unconstitutional legislation regarding farmers and farming (Tenth Amendment Issue), the Agricultural Adjustment Act AND the ‘Federal’ Reserve.  A must read: The Fed and the Farmer, my column May 7, 2005.  NAFTA simply finished destroying ag in so many different ways.

Clinton signed the unconstitutional NAFTA in Dec. 1993.  The next major blow came with GATT/WTO (General Agreement on Tariff’s & Trade and World Trade Organization).  Ever since then we’ve been at the mercy of countries that hate us.  You can thank former U.S. Speaker of the House, drunk John Boehner and dementia addled Nancy Pelosi for making sure American workers come last.  Add Sen. Mike Lee [R-UT] who never met a foreign worker bill he didn’t love.

A bill was introduced in 2011 to finally get us out, never passed. It got zero attention from the old media. Forget FOX. Too many Americans pay little to no attention to bills sitting in the biggest whore house on the planet- Congress – except for hot button issues like abortion. There were too few of us to make it happen.

It’s War:  Stop the TPP and TAFTA, January 26, 2014 (Mine.)

H.R. 29: To provide for the withdrawal of the United States from the North American Free Trade Agreement

“NAFTA has done way too much damage, and we need to repeal it. NAFTA has cost too many jobs, eroded our industrial base and decimated towns and communities,” he said in a statement. “Enough is enough – we need to focus on creating jobs right here in the United States – not in foreign countries.”

“The bill currently has just 10 co-sponsors: Democratic Reps. Joe Baca, Lynn Woolsey and Bob Filner of California; Michael Capuano (MA), Peter DeFazio (OR), Marcy Kaptur (OH), Larry Kissell (NC) and Michael Michaud (ME). Two Republicans are also backing the legislation: Texas’ Ron Paul and North Carolina’s Walter Jones. The bill has to be referred to the House Ways and Means Committee, but no action has been taken on it since that time.

“Prior to the implementation of NAFTA, the U.S. held a small trade surplus with Mexico of approximately $10 million. By 2007, that surplus had turned into an astounding $91 billion trade deficit. With Canada and Mexico combined, the U.S. has taken a $24 billion trade deficit prior to NAFTA and turned it into a $190 billion deficit – a 691 percent increase.

“NAFTA was also supposed to usher in a new age of prosperity among the American people as thousands upon thousands of good-paying jobs were to be created through the increase in trade surplus that never quite came to fruition. As you can imagine, just the opposite happened. Each and every year more and more jobs are outsourced to Mexico where labor is incredibly cheap and environmental concerns are a mere afterthought. The raft of jobs outsourced to Mexico forced American workers into direct competition with one another and drove down wages for all.

“Now Americans are forced to compete, not only with one another, but also with Mexican workers who are willing to work for much less than the average American. In the U.S., the average factory worker makes roughly $18 per hour while his Mexican counterpart earns just $3 per hour. This has encouraged a “race to the bottom” in which American companies are frequently relocating production facilities across the border. Iconic American companies such as Coca Cola, Ford, RCA, General Motors, General Electric and Nokia have all opened up assembly plants in Mexico. In fact, GE employs 30,000 Mexicans in 35 factories in the country.

“This race to the bottom has had a devastating effect on America’s manufacturing base. Pre-NAFTA, the U.S. had 16.8 million people employed in the manufacturing field. By 2007, that number was down to just 13.9 million. That accounts for over 20 percent of America’s manufacturing jobs over the past 14 years. Those good-paying manufacturing jobs have been replaced by low-paying service sector jobs with little or no benefits.”

Twenty Years of NAFTA Sucking Sound
NAFTA: 20 Years of Regret for Mexico

Oct. 2, 2002:  “Back in 1994, a lame duck Congress voted on the hideous “free” trade treaty, GATT, whereby the united States of America totally and completely abrogated its sovereignty to a foreign body – the WTO. At the time of the vote, counterfeit U.S. Senator Bob Dole said, “Any way you cut it, we’re the big beneficiary.” Counterfeit U.S. Senator Ernest Hollings had just the opposite prediction, “…described the vote as ‘the gravest mistake the U.S. has ever made on economic policy.'”

“Hollings’ statement turned out to be right. Our nation has been plundered as a result of GATT and We, the People, our businesses, our commerce, and our livelihoods, have been under attack ever since, losing virtually every single challenge made by some foreign country. On September 26, 2002, counterfeit U.S. Senator Max Baucus said he was deeply troubled by the WTO dispute settlement process and “Things are looking more and more… like a kangaroo court against U.S. trade laws.”

“Funny thing about Baucus’ stand on trade. He’s a “free” trader. On his web site it states, “I’ve also been a leader in the successful efforts to open Chinese markets to U.S. products and to bring China into the World Trade Organization.” Lie down with dogs, get up with fleas. Do business with our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese? Remember, in October 2001, a video came out officially sanctioned by the Communist Chinese government which glorified the attacks on America last September 11, 2001, with the moderator chiming that we got what we deserved. That’s a fact.

“The vote on GATT was 76-24. Guess how many members of the entire Congress read GATT? One! Former counterfeit Senator Hank Brown (R-CO). He’s the only one who read this 28,000 page treaty and declared that in no way would he vote for it.

“During the hearings on this monster, French financier Sir James Goldsmith testified in front of Earnest Hollings’ committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market. The following are some quotes from the Washington Times, December 6, 1993; they accurately reflect Sir Goldsmith’s statements during the hearings, which I watched on TV:

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building it’s first ocean going navy in 500 years.”

“China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.”

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America….If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries.”

“We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.” Sir Goldsmith could see into the future, only it’s been far worse than he predicted. *End quote

The goal right now is to buy Made in America for everything you need.  Yes, there are tens of thousands of companies from small to large who still manufacture here and they want your business.  If you can’t find it, do without like I do.  Unfortunately, I had to purchase a new computer a couple of months ago and yes, it was made outside the U.S.  A lot of Americans don’t understand one of the basics here and that is our debauched currency and the constant demand for higher wages.  I’ll cover that in Part II.

America:  Communist China and other countries have us by the you-know-what.  The supply chain nightmare is going to continue for who knows how long.  If you can do your Christmas shopping now, try to buy at artisan outdoor events, search the Internet for Made in USA.  Buy family package tickets to one of the fabulous aquariums or museums.; a gift that gives all year.  Make family memories and support American workers.  Tell retailers you refuse to buy from communist countries like China, Viet Nam and socialist countries that treat their citizens like chattel.

Part II is going to deal with the biggest nightmare of all:  United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA) and how it affects you and your future.

“We are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of Nature has placed in our power… the battle, sir, is not to the strong alone, it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave.” — Patrick Henry

Just a plug here for parents with kids or grandparents and for full disclosure, I receive no compensation.  I just firmly believe teaching America’s children to read is the key to their success in life.  A great Christmas present are any of the children’s book selections at Hearty Household.  I purchased one set of four so I could read them.  There are four different sets of four books each.  I can’t recommend them enough for young children.  Parents reading to/with their child(ren) creates an everlasting bond.  Not to mention supporting American workers. Do visit their web site.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related: 

Joe Biden Pitches His Build Back Better Agenda in Scranton: “We Will Take, Literally, Millions of Automobiles off the Road. Off the Road” (VIDEO), Oct. 20, 2021

Biden Can’t Figure Out How to Unload Container Ships in LA – Now Price of Shipping a Container Is 4.5 Times What It Was Last Year, October 23, 2021 – Those costs will be passed along to consumers.

Governor Newsom Announces California Will Phase Out Gasoline-Powered Cars & Drastically Reduce Demand for Fossil Fuel in California’s Fight Against Climate Change, Sept. 23, 2020-  MILLIONS of cars and trucks are on California roadways and highways everyday.  Just imagine how many charging stations would be needed for all electric cars, trucks and buses – powered by electricity!  Yes, Newsom no longer has a functioning brain.

By Frosty Wooldridge

Joe Biden is a product of 47 years in Washington DC.  Clearly, as a U.S. Senator, he accomplished not much more than endless, meaningless speeches. Even more clearly, as you witnessed in last week’s nationally televised Townhall meeting with Anderson Cooper, Joe Biden lacks a grasp of what’s happening in America.

It’s as if he is the Captain of the Titanic, but he doesn’t understand that he’s racing toward that “iceberg” with no understanding of how to take control of his ship.  He lacks any mental capacity to slow down, change direction or bring the ship to a full stop to save it and all his passengers…that’s all of us Americans.

Did you see the Town Hall meeting?  If you did, you would shudder with exasperation as you watched a doddering old man attempt to give intelligent answers, but spun off into gibberish.

During his answers to Anderson Cooper, he made statements that contained no truth, whatsoever.  He wandered off into diatribes that left Anderson speechless.  In many exchanges, Anderson finished the sentence.

At this point, his handlers MUST know he’s suffering from onset dementia, where he goes in and out of the present.  His wife knows he’s declining rapidly, but she won’t report on his mental decline because as Lord Acton said, “Power corrupts and absolutely power corrupts  absolutely.”

Thus, our country continues steaming into a “black hole” of problems with few solutions.

President Joe Biden stands in violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution.  Instead of protecting our southern border from invasion, he welcomes it, facilitates it, and actively promotes it.  To date in October, in excess of 1.6 million illegal refugees have breached our borders and have been taken inland by Joe Biden. Not to mention another 100,000 Afghan refugees that we didn’t invite.  (Source: U.S. Border Patrol)

Is that the modus operandi of a rational, reasonable and credible president of America?

Journalist Madison McQueen reported, “Despite their so-called commitment to transparency, the Biden administration continues to hide how they are dealing with record numbers of illegal aliens crossing our border. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has begun flying unaccompanied alien minors (UAC) and family units to cities across the United States under the cover of night.”

One local news station, WRCBtv in Tennessee, obtained a video of planes arriving at Chattanooga’s Wilson Air Center “carrying migrant children who are being bussed to multiple southeastern cities during overnight hours.”

McQueen reported, “Two of the busses seen in the video were headed for Miami and Dallas. At least four planes landed at Wilson Air Center from May 14 to May 19. One source told the news station that “approximately 30 to 50 minors are transported at a time” and “the operation started in Dallas, Texas, but moved to small airports recently to avoid attention.”  (Source: www.immigrationwatch.org)

In other words, Joe Biden breaks our laws under the cover of darkness. He’s openly defying the U.S. Constitution.  Whomever is running this administration in the background does not want the American people to know what’s happening, why it’s happening and/or the end game.

While he promised to solve the Covid crisis, more people have died in 2021 than in 2020.

While he cancelled the Keystone Pipeline to fuel this country efficiently and maintain our energy independence, he watches our gas prices double in the past nine months of his administration.  Gas runs over $5.00 a gallon in California.  Biden has no answers or solutions.

It’s like he’s on a treadmill and doesn’t know how to shut it down.  Thus, he’s going to keep running until he collapses.

What about the 100 cargo ships waiting to unload in California?  Any solutions?  Poor Jen Psaki, his front lady, starts sweating 30 minutes before she must appear in front of  some very articulate correspondents who ask “point blank” questions that she can’t answer…so, like her boss Biden…she b.s.’s everybody.  They know it, she knows it and we know it.

What about all those 100,000 Afghan refugees living on U.S. bases?  Why do they get first rights to our tax dollars with housing, food, education, cars, rent payments, medical care—when 540,000 of our homeless citizens live on the streets of America?  What about our inner cities where gangs, drugs, shootings and violence remain a daily nightmare?  Does anyone dare live in south Chicago?

Why  didn’t he retrieve the reported 400 more Americans still trapped in Afghanistan?  Why did he allow 100,000 unvetted refugees to catch a free plane ride to our country when they  did nothing to help our military forces in that country?  Why not bring in the entire population of Afghanistan of some 38 million—to save them all from the Taliban?

Without a doubt, I could ask another two dozen questions about our country’s problems.  You can see our infrastructure falling apart.  In Denver, I must dodge potholes on I-70. Colorado’s roads are a driving nightmare. This summer, I witnessed gangs robbing cars in San Francisco. I saw 22 drugs stores go bankrupt from shoplifting in the City by the Bay. I saw the 62,000 homeless in LA, 11,000 homeless in San Francisco, 10,000 in Denver, and 6,000 homeless in Seattle.

Anybody in DC solving those problems?   Answer: not a single solution by those 535 brilliant, elected officials…starting with forever career politicians like Schumer, Pelosi, Waters, Jackson and the list dribbles onward.

This nightmare of Joe Biden will ultimately land on our heads.  If he keeps upright, they  will keep dressing him and pretending that he’s in charge and serving America. When in fact, he’s serving everyone else, BUT not serving Americans.

Within the next six months to a year, I see him suffering a stroke, heart attack, physical collapse, or even death.  That’s what 51 percent of the country voted into office when they knew he was in mental decline. Who in their right mind thought that a doddering 79 year old man could withstand the rigors of the office of president of the USA?

Whether he’s discharged as to Amendment 25 or he passes away, we will see our second “Post American” president take office in Kamala Harris who is an anchor baby from India and Jamaica. She will be like a person who can’t swim but jumps into the deep end of a swimming pool with no lifeguards to save her.

The end result: our country stands eyeball deep in trouble with few reasonable solutions. Why? Because those people in Washington DC do not, will not and have not served the American people for decades. It’s almost as if they can’t wait to destroy the fabric, the vitality, the honor of being an American and American citizenship.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By George Lujack

“We’re being exterminated.” – President Thomas J. Whitmore (Bill Pullman), Independence Day, 1996

The words, “We’re being exterminated,” of fictional President Thomas J. Whitmore in the movie Independence Day were in regards to an alien race of beings attempting to exterminate the human race and take over the Earth and its resources. What need do we have of aliens when we have terrestrial beings right here on Earth seeking exterminate the human race and destroy the Constitutional liberties enjoyed by freedom loving Americans?

Cancel culture is an easy, smooth way of saying that American freedom is being exterminated. Many people are no longer even being cancelled by feigned outrage from the Left, but are quitting their careers as a matter of conscience, refusing to go along with new job requirements that the Left imposes upon them.

“He alone, who owns the youth, gains the future.” – Adolf Hitler

Connecticut Teacher Resigns Over Critical Race Theory Curriculum

Jennifer Tafuto, a Manchester Public School teacher for six years, resigned over her elementary school district’s Critical Race Theory curriculum. “After 6 years as a teacher in CT, I decided to resign from what I thought would be my forever career bc I felt more like a political activist than a teacher in my own classroom.”

Teaching Critical Race Theory is just the latest installment of new American indoctrination values that the Left insists on imposing onto schoolchildren. There are many other stories of teachers being fired or quitting for distributing or possessing a Bible, quoting Scripture verses in school, refusing to teach the LGBTQ curriculum, etc.

Teachers are expendable and the Left will find replacement teachers who are willing to teach Critical Race Theory, as well as many other social engineering indoctrinating curriculums, to children.

Nurses: Last Year’s Heroes, This Year’s Zeros

Nurses across America are facing the prospect of receiving pink slips for refusing to roll up their sleeves and take the Covid death jab. Nurses, of all professions, should know a thing or two about vaccines, because they’ve seen a thing or two about what’s really going on in the hospitals. Nurses’ refusals to take the Covid jabs, and their possible loss of employment over their refusal, is further confirmation to critical thinking Americans who rightly reject the “safe and effective” sales pitch of the Covid vaccines and the “science” of the Left.

NY Governor Kathy Hochul, who is as radically extreme as Andrew Cuomo – the man she replaced, has warned that nurses throughout the state who refuse to get Covid-19 shots will face being fired and New York may recruit medical workers from the Philippines and other countries to replace unvaccinated staff at hospitals.

New York American citizen nurses are expendable and the Left hopes to find replacements for unvaccinated nurses from medical workers who they hope to recruit from other countries.

Jon Gruden Resigns Over Homophobic, Sexist, and Transphobic Emails

The National Felons League routinely has players under investigation for serious allegations of domestic violence and other criminal activity, but if you are a white male head coach and emails emerge from over ten years ago in which you call someone a faggot, a pussy, and show forwarded pics of bikini clad women to others, then the powers that be on the politically correct Left will let you know that it’s time to resign. Apologies for this kind of behavior are not acceptable. We know that in the NFL there is plenty of room for locker room talk, but not from white male head coaches.

White male sports coaches and commentators, you are expendable and will be replaced by politically correct persons who will speak appropriately at all times.

U.S. Military who Refuse Covid Vaccinations Face Being Court Marshalled and Dishonorably Discharged

The Pentagon has announced that it plans to require all military personnel to receive Covid-19 vaccinations. Anyone who refuses could face court marshal and dishonorable discharge from the armed services.

Military personnel are expendable and replacements are not a concern of the Leftists.

New York City and Chicago Police, Firefighter, and Municipal Workers Vaccine Mandate

Police officers, firefighters, and all municipal workers in New York City and Chicago have been ordered to roll up their collective sleeves and take the Covid shot as a condition of employment. New York City employees will also receive an additional $500 in their paychecks for getting the blood clotting vaccine.

“When we give government the power to make medical decisions for us, we in essence, accept that the state owns our bodies.” – Ron Paul

Medical privacy and sovereignty over medical decisions made over one’s own body take a back seat to the Left’s “We’re all in this together” and “The vaccines only work if everyone takes them” medical propaganda.

Judge Tosses Suit That Sought to Block Transgender Athletes

Female athletes across the nation must not only compete against other female athletes, but against biological men who ‘transition’ as transgenders and enter into women’s sports. This was all made possible by their political allies on the Left.

Isn’t it ironic that the Left wants us to recognize 57 genders, but when it comes to sports they only want to recognize two: male and female, then insist that female sports competitions accommodate biologically born males?

Anyone who suggests that biologically born men should compete against each other in a different gender category are criticized as bigots, but all that conservatives are requesting is that a transgender’s genders should be recognized as something other than male and female in competitive sports, just as the LGBTQ zealots would otherwise demand.

Sweeping New Vaccine Mandates for 100 Million Americans

President Biden wants to order federal workers and companies with 100 or more employees to require Covid vaccinations for their employees as a condition of employment. Biden’s executive order Covid vaccine mandate excludes members of Congress, other politicians, and federal workers, naturally.

What if 100 million Americans get long term illnesses and / or prematurely die from the dangerous, blood clotting experimental Covid vaccinations? American citizens are expendable and President Biden has been welcoming in the replacements, illegal immigrants from the Mexican border, who are not required to receive Covid vaccinations upon illegally entering and remaining in the United States.

Some may say Biden is doing a bad job, but that would be based on the assumption that he is working for the American people and the betterment of American society. Joe Biden is working with globalists, the communist Chinese, big tech, big pharma, and whoever else has greased the big guy’s pockets. He is doing a great job of destroying America’s conservative culture and traditional values for the Left.

HABAKKUK 1:4:
The law is powerless, and justice never goes forth. For the wicked surround the righteous; therefore perverse judgment proceeds.

The Deep State Strikes Back, Revenge of the Left

For a brief time, American greatness made a comeback.Political correctness and the march of the Left towards communist dysfunctional was put on hold

President Trump was impeached twice for made up offenses, while Usurper Joe Biden, who is guilty of stealing the election and treason, gets nothing but protection and praise from our corrupt, enabling, in the tank, leftist mainstream media. President Donald J. Trump was expendable and his replacement was ‘President’ Joe Biden.

The MSM are in on the dole and are totally complicit in the destruction of America as we once knew it. There was a time when the homosexual advocates asked, “Are you homophobic”? My answer was always a resounding,“Yes! I am homophobic. Not homophobic in the sense that I am afraid of walking down the street and being gang raped by a group of male homosexuals, but homophobic knowing that people who cannot accept their own gender and / or are attracted sexually to their own gender will be influential in society at the exclusion and detriment of traditional American values.”

My fear was well grounded, as we can see the fruit of the works of the LGBTQ activists.

“America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we falter and lose our freedoms, it will be because we destroyed ourselves.” – Abraham Lincoln

The Left is no longer interested in intellectual discussion and fair play. They are interested in total conquest. They are seeking victory by means of taking total control of every institution in America, as conservative Americans are either fired or forced to resign over conscience, eliminated, or otherwise taken out of the way. Either way, the Left is getting what they want: the systematic destruction of traditional America, which will inevitably lead to the total destruction of America.

© 2021 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

By Roger Anghis

There are some very suspicious actions being done by government agencies and the media for such a long time that I have come to the point where I very rarely believe anything they say especially when it comes to the almighty vaxx. There are people that are in excellent health that get the ‘vaccine’ because they are forced to choose between feeding their families and protecting their health or their job. The side effects of this fake vaccine have been deadly for over 200,000 people[1] which is surprising because after 50 people die from a vaccine, they stop using the vaccine. This ‘vaccine’ has killed more people than ALL deaths from all vaccines in our history combined. We’re not talking about a modest increase in death reports, something we might chat about in concerned voices over Chai tea and bagels at a company mixer. We’re talking about a huge and unprecedented increase—so massive that in the last 4 months alone, VAERS has received over 40% of all death reports it has ever received in its entire 30+year history. So massive it’s literally “off the chart.” The first chart in the pair below shows VAERS death reports from 2014 thru 2020. If you tried to add the 2021 data to it, it would be way, way off the chart. The second chart shows how much detail was lost when the 2021 data was squeezed in.[2]  But that number is only what they are willing to report. There was an article on the net a week ago that stated the CDC won’t count deaths of vaccinated as ‘vaccine deaths’ if they died after 14 days but that article has disappeared. Surprise, surprise.

If the ‘vaccine’ is supposed to protect us then why do we have more deaths from the ‘vaccine’ than from the actual disease? In a span of one week, the number of deaths due to COVID-19 vaccines reported to the government’s database outnumbered the official count of deaths due to the virus.

The government’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System, or VAERS, contains voluntary, unverified reports of adverse events following immunization with U.S.-licensed vaccines. But it’s estimated that only between 1% and 10% of the adverse events that occur are reported to VAERS.

The Gateway Pundit noted VAERS reported 2,043 vaccine deaths in the week prior to July 7 compared to 1,505 COVID-19 deaths.[3]

We are seeing healthcare workers fired because they refuse to get the ‘vaccine’ and that has to get your attention. If the ‘vaccine’ was effective and worked, why wouldn’t they get the ‘vaccine’. The statistics I stated earlier are the reason.  The ‘vaccine’ is more of a threat than the virus itself.  Jennifer Bridges loved her job as a nurse at Houston Methodist Hospital, where she worked for eight years, but she chose to get fired rather than inoculated against COVID-19, believing that the vaccine was more of a threat than the deadly virus.

Bridges was among about 150 employees who were fired or resigned rather than comply with the requirement at Methodist, which was the country’s first large health system to mandate vaccinations. About 25,000 other employees at the hospital system complied.

“I have never felt so strong about anything,” said Bridges, 39, who lives in Houston. She was terminated from her $70,000 per year post on June 21, the deadline for employees to get a jab. “I did not feel there was proper research in this shot. It had been developed very quickly.”[4] When the healthcare workers won’t take the jab I’m sure not going to. By the way, have you noticed that there are no commercials for ‘vaccine’?  The reason for that is in America you have to list the side effects. Death isn’t one of the best-selling points for a product. Add to that the fact that the CDC Director has even stated that the ‘vaccine’ will not prevent you from getting COVID even though that is supposed to be the purpose of a vaccine. CDC Director Rochelle Walensky said the COVID vaccine cannot prevent transmission during an interview with CNN’s Wolf Blitzer:

“So if you’re going home to someone who is not vaccinated…I would suggest you wear a mask in public indoor settings.”

This is a bombshell because it raises the question of why there are vaccine mandates if the vaccine can’t prevent transmission. Why is the COVID vaccine being mandated for jobs or school?[5]

There are other sources for the results of this ‘vaccine’ that the media refuses to report on that prove that the ‘cure’ is worse than the disease. When this information comes out Big Tech bans it, takes it down, restricts access to it because it ‘violates community standards’. What it really does is exposes people to the truth. As the data continues to come in regarding the experimental COVID-19 shots, it is abundantly clear now that pretty much EVERYTHING the FDA and the CDC have told the public about these shots is a LIE!

Dr. Gérard Delépine from France, whom we have featured often here at Health Impact News over the years, has just published a study based on public data from the countries with the highest vaccination rates that clearly shows that the COVID-19 shots are hospitalizing people and killing people at higher rates than countries who have adopted early treatment protocols without the use of vaccines.

This is the biggest scam and cover-up in the history of the human race. The voices of the millions who have suffered injuries and deaths of loved ones are being censored in the corporate media and in Big Tech social media sites.

Google this week purged many YouTube channels that contained much of this information that goes contrary to the corporate media, where channels that have been published for years just vanished overnight, including The National Vaccine Information Center, Dr. Joseph Mercola, Dr. Ron Paul, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., and many others.

The video of a well-known Trinidad Pastor, Marva Paschier, has gone viral this week as she mourns the death of her son just hours after he took the shot. She is crying and you can hear someone in the background also mourning and wailing.

Facebook took down her video, but locally doctors and health officials are allegedly looking into the boy’s death.[6]

With all the information that I have presented in this series, it is impossible to believe that what the government is doing is in ‘the best interest of the people’.  It is for one thing only and that is to gain as much control over the American people as they can. You’ll notice that only the blue states and the states run by RINOs still demand masks, vaccine passports and are willing to go to lockdowns again. The red stats have the lowest number of covid cases and the better economies. I read the other day “Some say “If you just wear a mask, the state could open up sooner”. I say “If you just voted Republican, it wouldn’t be closed”.

This exercise in socialism/communism is for attaining absolute control of us. They demand we get the ‘vaccine’, stay away from large gatherings, and don’t gather at church or sing if we do.  Democrat candidate for Governor of Virginia, Terry McAuliffe has stated that parents have no right to determine what their children are taught in public schools. Democrats want indoctrination, not education.

It is time to stand up and demand ENOUGH! This is our country, our freedoms, and they are supposed to represent us not lord over us like they are trying to do. The balls in our court. We must decide which direction we will take America. Freedom or communism.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. CNN takes another stab at my book
2. The deadly covid 19 vaccine coverup
3. Report: more vaccine deaths last week than from covid 19 deaths
4. https://www.insurancejournal.com/news/national
5. CDC director drops bombshell: vaccine can’t prevent transmission why have mandates video
6. Study: Covid 19 vaccines increase deaths and hospitalizations from covid 19 based on analysis of most vaccinated countries

Andrew C. Wallace

Oh, yes they are. Every Damn Governor, both Democrat and Republican is totally compromised by the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and Biden,”THE USURPER”

Every governor is the chief executive of a Sovereign State, which the federal government is not.

But cowardly and compromised governors have allowed the PSRRC to unconstitutionally centralize all power in Washington so they can control and impoverish the people. Most politicians at all levels are subservient to the PSRRC with the possible exception of a few “Authentic America First Republicans”.

Majority of federal laws are unconstitutional unless they relate to Defense, Currency, Post office, Immigration, or Foreign Relations. ( Only purpose of federal administration is to serve the states)

How in the hell can the American people obey unconstitutional laws or orders from criminals with no authority?

State Governors must kick the Federal Government out of the states as they are exercising unconstitutional powers usurped from the states and the people.

Some examples of unconstitutional federal laws are those in Education, Energy, Agriculture, Labor, Health, Housing, Urban development, Transportation, Law Enforcement, Welfare, et al. Of course after the Election Insurrection this is moot because the Federal Government its self now has no Constitutional Authority. none. However, our  Constitution remains as the Supreme Law of the Land and our states remain as powerful as ever. Governors must demand that federal government stay out of the states using powers reserved by the states.

Governors must refuse financial grants from the federal government and demand a return of at least 50% of taxes collected from their state.

Governors don’t have Constitutional power to deprive citizens of their rights and the faux federal government certainly does not. But governors do have the power under these Exigent Circumstances to do whatever is required to protect the people, if they are not compromised or too cowardly to act.

Neither state nor federal government has the authority to lock down business or people, demand people wear useless masks and get dangerous shots, prohibit peaceful demonstrations, restrict travel, meetings, and religious services, order people to be fired, control prescription authority of doctors, et al.

Presidential executive orders are only valid if legal and directed at federal government employees. Everyone else can tell Biden,”THE USURPER” to shove his Executive Orders.

Governors should exercise their Constitutional duties and responsibilities by using military force to close the borders and to apprehend and deport illegal invaders. Governors don’t stop and deport invaders now, because the PSRRC wants them here to destroy America to make way for the Communist One World Order Dictatorship.

The costs incurred by these invaders will cause starvation and death by destroying Social Security, Medicare, Retirement Programs, and all Government Benefits.

Citizens did not spend hundreds of years defending this country, building infrastructure, wiping out diseases, and educating the people, et al., just to have the American dream stolen by uneducated illegals and the PSRRC.

If governors continue to be gutless minions of the PSRRC and refuse to follow the Constitution they can expect the people to take action, and it will not be pretty.

These Compromised and cowardly governors can expect some version of pitchforks, tar and feathers.

Our Florida governor DeSantis is better than most, but that is very faint praise. I have written him numerous times without even a form letter response. I quoted the Florida Constitution in several letters to show him how to prevent our cities from being burned and to protect citizens from crooked prosecutors, no response. I have the impression that everything he does is for publicity and that he doesn’t give a damn for the people. Fox News is a stealthy associate of the PSRRC and they are promoting him, why is that not a surprise?

When our major Democrat cities were being burned to the ground last year the governors could have stopped it, but they did not. They did this for political reasons and to destroy small business competitors to large stores controlled by the PSRRC. Of course the fake media reported the lie of “Mostly Peaceful Demonstrations”.

Governors should but a stop to corporate purchases of single family homes which is pricing families out of the housing market and the American Dream.

California governor followed Obama’s lead and even outlawed zoning for single family homes. Communists want people to live in dangerous government housing projects in the cities using public transportation.

Governors need to use their power to protect the people from prosecutors financed by George Soros and other members of the PSRRC.

As I have written, our Constitution stipulates that the federal government has little or no authority in the states. Patriotic governors with courage would kick the usurping Federal Government interlopers out of the states, and arresting them if they persist. People don’t want a corrupt FBI (with no authority) arresting parents at school board meetings, and framing innocent Americans who object to Communism and Biden,”THE USURPER”. The Communists want a national police force, why else would they defund local police?

Governors  have incredible Power under the Constitution and if they don’t use it to protect and serve the people they are the modern versions of JUDAS ISCARIOT.

Our courts have failed us, even the Supreme Court. Governors have the power to protect the people and their Constitutional Rights, but so far they refuse to do so.

I refer to Biden, “THE USURPER” because it is descriptive, and the harm he inflicts reminds me of crimes done by Vlad,”THE IMPALER”

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Steven Yates

“The sign of an intelligent mind is the ability to entertain an idea without accepting it.” —Aristotle

“Convictions cause convicts: what you believe imprisons you.” —Robert Anton Wilson, Cosmic Trigger: The Final Secret of the Illuminati (1977)

“The Earth is a farm. We are someone else’s property.” —attributed to Charles Fort (discussion here)

“Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic.” —Arthur C. Clarke, “Hazards of Prophesy” revised version, Profiles of the Future (1973)

Mosquito: What if, like, we’re just these tiny things, and we’re just, like, part of this whole other huge universe that’s, like, so big we don’t even know it exists?

Ladybug: [chuckles] Man, that is so deep. —Antz (1998)

“Piercing the Veils” was one of my more popular and, I thought, better items on here.It garnered more emails than anything other than my debut, “The Real Matrix.” A few months ago a reader asked if I’d thought about revisiting it, given all that’s happened since. I said I’d think about it.

To say things have changed since I wrote “Piercing” (2012!)would be the understatement of the decade! We’re in a totally different environment now than we were then! Things that were speculation then should be obvious now to anyone with a functioning brain!

Based originally on this — I didn’t invent the idea — “Piercing the Veils” began by noting the different levels of cognitive awareness in the natural order of things.

Do you have pets? To them, you are godlike. They’ve no inkling of what lies behind your comings and goings. The world our two cats inhabit is inside our walls. While they’ve peered down corridors outside two places we’ve lived during their lifetimes, sounds from out there are scary. Their lives can be upended in ways unfathomable to them. Last year, we moved. Their sense of safety: gone, as they found themselves thrown into carriers, packed into a vehicle surrounded by ghastly noises, to emerge hours later in a strange new place: unfamiliar voices, sights, smells. They were terrified at first. Understandably.

Lower forms of life have no “apprehension” of us at all. Ants have none of the sidewalk they traverse as a sidewalk. It’s just part of the landscape. In that charming film Antz, the colony sees itself as the highest form of life, although film’s end depicts — perhaps as irony — a shadowy city scape in the background, following inexplicable (to the characters) events of the sort Charles Fort relished writing about.

To what extent is the human world like this? More than we think. Our cognition is more complex than that of a cat, of course. But there are parallels. Most of us see what we expect to see, are trained to see, and what our parents and teachers and mentors told us was real. We surround our minds with all manner of psychological protections for security. Even then, our lives can be upended by “acts of God.” We don’t like to be jolted from the familiar. NassimTaleb’s counsel about “antifragility” notwithstanding, most of us find sudden, unpredicted change deeply disorienting and paralyzing.

“Our”globalist, ruling-class oligarchs understand this fully. They’ve exploited it to the hilt over the past year and a half.

Most of America has not figured this much out.

So who knows what else is “out there” that we can’t apprehend at all?

The Veils.

Most of humanity lives and dies behind the first veil: 90 percent was my estimate (given Pareto distributions, it could be less, but not much). First veilers learn what they need to know to keep their lives together, not much more. They are not natural adventurers, restless risk-takers, or curious truth-seekers. They go off lifelong habits of thought and behavior. They trust authority implicitly and instinctively, whether it be scientific, political, theological, or that of a boss. What this means: first veilers are never truly in charge of their lives. They serve others’ wills and purposes, usually without realizing it.Sadly, they make good cannon fodder in wars. All the oligarchs who start wars have to do is put visions and symbols of an enemy on their TV screens to scare the pants off them, while invoking loyalty to “their” country or to“democracy” or simply promise them safety.

What makes this really unfortunate is that most do strive to be good people, and will be nice to you if you are nice to them. They tend to trust — want to trust — and may be devastated when they learn they can’t trust. Many are very good at what they do: crafts, farming, teaching, preaching, driving a truck, selling you clothing, repairing things, doing your tax returns, and a thousand other things that make up the warp and woof of a society that could not function without them.

The 10 percent or so who see past that first veil discover details of politics and policy, and begin to grapple seriously with public issues on their own, as an end in itself. They form opinions they can put in their own words, something more than mere habit. Second veilers tend to vote their interests, though, because although they become passionate about issues they are not necessarily truth-seekers, either. They tend to be party-line folks who don’t question first premises or investigate foundations, and don’t want you doing it, either.

Ten percent of this cohort will penetrate the second veil.

These folks discover the foundations of Constitutionalism and perhaps political philosophy generally. They reach into our Western heritage and learn the significance of, e.g., the Magna Carta and the English Bill of Rights. They may read John Locke and Edmund Burke as well as Washington and Madison and Jefferson. But there is much that third veilers fail to see.

But again, ten percent will see past the third veil. They will notice patterns that point to secret societies and agendas, especially involving financial institutions and powerful families that have used money and private networks to wield influence down through the ages. They may begin speaking darkly of, e.g., the Trilateral Commission, or the World Economic Forum, or even Freemasonry. We’re now talking about point-one percent of the human race: one person in a thousand. Which is why we encounter so many who don’t “get it.”

This is not about intelligence or aptitude, though. First veilers literally cannot see the forces circumscribing them, any more than they can see through an opaque curtain. And despite their often-extensive studies, many second and even third veiler university professors have political beliefs that are breathtakingly naïve. Trust me, I was there. What I saw and heard made me “get” why Thomas Sowell once stated that he’d rather be ruled by people chosen from the Cambridge phone book than Harvard faculty.

Those who penetrate the third veil understand how money power works — far better than those professors, stuck behind the third veil, who appear to believe that the many tragedies and disasters of past, recent, and contemporary times are simply bad decisions or unlucky accidents.

Thus Carroll Quigley — clearly a fourth veiler — could write in Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (orig. 1966):

“ … the powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of this system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations….  In each country the power of the central bank rested largely on its control of credit and money supply….” (p. 324)

“The growth of financial capitalism made possible a centralization of world economic control and a use of this power for the direct benefit of financiers and the indirect injury of all other economic groups….” (p. 337)

Elsewhere in that classic volume Quigley states how he knew of what he wrote. He had interacted with some of those players and studied their records. He believed them important enough on the world stage to be known, despite their wish to keep their activities secret.

Yet Quigley was not altogether above board. Nowhere does he mention the British Fabian Society (founded in the 1880s) or note its enormous influence. Given the very comprehensiveness of his work, and since he names several Fabians, he can’t possibly have not known about them. Maybe he thought them bit players. Maybe not.

So on one level, we see what we’re predisposed to see. Sometimes this is obvious. The geology student sees jagged black lines on white paper; his professor sees a depiction of a terrain. The physics student sees white lines in a closed container. His professor: subatomic events in a cloud chamber.

On another level, we see what our cognitive biases tell us is there. No more. Those who will say that “low-lifes” conspire to commit crimes and harm others somehow assume that the wealthy and powerful would never do this; only conspiracy nuts believe otherwise. Even though Adam Smith (of all people!) stated explicitly that wealthy businessmen would conspire against the public interest, given the opportunity. Even though there are dozens of statements by the oligarchs telling us openly what they are doing.

Behind the Fourth Veil….

Arguably the world’s oligarch “conspirators” are fourth veilers (at least). Some may be more than that. What happens to that next 10 percent, if we stick to the pattern so far, who see around the fourth veil?

Perhaps they see the world as the scene of an epic battle between good and evil, between godly forces and those “principalities … powers … rulers of the darkness of this age” Paul warned about (Eph. 6:12).

Then they choose sides! God or Satan! Cast in Christian-theological terms, those who penetrate the fourth veil do not merely mouth platitudes but actually perceivethe demonic forces behind such worldly manifestations as abortion-on-demand, genocide, sex trafficking, pedophilia, etc., as products of satanic evil.

Christians conclude that whatever tragedies and disasters befall this world, God is in control and is using them to work His will.

Others sell their souls to the other side, because they believe “the father of lies” (John 8:44).

The former requires (in this writer’s humble opinion) a certain measure of Stoicism. For it may go unrewarded, while the latter may lead to celebrity status and great monetary success. Ask Katy Perry.

The reason is to be found in Matthew 4:8-10. Satan is tempting Jesus. Satan offers Him “all the kingdoms of the world and their glory … All these things I will give You if You will fall down and worship me.”

Does Jesus tell Satan something like, “Those kingdoms are not yours to give”?

No. He just says, “Away with you, Satan! For it is written, ‘You shall worship the Lord Your God, and Him only you shall serve.’” (New King James)

Draw your own conclusion about who is running the show behind the scenes of this world, even if only temporarily — not according to me, but according to Scripture.

With all that said, there’s something that might make some of us hesitate.

Higher Veils?

Don Harkins (see above link), who developed the first version of this schema, claimed there were eight veils. Why eight?

I don’t know.

To the best of my knowledge, Harkins never elaborated or cited a source for his ideas, and as he passed away in 2009, we can’t ask him. There were odd circumstances surrounding his death, moreover. Foul play was never ruled out.

Are even the most astute Christian thinkers fifth veilers, behind the psychic equivalent of a yet-higher opaque curtain, predisposed against any effort to pull it back?

That query has given this author a few sleepless nights.

Do we have any reason to think there is a fifth veil, or something behind it? Higher veils?

That’s basically the same question asked by those third veilers who think those of us who use terms like super elite and GloboCorp are nuts, or see schemes to create a technocratic-totalitarian world government as dystopian science fiction.

This predisposes me to at least think about the matter.

I don’t think we can do more than guess at what lies behind higher veils, if by some chance they exist (I make no claims one way or the other).

Are we on a farm? Are we someone else’s property?

Many years ago — I was a student — I came across a copy of the infamous Book of Enoch in a used bookstore. My pastor warned me about it, calling it “evil.” He seemed unable to explain why (and Enoch is quoted favorably in Scripture; see Jude 1:14-15).

Enoch elaborates at length on the strangest passage in Genesis:

“Now it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born to them, that the sons of God saw that the daughters of men, that they were beautiful, and they took wives for themselves of all whom they chose…. There were giants on the earth in those days, and also afterward, when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men and they bore children to them. Those were the mighty men who were of old, men of renown.” (Genesis 6:1-2, 4; New King James)

Genesis bypasses further details, launching directly into a denunciation of human wickedness, how it grieved God that He had made man, and how the Great Flood then came about — but God found favor in Noah and his family!

Most do not realize it, but all over the world are stories or legends of a lost civilization in what we call prehistory, how it turned to evil and was destroyed in a great flood or similar catastrophe. A favored couple or family or small group was saved, and from them, the world repopulated. These tales come from peoples who couldn’t possibly have interacted with the ancient Hebrews, or with each other. This suggests we are talking about real events, not something religious storytellers made up.

Things get stranger if we pursue them. A few intrepid scholars, studying early Genesis in light of ancient writings from earlier cultures in the Middle East, discovered that much of early Genesis is echoed in those texts, but that they don’t refer to the Hebrew God (YHWH). Indeed, the Hebrew text sometimes uses the word Elohim, a plural word interpreted by Christians as meaning the Holy Trinity, although the text never says this explicitly. Ancient Sumerians wrote of contact with, and ruler ship by,“those who came from the heavens down to the Earth,” the meaning of Anunnaki. Some, such as authors Zecharia Sitchen and Paul Wallis, contend that the Anunnaki were extraterrestrials, although their seeming ability to mate with humans (the account that made its way into Genesis) renders this doubtful. They were probably as human as we are, possibly originating from an advanced civilization the location of which remains unknown. There appears to have been a dispute among them, involving us. Certain Anunnaki seem to have meant us well. Others wanted only slaves. Sounds human, all-too-human to me.

Was there such a civilization,elements of which survived into ancient historical times? How advanced was it?

Archeologists, professionals as well as amateur, have found artifacts and artworks that look startlingly like images of airworthy vehicles; a few devices appear to display a surprising level of astronomical knowledge. There are stone constructions which, if we are honest, we are clueless how they were built.

Does the UFO phenomenon fit in here somewhere? The U.S. government has as much as admitted that the phenomenon is real — just one more thing they’ve lied about for decades. But this, too, did not begin yesterday. People have long seen things in the sky they couldn’t explain, and what they see seems to reflect their culture — again, we see what we expect to see. Recent generations of Americans believe they have seen extraterrestrial spacecraft. In the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, people saw mysterious airships. In earlier centuries, they saw great ships navigating the sky. Middle Easterners saw flying chariots (the source of Erich von Däniken’s infamous title Chariots of the Gods?).

Again, I don’t know. There are a few fanciful accounts out there of what lies behind the “upper veils,” in some cases seeing not eight but nine. These speculate that those who penetrate the fifth veil see “God” and “the devil” as members of an advanced race, perhaps from another realm of existence — a place as far outside our perceptions as ours are beyond that of our beloved pets. Or perhaps the Antz analogy is more appropriate. Manifestations of vastly superior beings could be all around us — perhaps built into the physical systems of “matter” itself. We wouldn’t know what we were looking at, any more than does my oldest cat if looking at my computer screen.

Speculation, obviously. Credible?

Recall the math. Ten percent of the human race (roughly) penetrates the first veil. One percent gets past the second. Point-one percent sees around the third. Point-point-one percent peers beyond the fourth. That comes to one person in a hundred thousand able to see past the fifth veil. In a city of, say, 5 million, that’s 50 people. Where are they? There are between 7.8 and 7.9 billion of us. That ought to yield between 780,000 and 790,000 fifth veilers. Where are they?

The very question may seem to refute the whole edifice. But does it?

Who knows how many of these people — if they exist — were able to deal with what their minds seemed to tell them? In the past, asylums contained folks who claimed to have been spoken to and commanded to do things by godlike (or demonic) beings. How many such people are able to remain sane?

Or, perhaps when one reaches a certain level, one is schooled by those above, and among their schooling is advice just to leave us lower veilers alone.

We have abundant evidence of what happens when a primitive culture encounters an advanced one. Usually the primitive culture is destroyed. Ask the indigenous peoples of the Americas — or those in plenty of other places where industrial civilization has encroached, in its endless pursuit of resources, growth, and markets.

Perhaps there is a level of enlightenment that does not unleash destructive forces because its own systems prevent culture-destroying interactions.

A Prime Directive, if you will….

So what do we do with all this? Does it get us anywhere?

It doesn’t suggest new policies.

What it suggests to me is a need for humility in the face of all that we don’t know — an arena considerably larger than what we do know. Humility includes willingness to look carefully at our beliefs and what they commit us to. How secure are they, anyway?

Humility suggests being teachable, having a willingness to explore, and to always be learning new things. Even if what we encounter is sometimes disconcerting.

Sadly, those most in need of this counsel are least likely to take it seriously. Whether they be hard-nosed materialists convinced as they can be that, e.g., life came spontaneously from non life (a proposition without a scrap of supporting physical or experimental evidence), whether they be “accidentalists” convinced that all “conspiracy” investigators are nutjobs, or whether they be “fundamentalist” Christians who believe their understanding of Scripture is correct and complete because God speaks to them directly; thus their claims about His will are unerring.

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock) is available for purchase here and here. Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

© 2021 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is ‘not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com’, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

Donald J. Trump can still save America and he has taken a step forward in this direction. His “Truth Social” media platform represents putting some of his money where his mouth is.

Now please, Mr. Former President, stop bombarding me with text message pleas for money.

Trump will have to do what My Pillow’s Mike Lindell has failed to do with his “Frank Speech” platform – purge the anti-vax quacks and QAnon oddballs whose views alienate the vast majority of Americans.

Lindell’s platform has featured Lindell himself claiming that Trump would be back in the oval office by now, after the Supreme Court was supposed to rule 9-0 in favor of reinstalling him. Now Lindell has been reduced to getting names on a petition to be sent to the Court asking for a hearing on election fraud. The names will undoubtedly be used to sell more pillows, sheets, and slippers.

This is more than a guess since the time when I signed up as a viewer of “Frank Speech” I have gotten dozens of sales pitches through emails and text messages for various My Pillow products. I bought a pillow and a dog bed (my dog likes the dog bed but the human pillow is lumpy).

Lindell’s Cyber Symposium was another bust, as he failed to deliver on promises to prove Chinese cyberwarfare involvement in the November 3, 2020, presidential election.

Hosts of “Frank Speech” shows have to makes sales pitches for the products. Lindell’s website is plastered with pictures of Lindell carrying American flags and wearing Christian crosses. No wonder they also call it “Lindell TV.”

This is not a channel or a network but a never-ending commercial.

Trump can change all of this with his new platform. He should make sure it is a vehicle for true conservatives and that the channel promotes ideas, not personalities.

To begin with, let’s hope that the hosts of his shows do not spend endless hours attacking the highly successful and effective Trump Warp Speed vaccines.

In the spirit of General George Washington, who ordered the smallpox inoculation of the Revolutionary Army, turning the tide against the British, then-President Trump launched Operation Warp Speed to turn the tide against the Red Chinese with the release of SARS-CoV-2. The result is that 187 million Americans are vaccinated and stand little chance of dying from COVID. The vast majority, over 700,000 of the deaths from the virus in America, are among those who died early on, before the vaccines were available, or afterward through their own foolish choices, deciding to remain unvaccinated.

Other factors, of course, were politicians crowding senior citizens into nursing homes in close proximity to the deadly disease.

Another thing Trump has to do with his new platform is make sure that the QAnon New Agers stay completely away from it. These people are not traditional conservatives. They are the people represented by the Shaman wearing horns and face paint during the January 6 pro-Trump demonstration at the Capitol.

Trump’s other problem is former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, whose“Real America’s Voice” show is now featured on the Lindell network, where he rants incessantly about election fraud. This is a legitimate issue but his campaign has convinced some conservative voters not to show up at the polls in Virginia or elsewhere because they think their votes will not count.

In Virginia, with the gubernatorial election on November 2, there is hope, since the Republican candidate Glenn Youngkin has been strongly promoting the Trump Warp Speed vaccines. Vaccines are a big issue there and the Democrat Terry McAuliffe has been running against Trump – except on the vaccines.

This time around, Trump has to avoid people like Alex Jones, the Texas-based talk show host who leads people astray on such varied topics as 9/11, Sandy Hook, and the Russian threat. Jones can get an audience, only because he entertains people with news of the weird and bizarre, but frustrates progress toward the goal of an informed America.

Another thing: stay clear of selling pillows, vitamins and dietary supplements.

By making his new platform into an authentic conservative voice, Trump can avoid the stigma of being a fringe character.  He should be able to attract legitimate advertisers.

In this context, shouting it to the rooftops that he was the American president behind the Warp Speed vaccines that have saved millions of lives can re-establish his authority as a credible figure on science and health matters. After all, he got COVID, survived, and took the vaccine. He has repeatedly advised his followers to take them, too.

But because conservatives are suckers for disinformation and propaganda, many have refused the vaccines, generating ghoulish data showing that there are higher rates of death from COVID in Trump country.

Nationally, of those who have died from this dangerous and contagious disease, about 7,000 have died from “breakthrough” infections. In other words, they were already vaccinated. About 6,000 of these tragic deaths were among those over the age of 65.

Again, these are compared to the more than 700,000 who died without being vaccinated.

The numbers are a vindication of Trump’s decision to use the “Warp Speed” process to bypass the federal bureaucracy and develop and get these vaccines to people in record time. Trump’s new media platform should shout this news to the world. For this achievement alone, he deserves a second presidential term. Without these vaccines, millions more would be dead.

He has to point out that Joe Biden’s heavy-handed and incompetent vaccine roll-out has resulted in more deaths from COVID in 2021 than last year.

Trump should also note that in Israel, the largest study ever done shows that the vaccines work and save people from serious illness, hospitalization, and death. Israel knows something about survival.

Ironically, Mike Lindell’s “Frank Speech” platform has denounced this great accomplishment as the “Mark of the Beast,” in the words of his host Brannon Howse. Lindell, wearing his Christian cross, repeats these outlandish claims, designed to scare people, attract viewers, and sell pillows.

The pandemic is not over. We are still in a war with China over COVID and many other issues. Here, again, Trump has the credibility to stand tall, as he recognized the China threat early on and started the process of challenging the communist behemoth in such areas as trade and 5G communications networks.

Trump can move away from all of the dangerous nonsense now being sold as conservatism to the masses. The country is depending on him.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of American’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Lex Greene

If you have put on a mask in the past 20-months, you did so voluntarily. If you put yourself under solitary home arrest, you did so voluntarily. If you social distanced for the past 20 months, or have taken one of the “unapproved” experimental fatal mRNA injections, closed your business, or given up your career in the past 20 months, you did that voluntarily too…

NO one has “forced” you to do anything. No one even has the legal right or authority to “force” you to do any of this, or much of anything else, certainly not any “public servant of the people” paid by YOU! Allowing any of these servants to order YOU around is like letting the house maid order the homeowner around. It’s just plain stupid!

If you think otherwise, it’s because you don’t know what it means to live in a FREE Constitutional Representative Republic, wherein ALL political power is inherent in us, THE PEOPLE, not any public servant! You must have overlooked the constitutional guarantee of a “republican form of government” in the Constitution.

Unlike any other nation on earth, The United States of America is controlled by the people, not their public servants!What happens in the USA is entirely up to us, not them.

Yes, I know your public education classroom taught you that you live in a “democracy.” They taught you a lot of other garbage that isn’t true, either. If you went to college, you likely know even less. To understand the FACTS on this matter, CLICK HERE.

In brief… Key Takeaways: Republic vs. Democracy

• Republics and democracies both provide a political system in which citizens are represented by elected officials who are sworn to protect their interests.
• In a pure democracy, laws are made directly by the voting majority leaving the rights of the minority largely unprotected.
• In a republic, laws are made by representatives chosen by the people and must comply with a constitution that specifically protects the rights of the minority from the will of the majority.

In our case in the USA, three documents are the SUPREME LAW OF THIS LAND, known as The Charters of Freedom, including the Declaration of Independence, the U.S. Constitution, and the Bill of Rights, all of which are being grossly violated all day every day under Obama’s puppet regime in Washington DC.

Contrary to what the Nazi news media has been telling us for 20 months, Biden is not the supreme dictator of the USA. His tyrannical sounding wish list (EO’s) have no force of law whatsoever, beyond employees of the Executive Branch.Even then, his unlawful, or unconstitutional dictates have no force of law over that group of citizens either.

However, in any dumbed-down society of moral and mental misfits, people are easily conned, coerced, threatened, frightened, and, or bribed into “voluntary compliance” with even the most egregious of governmental abuses of power.

How cheap will the average American sell their soul, their lives and freedom, and that of their children? Well, the average USA income today is $36,000 per year, down over 25% from 2019, due to ongoing governmental destruction of our economy. Anyone who has been “forced” (coerced) to take a fatal injection to keep their job, sold out themselves, their kids, freedom, liberty, and life itself, for an average of $700 per week…gross!

The UNVAXXED are the REAL (intelligent) Americans. They couldn’t be conned, coerced, threatened, or even bribed into compliance with Biden’s unlawful orders…and while we’re at it…

The Supreme Court, lower courts, State courts, State public servants, OSHA, The Health Department, your employer…none of them have any lawful right to inject you with anything against your will, make you wear a mask, or lose your income, over any so-called “medical mandate.”

Now, only three things have allowed this destruction of our country and its Citizens to continue for 20 months… GROSS IGNORANCE–COWARDICE – and a fatal LACK OF UNITY among more than 330-million American people, all races, creeds, and colors.

It was Thomas Jefferson who famously wrote that “if a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization, it expects what never was, and never will be.”

The ONLY way Obama’s puppet regime continues its open assault on ALL Americans, young and old, is if 330-million Americans remain ignorant, cowardly, and divided.

The very minute that we ALL stand up together, this thing is OVER! There isn’t a power anywhere on earth that can force 330-million Americans to do anything at all. God is on our side of this fight, the Creator and grantor of Free Will. That which God has given, no man has the authority to take!

[Eitor’s Note: A couple of weeks ago SouthWest Airline cancelled most of their weekend flights. The company required all of their pilots and support staff to be vaccinated. They refused, stood together and called in sick, resulting SouthWest to cancelled most of their flights. The company backed down, drop the vaccine mandate for now, and the pilots won. The lesson here? “United we Stand, Divided we Fall”]

United, FREEDOM WINS!

Divided, WE WILL LOSE EVERYTHING!

It’s just that simple!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Cherie Zaslawsky

When describing the evils of the Nazi regime, we tend to focus on Hitler himself. And though we can place the responsibility for the Holocaust squarely on his shoulders, he could never have accomplished his genocidal plans without the full cooperation of hundreds of underlings who carried out his orders. Here are some names that most people won’t recognize, but who kept the engine of the Third Reich running at full tilt: Walter Funk, Joachim von Ribbentrop, Albert Speer, Karl Donitz, Erich Raeder, Wilhelm Keitel, and Martin Bormann.

Similarly, as we face encroaching fascistic tyranny in America today, the draconian orders coming down from on high would die on the vine if not for the participation of hundreds—make that thousands—of bureaucrats and petty officials who willingly violate all sense of ethics and morality, not to mention the rights enshrined in our founding documents, to enact cruel and unusual mandates against We the People.

AMERICA’S COVIDIAN HENCHMEN

Let’s take a look at just of few of our own homegrown henchmen.

Among the many treasonous, traitorous Congressional, state and county officials—not to mention our demented Usurper-in-Chief and his staff of sycophantic Marxists, all of whom have jettisoned the Constitution and our protections under our cherished Bill of Rights—let me call your attention to three less well-known men of special note. They are Warren Newton, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Family Medicine; Richard J. Baron, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Internal Medicine; and David G. Nichols, MD, MBA, President and CEO of the American Board of Pediatrics.

These three medical office holders—men in key positions of leadership in the medical establishment who are bound, along with all our physicians, by the Hippocratic Oath to do no harm—have issued a Joint Statement threatening any doctor who speaks out about Covid vaccine dangers, injuries or deaths.

SLEEPY JOE FORGETS “THE THING”—THE CONSTITUTION

Meantime, back at the ranch—I mean the Offal Office—here’s what ol’ senile Joe had to say: “I understand your anger at those who haven’t gotten vaccinated.” And regarding the governors in the so-called red states: “If they will not help, if those governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as president to get them out of the way.”

Um…Joe, exactly what power might that be? Monarchical power over the sovereign states? You mean we’re not in America anymore? Got it!

Here’s Jeffrey Tucker’s take, from Gilder’s Daily Prophecy: “This is essentially a declaration of war. I’m sorry to put it that way but that’s where we are. It’s red vs blue, a war to the knife over power. Already 19 governors have signed up to sue the federal government. That’s great, provided that the American court system still works and that the Biden administration gives a flying fig about what the courts say.”

And here’s what Mat Staver of Liberty Counsel has to say: I have been warning against this tyranny for months. Joe Biden’s recent speech was divisive—scapegoating the “unvaccinated,” saying, “This is a pandemic of the unvaccinated.” Remember, Hitler blamed the Jews for disease and the “Black Death.”

COUNTIES IN LOCKSTEP

Apparently this tyranny is trickling down to our counties—or perhaps it’s trickling up from them. In any case, the county of Santa Clara, home to Apple Computer, Google, and neighbor to Facebook in San Mateo County, has published very specific instructions for contact tracing for Covid exposure that sure sounds tyrannical to me:

CLOSE CONTACT of a COVID-19 positive person =  someone who was within 6 feet of the infected person for at least 15 minutes at any time beginning 2 days before the infected person had symptoms or tested positive. Close contacts include people who had 15 minutes of continuous contact with the infected person, as well as people who had repeated short- duration interactions with the infected person. Being considered a close contact does not depend on whether the contact or the infected person was wearing a face covering during their interaction. (emphasis mine)

Hmmm… So face masks don’t prevent transmission, eh? But you still insist we wear them? Seems our “health” officers have a lot of ‘splainin’ to do. I guess we have to be tracked and traced in case we forget who that woman was in the grocery store who stood too close to us while inspecting the melons and who may have had a positive bogus PCR Covid test two days later, right?

SAN DIEGO COUNTY TAKES AIM AT HEALTH AND LIBERTY AND FIRES

Not to be outdone, San Diego County recently went full-on Orwellian with it’s new policy, proposed by Supervisor Nathan Fletcher. Here’s the subject line of his resolution:

FRAMEWORK FOR OUR FUTURE: DECLARING HEALTH MISINFORMATION A PUBLIC HEALTH CRISIS

Hmmm…see that first clause, “framework for our future”? Does that mean from now on San Diego intends to ban any health information it deems, um, incorrect? How about information on vitamins like D3, or recommendations to take vitamin C? Off limits in perpetuity? Just wonderin’.

And here’s a brief sampling of San Diego’s thought-police directive for persecuting an erstwhile free citizenry:

San Diego County’s policy directs the county’s chief administrative officer to implement Murthy’s recommendations with the following strategies:

• devote resources to identify and label health misinformation and disseminate timely health information to counter misinformation that is impeding the county’s ability to keep the community safe;
• partner with federal, state, territorial, tribal, private, nonprofit, research and other local entities to identify best practices to stop the spread of health misinformation;
•  identify resource gaps to combat health misinformation and work with state and federal partners to meet ongoing needs; and
• work with the medical community and local partners to develop a website that will serve as a central resource for combating health misinformation in the community. (emphasis mine)

TYRANNY MARCHES ON

Inspired by San Diego’s attempt to quash free speech lest the truth be told, the Monterey Board of Supervisors followed suit, framing their benevolent attempt to protect us from our own supposed poor judgment as follows: “Ceremonial Resolution declaring COVID 19 misinformation a public health crisis.”

This is the template they’ll all use, as these folks are committed to “lockstep.” In fact, Las Vegas stepped up to the same plate in short order: Clark County Commission declares COVID-19 misinformation public health crisis.

San Diego and Monterey counties have been no doubt following orders from on high to safeguard us poor benighted people who can’t figure out truth from falsehood ourselves, so we need their expert iron-fisted control of information and censorship of what they don’t want us to see.  Does this remind anyone besides me of Orwell’s novel 1984, or of the Soviet Union back in the day, or of Communist China?

Surprise, surprise! Upping the ante, in September, the California State Assembly passed a measure declaring that…wait for it…medical misinformation is a public crisis!  To the myriad insidious ways the CA Legislature has found to tread upon our rights, we can add this one: they’re dutifully following the elites’ program to stifle free speech and keep up the fiction that the Covid vaccines are “safe and effective” while tens of thousands die from the shots, or are rendered seriously ill or impaired from their “vaccines”.

While all these feckless public saboteurs—I mean public servants—obviously follow the same marching orders and don’t even bother changing the “misinformation crisis” wording, actually, I agree with their title. There is a public health crisis as a result of Covid misinformation! It’s just that they got it exactly backwards.

It’s their misinformation—the government’s, the CDC’s, the FDA’s, the County Health  Officers’, Dr. Mengele Fauci’s, Beijing Biden’s, and that of paid-off Big Pharma doctors, etc., who’ve created a public health crisis of gargantuan proportions.

This is Ronald Reagan’s warning writ large: “I’m from the government and I’m here to help.” With friends like the heavy-handed bureaucrats in our State Assembly riding roughshod over our sacrosanct rights, who needs enemies?

First San Diego County. Then Monterey County. Now the California State Assembly. And as California goes, so goes the nation.

FDA SPILLS THE BEANS

Here’s an excerpt from a Lancet article  that would have undoubtedly resulted in the ousting of two top officials at the FDA—Director and Deputy Director of the Office of Vaccines Research, Marion Gruber and Phillip Kause— who contributed to it. They were smart enough to gracefully exit by the back door before the jackals could hound them out of office for daring to question the official medical narrative:

“…there could be risks if boosters are widely introduced too soon, or too frequently, especially with vaccines that can have immune-mediated side-effects such as myocarditis, which is more common after the second dose of some mRNA vaccines, or Guillain-Barre syndrome, which has been associated with adenovirus-vectored COVID-19 vaccines.”

Hmmm…our top vaccine experts just admitted that Covid vaccines have “side effects” such as the very serious myocarditis—inflammation of the heart—that can result in heart failure, and Guillain-Barre syndrome, which causes muscle weakness and can result in paralysis. But I thought these vaccines were “safe and effective”!

If they’re “effective” why would we need boosters at all, let alone a mere six months later? And if they’re “safe” why are they damaging people’s hearts and causing paralysis, not to mention deaths?

Unless what Snake Eyes Fauci, the NIH, the CDC et al. really mean is they’re “effective” at making multi billions for Big Pharma and everyone on its gravy train, and they’re “safe” from lawsuits.

I guess we just have to learn to read between the lines.

MEDICAL TYRANNY FROM THE TOP DOWN

We can thank the CEOs of the Medical Boards mentioned earlier, Messieurs Newton, Baron and Nichols, for their respective organizations’ draconian statement that prevents your doctor from telling you the truth.

And I quote:

The Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB), which supports its member state medical licensing boards, has recently issued a statement saying that providing misinformation about the COVID-19 vaccine contradicts physicians’ ethical and professional responsibilities, and therefore may subject a physician to disciplinary actions, including suspension or revocation of their medical license.

… Spreading misinformation or falsehoods to the public during a time of a public health emergency goes against everything our Boards and our community of board-certified physicians stand for. The evidence that we have safe, effective and widely available vaccines against COVID-19 is overwhelming. We are particularly concerned about physicians who use their authority to denigrate vaccination at a time when vaccines continue to demonstrate excellent effectiveness against severe illness, hospitalization and death. (emphasis mine)

Ironically, American doctors are not only prevented from using life-saving therapeutics, they can’t even talk about them without risking their licenses! So the powers-that-be have co-opted both free speech and the American medical profession in one fell swoop.

This means our brave doctors and researchers—the ones standing up for truth, freedom and personal autonomy, and proclaiming the real facts and figures about the dangers of these experimental injections, aka Covid “vaccines”—are now officially silenced. Thankfully, that hasn’t stopped heroes like Dr. Peter McCullough from speaking out.

Another hero, Dr. George Fareed, who saved the lives of many—including elderly patients with co-morbidities—by treating them early with therapeutics, closed his address before the Italian Senate with these words:

“…when doctors are prevented from treating their patients with life-saving medicine, we know that something sinister is going on.”

And that “something sinister,” while ostensibly launched by Gates, Fauci, and their cadre of elite pals, is enabled by men such as Dr. Warren Newton, Dr. Richard J. Baron, and Dr. David G. Nichols—men who’ve been entrusted with key positions as CEOs of powerful medical boards, whose duty it is to insure Americans get excellent medical care.

If and when we have our own Nuremberg trials for high crimes against the American people under the guise of “protection” from Covid, let’s remember their names, in addition to those of all too many others.

© 2021 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

by Lee Duigon

Imagine it as a scene in a movie. General George Patton is up late at night, laboring to plan the relief of Bastogne. Can he get there in time, before the Germans overrun the town? It’s the Battle of the Bulge, and the situation is critical. How about the weather? Will his combat aircraft be able to fly support missions? Work, work, work!

He is interrupted by an aide who enters with a woman in a chic suit.

“Excuse me, General, but this message comes straight from Army Headquarters! Sir, this is Col. Suzy Woozy, from the Pentagon. She has been assigned to you as your gender adviser. She will help you to address the gender needs of people and minorities in war or conflict zones.” The aide flees as the general’s hand creeps toward his holstered pistol.

And Bastogne falls as the general has to take time out to address… gender needs.

Today our new woke military, having been run out of Afghanistan like children caught shoplifting, has a new mission, one involving some 13,000 Afghan refugees distributed among nine military bases. Does it concern food, water, or first aid? Housing, maybe?

Nope, none of those. This is a mission that requires the services of… gender advisers. Whatever they may be. Somehow I’m afraid to ask.

See, there’s this new law, passed in 2018, that “mandates the US military to address the gender needs of people and minorities in war or conflict zones.” What do they mean by “people and minorities”? Are they two different things? Maybe we’d better go upstairs to the US Indo-Pacific Command office and ask the “chief gender adviser.”

While you try to figure out what, exactly, are your gender needs, let us ask a simple question: Is this tragedy or farce? Sometimes the line is thinly drawn. What’s comical and ridiculous in a position of safety can quickly turn grim and dangerous when the bullets start to fly.

How funny is it that there are actually high-ranking jidrools in the Pentagon who think this is all a good idea? Like, how did Admiral Halsey ever get through World War II without a gender adviser on his flagship? How did Washington hold his army together at Yorktown without a clear idea of its gender needs? We want to laugh at this foolishness; but in that it takes time and effort that would be better used in trying to win a war instead of losing it, it’s not so funny.

It’s too bad Donald Trump never got around to weeding Obama-era wokies out of high positions in the military. We are lumbered with generals who think Climate Change and “white supremacists” (all twelve of them, plus their pickup truck) are a much bigger threat than hostile foreign powers will ever be. They should have all been fired. Now we’re paying the price for that omission. Really, we should have known the problem was getting serious when they had ROTC cadets marching around in high-heeled pink shoes. That was in 2015 at Temple University, in case you missed it first time around. That really should have clued us in, big-time.

So now we’re gonna teach 7^th-century Afghans to be 2021 gender-hip—like they’re just dying to glom onto modern feminism. Think they’ll go for that transgender stuff? Yeah—with a lot of gender counseling, they’ll turn into characters from a 1960s Swedish movie.

Who dreams up this stuff? What loony bin did they raid, to find them? What nimrods in Congress inserted this garbage into our defense budget?

We are in a very hazardous period in our country’s history, governed by thieves, liars, lunatics, mountebanks, and fools. And if this woke general staff ever has to plan a battle, let alone a war, we’re finished.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Dave Daubenmire

This is not a shot across the bow of Christianity.  Christianity is doing just fine, thank you.  It has survived and thrived through persecution over the past two thousand years and it is not going to be thrown on the dust-heap of history just yet.

In fact, we are heading in to the greatest reformation that the church world has ever seen.  Millions are going to come to Christ over the next few years and the ever-expanding Kingdom of God is about to flex some muscle.  Jesus Christ is KING…right now…right here…and He told us that His Kingdom was without end.

So, no matter what it looks like on the outside, the Kingdom of God is expanding in the hearts of men.  That’s where it is, you know…on the INSIDE of men.  It is a Spiritual Kingdom that dwells on the inside of men.  Jesus Himself told us the “the Kingdom of God is within.”

Yes, my friends.  Christianity is thriving around the world despite the onslaught of persecution.  In fact, persecution is fertilizer to the Kingdom of God.  “The more they afflicted them the more they multiplied and grew.”Pushing back against persecution produces Spiritual muscles.  The Kingdom of God is getting ready to flex its muscles.

But the American Church is the 98-pound weakling that Charles Atlas used to talk about. At some point Christians are going to have to hit the weight room and fight back against the Luciferian bullies.  Getting one’s ass kicked does not make one more Holy.  Fighting pressure does.  In fact, it is often called “resistance training.”  At the heart of resistance training is the act of pushing back.  The American Church has been taught that “pushing back” is un-Christian. That is a socialist LIE. Standing up to and resisting evil builds character.

That is because the American Church is broken.  It is time to pour new wine into new wineskins.  The old way of “doing church” is outmoded and ineffectual.  The American church system has made the American male weak and dependent.  It has turned men into mice, lions into pussycats, and sharks into feminine evanjellyfish.  The American church is broken.  Let me explain.

Imagine if you will that you were an athletic individual and you decided that you wanted to become a football player. You had seen games on TV but you had never played.  You searched the want ads for a place where you could be trained in the ways of football.

You found a trainer at a beautiful health spa and you started to attend workouts.  The trainer was a muscular guy, and he clearly knew all of the ins and outs of football.  So, you, and a few of your buddies, started attending weekly sessions with the “coach.”  You asked him if you needed to bring workout clothes and he assured you that you did not…only a manual that he would give you

At first, the workouts were interesting as the Coach trained you on the safety aspects of football.  He taught you what each piece of equipment was used for, how it protected you.  He explained the different positions on the field and what responsibility each position had.  He taught you the history of football, who the greatest players in history were, and even spoke of the exploits that the individual players had performed.  He was especially good at teaching the rules.

He was very thorough, even doing hour long series on each of the football techniques.  At the end of the day, he gave you a football manual and explained to you the importance of reading the manual…and encouraged you to teach football to your family and friends.

“Everything is explained in the book,” he told you.  “Read it everyday and you will become a much better football player.” 

Finally, the day of the first game arrived.  Your team was scheduled to play the Luciferians, a much more experienced team.  Your team got creamed because the opponent had been taught HOW to play the game while your coach had merely taught you ABOUT football.  Your coach had never taken you out on the field where you actually practiced what you had been taught.  When you tried to “rebuke” the Luciferians they steam rolled right over your weak, sorry butt.

Great coaches teach by DOING.  Every play run during the game had been repeatedly run during practice.  Good players not only know what position the play, they actually know how to execute a variety of plays.

Today’s Pastors, (Coaches) never take their teams to the field.  They spend hours pontificating on the POWERS of football but never take the individual players to the practice field where the crucial techniques are taught.  How can you stand up and speak at a school board meeting if you have never been to one?  Why doesn’t the coach lead them to the field and show them how it is done?  The Devil’s kid’s run the schools because they actually engage in the battle.  Christians lose by forfeit.

Share this with your pastor.  Ask him why he never takes his team out on the practice field and shows them how the game is played?  How can you possibly play effectively if your coach has never put you into the game?

The American church system is broken.  Theoreticians are training the troops.  We need bold, experienced Generals.

A friend told me a story about teaching his grandson how to drive a zero-turn mower.  He sat him on the mower and showed him how every switch on the column worked.  He explained how the turn levers worked, how to fill it with gas, what the gauges meant, and turned him loose in the back yard.

About 15 minutes later the grandson showed up in the garage and said, “Grandpa, the mower isn’t mowing the grass.It runs great but none of the grass is shorter when I get to the end of the yard.”

My friend walked over and looked at the mower.  He shut it off and had the boy go through all of the steps of starting and driving the mower.  The mower started up, the young man took it for a test ride, and brought it back to his grandpa.

“It still doesn’t mow.”

My friend leaned over the mower and pull on the toggle switch to engage the blade.

“What’s that sound, Grandpa?” the young boy asked as the blades began to whirl.

The American church is broken.  It is time we stopped learning ABOUT Christianity and actually started practicing it. Won’t someone please show the Christians how to engage the blades?

© 2021 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

“If a political party does not have its foundation in the determination to advance a cause that is right and moral, then it is not a political party.  It is a conspiracy to seize power.”  President Dwight D. Eisenhower, March 6, 1956

Right now, in Washington DC, we the American people, no matter what our political persuasion, face a greater threat to our freedoms, our Constitutional Republic, and our way of life than ever before.

This president continues to break our laws.  He ignores our Constitution. He refuses to enforce and/or secure our borders from invasion. Article IV, Section 4.  He blindly, if not stupidly, or via his dementia, ignores what’s really going on in our country. Or, is he doing it on purpose?

As you read this column, Kenneth Moton of ABC News, Sunday October 3, 2021, reported that 60,000 new migrants continue slugging their way through Mexico to storm our borders.  That’s on top of the 18,000 who just invaded Del Rio, Texas and are now being bussed all over the country.  Biden allowed 1.4 million illegal migrants to invade our country in the past nine months.  He supports and facilitates their lawlessness.  But our welfare systems are paying for them on our tax dollars.

He’s drowning us in $3.5 trillion in debt with God-only-knows what kind of insane pork that inhabits his “build back better” bill.

Biden does not know how many unvetted jihadist terrorists he imported into our country with 100,000 Muslim refugees.  He lacks any intellectual understanding of what kind of terrorist seeds he is sewing throughout our country.  Even in Kabul yesterday, one of those suicide nut bombers blew up a mosque in the city.  For the love of common sense, why did he just import 100,000 of those people and their violent religion?  We already suffer dozens of Islamic Training Camps from New York to Michigan to Oregon to California.  Biden feeds more terrorists into those camps.

We’ve got 25 million illegal aliens within our borders as documented by the Yale Report of 2018.  We’ve got another 800,000 DACA illegals ready to be given citizenship.  Then there’s the 100,000 Afghans that we know nothing about.  It’s like Biden and Congress keep “seeding” our country with invaders…their cultures…their customs…their languages.  Why?  Is Biden an elected tyrant?

Does he have the right to force us to take injections of an experimental drug?  Can he force foreigners into our country to displace us from our rights? Well, he’s doing just that!

Aristotle explains the ruthlessness of tyrants: “Another mark of a tyrant is that he likes foreigners better than citizens, and lives with them and invites them to his table; for the one are enemies, but the Others enter into no rivalry with him.”

At 330 million of us in this country, and roughly 50 million of us are foreign born…with another 30 or 40 million of their offspring…is it possible that Congress and the presidents—who have allowed this invasion over the past 40 years—want to destroy our country and our way of life?

Right now in France, one of the hottest politicians, Eric Zemmour, wrote a best seller:  Le Suicide of France.  He spoke of the onslaught of Muslims creating their own nations within France with 90 “no go zones” where no French people dare enter. He spoke about the thousands of Muslims raping French women at will. He spoke about Muslims filling French prisons at over 80 percent of prisoners.  He’s on course to not only overtake Marine la Pen, but Zemmour is slated to beat President Macron in the next election.  The French people are beginning to gel to the new movement: Identity Solidaire.  They are sick of Muslims tearing their country apart.

With all those Haitians invading our country, are we ready for their religious rituals like Santeria where they take animals and cut them to bleed them out in parks and on beaches? And they bathe themselves in the blood!  Can we allow that barbaric scene to be seen by our children? Can we support endless female genital mutilation and honor killings in our country?  At what point do we too, sink into a barbaric third world country?

And exactly what are we going to do with the projected 100,000,000 (million) more people added to our country, net gain, within 29 years?  Most of it caused by legal and illegal immigration, and their birth rates.  You have any answers to that question?

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

What are we Americans going to do when there are no solutions to all the problems that Congress and Biden heap upon us?  At some point, when the numbers reach beyond sustainability, we will dissolve into the realm of irreversible and unsolvable problems.  Once at that point, we are screwed.

Those 545 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Last week, “Progressives for Immigration Reform,” Executive Director Kevin Lynn interviewed me on my book:  America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations.  He caught me in my office wearing my ball cap and glasses. The interview is one hour long.  If you watch it, the interview will give you a crystal-clear understanding of what’s going to happen to our civilization if we fail to stop mass immigration.  Forward it to all your networks.  Thank you, Frosty

Here is the link to the podcast with Executive Director Kevin Lynn and Frosty Wooldridge:

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Servando Gonzalez

On October 14th, 1962, a CIA analyst show President Kennedy photos taken by U-2 which, he claimed, proved the presence of Soviet nuclear missiles deployed on Cuban soil. Kennedy initially had trouble seeing the missiles on the photos, but he was eventually convinced of it. A few days later, on October 22nd, President Kennedy spoke to the nation about the crisis in a televised address. This initiated what was later known as the Cuban Missile Crisis.

After the crisis was over, a veritable barrage of books and articles with scary titles have been written allegedly proving how close we were to the brink nuclear Armageddon. Nevertheless, there are many things about the crisis difficult to explain, because they simply do not add up. I will show below a few examples.

1) According to what was reported at the time, Kennedy and his close associates were surprised and shocked with the unexpected discovery of strategic Soviet missiles in Cuba.

It seems that their surprised was faked, because as early as August, 1962, the word was out in Washington that the Soviets were building missile launchers for weapons already in Cuba. Between August 31 and October 12, 1962, Senator Kenneth Keating made ten Senate speeches and fourteen public statements about the developments in Cuba. He was merely saying publicly what the American intelligence community, apparently his source of information, was muttering as loudly as they could.

Moreover, Cuban refugees, leaving the island in drones, had been reporting sightings of Soviet army trucks carrying extremely long cigar-shaped objects covered by tarpaulins. Some of the refugees strongly suspected that the cigar-shaped objects they had seen riding on Soviet trucks on Cuban highways were not Siberian Cohibas for Castro. But, instead of paying attention to the growing concern, White House press secretary Pierre Salinger criticized the television networks for giving Keating the air time to express his concerns.

2) According to most book and articles, in 1962 we were closer to the brink than ever before.

But there are some things difficult to explain. During the crisis President Kennedy ordered to defuse the nuclear warheads of the American missiles in Turkey, allegedly to avoid an accident. It was also reported that, even during the most dangerous moments of the crisis, Kennedy didn’t alert the civil defense or show any curiosity about learning how to use the secret codes to unleash a nuclear attack. Strange behavior indeed for the commander-in-chief of a country at the brink of a nuclear attack.

But one of the most striking things of the Cuban missile crisis is that the Soviets never placed their troops, nor the civilian defense, under alert. This astonishing fact is mentioned in most of the early accounts of the crisis. Later declassified top secret CIA documents confirmed the fact. At 10:00 in the morning of Tuesday the 23rd of October, CIA Director John McCone reported a strange thing to the ExComm: no signs of a general alert of Soviet forces in Cuba or around the globe had been reported.

A top secret CIA memo of October 25 clearly states that “We still see no signs of any crash procedure in measures to increase the readiness of Soviet armed forces.” A top secret memo of October 26 gave the first indications of a state of alert, but in some European satellite countries, not in the Soviet Union. As late as Friday, October 26, American intelligence sources reported from Cuba, from Moscow, and from the United Nations, that the Russians were not ready for war. It is only on October 27 that a top secret CIA memo clearly acknowledges that “No significant redeployment of Soviet ground, air or naval forces have been noted. However, there are continuing indications of increased readiness among some units.”

Surprisingly, even at that late date, the Soviets had made no attempt to mobilize their civil defense nor to prepare the population for the eventual use of fallout shelters. This was quite significant, because the Soviets had devoted considerable effort to instructing their civilian population in civil defense and had invested considerably in fallout shelters.

3) Now it can be told: we were even more closer to the brink than most people may think.

In January, 1992, during a three-day meeting that took place in Havana with the presence of Cuban, Soviet, and American scholars and officials, among them Robert S. McNamara, new declassified documents of the crisis from the different parties involved were made available to the scholars. It was during this meeting that a Soviet official, Army General Anatoly Gribkov, who allegedly was responsible for planning the operation in 1962, dropped a bombshell when he confirmed the presence of both strategic and tactical nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. However, Gribkov provided no evidence to support his claims.

Nevertheless, notwithstanding Gribkov’s unsubstantiated claims, one has to be very naive to believe that the Soviet Union could commit nuclear suicide in defense of a small island lost in the Caribbean whose leader was an unstable, self proclaimed “Marxist.” That would have been a totally foolish decision. But Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev —a.k.a. the “Butcher of Budapest,” and the “Hangman of the Ukraine”— was anything but a fool.

4) According to some sources, in 1962 the Soviets had deployed 32 nuclear warheads in Cuba.

The American intelligence never confirmed the presence of nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. They never found evidence of nuclear warheads in Cuba and Kennedy gave specific orders about not verifying the extraction of nuclear warheads by boarding and inspecting the Soviet ships leaving Cuba after the crisis.

Lately, perhaps enticed by juicy grants from American foundations, ex-Soviet officials engaged in a fierce competition to tell some Americans what they love to hear. In 1989 Gen. Volkogonov revealed that 20 nuclear warheads were in Cuba. In 1992, Gen. Gribkov raised the number of nuclear warheads in Cuba to 48. In 1996 Lt. Col. Anatoly Dukuchaev raised the ante to 162 nuclear warheads in Cuban soil in 1962. Like rabbits, the nuclear warheads in Cuba keep multiplying. In that fierce competition, kept heated up fueled by American money, some funny Russians were close to claim that there were more nuclear warheads in Cuba than the number the Soviets actually had at the time.

The main force behind this concerted effort in proving that nuclear warheads were in Cuba was Robert McNamara, whose main goal was finding justifications for his absurd policies as Secretary of Defense during the Kennedy administration. Later, McNamara found support for his theories from none other than his former executive action target, Fidel Castro, and from a group of Russians, among them, Sergei Mikoyan, an old KGB hand. But McNamara, Castro, and the ex-KGB operatives were very questionable sources of intelligence.

5) Did the Soviet officers in the field in Cuba had an open hand to use nuclear weapons without further authorization from Moscow?

According to Gen. Gribkov, Gen. Pliyev, the Soviet military commander in Cuba, had been given authorization to fire nuclear devices against an American invasion force if he considered it necessary, without further authorization from the Kremlin.

However, it is very difficult to believe, as some American researchers and retired senior Soviet officers later claimed, that Russian field officers in Cuba had been authorized to use tactical nuclear warheads without further authorization from Moscow. Such an action would have been tantamount to mass suicide, since a single nuclear warhead fired by Russian troops in Cuba against the U.S. would had been equivalent to a declaration of nuclear war between the United States and the Soviet Union. One has to be very naive, or have had as many vodka bottles as Gribkov, to believe that the Kremlin, whose zeal over the control of nuclear devices bordered paranoia, would have committed such act of sheer madness.

6) According to generalized opinion among American authors who have studied the crisis, the plan was Khrushchev’s idea to protect Castro from an American invasion.

Apparently, their main source was Nikita Khrushchev. In his Memoirs Khrushchev claimed that the main reason for deploying strategic missiles on Cuban soil was because Castro feared an American invasion and he wanted to protect the Cuban leader. But it is very difficult to believe that Khrushchev planned to install missiles in Cuba to protect Castro just a few days after Khrushchev had tried to overthrow the Cuban leader by force by a coup d’etat. Actually, in April of 1962, after Castro discovered and neutralized the plot, he expelled from Cuba Soviet Ambassador Kudryatsev (who also moonlighted as a senior GRU officer) and a group of his embassy KGB thugs.

Moreover, simple logic dictates that no great power is going to give missiles to any newcomer who just asks for them. The USSR installed missiles where it wanted, and nowhere else. When Mao asked for missiles the Soviets turned him down flat. Neither before 1962, nor after, did the Soviets deploy nuclear warheads beyond their borders. It was not until many years later, only after they had developed reliable devices to control its arming, that the Soviets allowed a limited number of nuclear warheads to cross their borders, and always under strict control of KGB’s special Spetnatz troops. If the Soviets didn’t trust their own army, why, then, would they risk placing nuclear missiles so close to the unstable, trigger-happy Castro? If anything, what Khrushchev would have loved was having the Americans doing the dirty job he failed to accomplish, by invading Cuba and helping him getting rid of the unreliable Fidel Castro.

He had strong reason for it. The Soviet commitment in Cuba had proved to be a calamitous failure. As seen from the Kremlin, Castro was unpredictable, volatile, undisciplined, and often nonsensical. His wholesale executions, mass arrests, and terrorist adventures against his Latin American neighbors, together with the sight of hundreds of thousands of Cubans attempting to flee his rule, raised the very Stalinist specter Khrushchev was trying to dispel with his recently announced doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence. Moreover, Castro was making a shambles of the Cuban economy and neglected to pay attention to “suggestions” coming from Moscow

In such circumstances the sensible course for Khrushchev was to cut his losses and get out of the game, particularly considering that the Soviet lines of supply to Cuba were long and extremely vulnerable. But leaving Cuba voluntarily would have been tantamount to an admission of failure and would had involved substantial loss of face. If, however, Castro could be eliminated as a result of American “aggression,” then Khrushchev and the USSR could retreat from Cuba, their honor relatively untarnished. After an American invasion of the island the failure of Communism in Cuba could be blamed not on deficiencies in Soviet-style communist management of Cuban affairs, but on “Yankee Imperialism.”

7) Another disinformation appearing on most books about the crisis is that the Soviets had deployed the missiles with cunning and stealth.

In shipping the missiles to Cuba, Americans accused the USSR of using stealth and deception. This accusation of deceit runs throughout all official US statements. The evidence indicates, however, that Soviet stealth and deception were faked. The available record suggests that, in fact, the Russians went to great pains to let the Americans discover the missiles. There is evidence that the Soviets sped up their pace of work and camouflaged the missiles only after they were sure the American U2 planes had discovered and photographed them.

The plan to set up the missiles was carried out in such a way that they would inevitably be discovered by the Americans. If one assumes that the anti-aircraft Surface to Air Missiles surrounding the bases were intended to protect the installations of the strategic missiles, then they should have been installed and ready to shoot the US planes before the strategic missiles arrived. Actually the SAM’s and other associated anti-aircraft nets only became operational when the construction of the strategic missile sites was well advanced, and the Soviets employed almost no camouflage at all to hide either set of weapons. In any case, since the SAM’s could not shoot down planes flying below 10,000 feet, these anti-aircraft missiles would not have been useful in the event of an American invasion.

Moreover both the Medium Range Ballistic Missiles and the Intermediate Range Ballistic Missiles were above ground and located in soft terrain, very vulnerable to any type of enemy attack. Although a single installation of MRBM could be built in a matter of days, the Russians were progressing very slowly in their installation. They seemed not to be in great hurry, and worked only during daylight hours.

The Cubans were concerned about the role of the American intelligence surveillance, but the Russians dismissed their concern and gave the matter no importance. The Cuban intelligence services were also aware that the CIA was interrogating Cuban refugees at the Opa Locka military base in Florida. The large number of refugees arriving in Miami was providing the CIA with a great deal of information. Castro proposed to stop the emigration flood by eliminating all available means of escape from the island, but the Soviets proposed to leave things unchanged. In that way, reasoned the Russians, the CIA would obtain a lot of contradictory information and soon stop relying on the credibility of the refugees. Many of the departing refugees had seen missiles, but, in most cases, these were just antiaircraft SAMs. To the Cubans’ dismay, the Soviets even suggested that, instead of trying to hide evidence of the missiles, it was better to let it be obvious. For the first time the Cuban personnel working at the antiaircraft missile sites were granted leaves.

The Cubans knew the quality of the American air surveillance technology. On several occasions Castro asked the Soviets to give him SAMs, and let his people operate them, but the Russians were reluctant. Although most of the Cubans assigned to the missile bases were engineering students from Havana University, the Soviets only allowed them to operate the radars.

By the beginning of August the Russians complained to the Cuban government about the lack of discipline and seditious demonstrations of the university students at the missile bases. Apparently the Cubans were frustrated by the Russians’ inaction in the face of overflying American U-2 planes. Castro himself had to make an inspection visit to the bases in order to calm down the Cubans there. Apparently Castro convinced everybody, with one important exception: Che Guevara. Major Guevara said that he would only change his opinion if somebody convinced him that the American spy planes flying over Cuba were not jeopardizing the operation. But he finally opted to accept Castro’s orders.

Contrary to the opinion of most American analysts, almost all SAM antiaircraft sites in western Cuba had reached operational status by the beginning of August, 1962. From that early date the Soviets could have fired on the American spy planes if they had wanted to.

On the morning of October 14, 1962, a U-2 entered Cuban air space and flew over the province of Pinar del Río. The Cubans watched the plane on the radar screens, appalled as the Russians did nothing. Later Castro complained bitterly about the Russian inaction. Why were the Soviets allowing the American planes to discover the missiles? It was not until the meeting with the President the morning of the 23rd of October that CIA Director John McCone reported that the Russians were beginning to camouflage the missile sites. Nobody could explain why they had waited so long to do so.

8) Finally, the CIA smelled a rat, Kennedy approved the U-2 flights, and Major Anderson photographed the missiles.

According to most American analysts, what initiated the crisis were the U-2 photographs of Soviet missile sites in Cuba on October 14, 1962. US leaders might have received information three weeks earlier if a U-2 had flown over the western part of Cuba in the last week of September. But, quite unexplainably, the U-2s were prevented from flying over that part of Cuba, precisely where intelligence reports indicated that the missiles were most likely to be.

On August, 1962, a U-2 returned with photographs of Russian SAM antiaircraft missiles being unloaded at Cuban docks. More U-2s came back with fresh pictures of more SAMs. But President Kennedy insisted there was no evidence that the Russians were moving in offensive missiles that could threaten the United States.

Though all evidence pointed to the province of Pinar del Río in the western part of Cuba as the most likely location for missile sites, a very strange thing happened: after September 5 no U-2 flights were directed over that part of the island. It was not until October 14, that a U-2 plane, reportedly by chance, took the now famous photographs of the sites under construction. Yet, the word that there were Russian missile sites in Cuba was so widespread that even Time magazine ran an article on September 21 showing a map of Cuba clustered with Soviet ground-to-air missiles, mainly in the western part of the island, west and south of Havana.

In retrospect it is clear that both the Americans and the Russians were playing a subtle cat-and-mouse game, the Russians trying, by every means, to get the Americans to discover the missiles, and the Americans trying not to discover them.

9) According to most American analysts, a US invasion of Cuba would have brought nuclear war with the Soviet Union.

The day after the Bay of Pigs invasion began, Khrushchev sent President Kennedy a message appealing to him to stop the aggression. The tone of the message, however, was not in accordance to the man who some months earlier had boasted with apocalyptic visions.

“As for the USSR, there must be no mistake about our position. We will extend to the Cuban people and its government all the necessary aid for the repulse of the armed attack on Cuba. . . We are sincerely interested in the relaxation of international tensions, but if others go in for its aggravation, then we will answer then in full measure.”

The reality, however, was quite different. When the invasion began Castro wired Russia for urgent help or at least for open solidarity, but Khrushchev ignored him until the Cuban militia had definitely beaten the invaders.

Khrushchev’s “missile rattling” about Cuba was not the first case of such bluffings. He had before threatened with rockets over Suez, over the landings in Lebanon and Jordan, and over Berlin. Khrushchev also threatened Britain and France with long-range missiles at the time of the Suez crisis, but not before he was certain that the crisis was effectively over. When the Matsu-Quemoy crisis of the fall of 1958 erupted, Soviet support came in the form of two threatening letters from Khrushchev to Eisenhower. But Khrushchev’s guarantees and promises of help to Communist China were extended only after it had become clear that the United States was not going to intervene in the affair and the threat of war was gone. Therefore, it is safe to assume that, at most, an American invasion of Cuba would have brought a strong condemnation from the USSR delegate at the UN, and a barrage of threats in the Soviet press for internal consumption only, and nothing more.

10) Another never-ending myth of the CMC is that, after the crisis was over, Khrushchev and Kennedy signed a secret pact guaranteeing the non-invasion of Cuba.

But the evidence to this is missing. In 1970 Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, disturbed over the submarine base the Soviets were building in Cienfuegos, a port on the Southern coast of Cuba, ordered his assistants to hunt through the State Department’s files looking for the written agreement he was sure President Kennedy had signed with Khrushchev. They found, to his utter amazement, that there was none.

Moreover, if the agreement ever existed, it has the dubious honor of having being applied retroactively, because the American harassment of the anti-Castro Cubans in the US began just after the Bay of Pigs invasion, a year and a half before the Cuban Missile Crisis. If American presidents from Kennedy on proved unwilling to get rid of Fidel Castro, it is not because a non-existent pact forbade them to do so, but because of some other secret reasons unknown to us.

11) Most authors who have written about the crisis depict General LeMay was a mad warmonger out of control.

General Curtiss LeMay, Air Force Chief, argued forcefully with the President that a military attack was essential. When the President questioned him about what the Soviet response might be, General LeMay assured him that there would be no reaction at all. Later the Kennedys and their buddies, as usual, made derogatory comments of General LeMay’s statements behind his back.

But LeMay was not a mad warmonger as he was depicted in a well-known film, nor was he alone. Former Secretary of State Dean Acheson made his arguments that an air attack and invasion represented the only American alternative to the US. He added that the President of the United States had the responsibility for the security of the American people and of the whole world, that it was his duty to take the only action which could protect that security, and that this meant destroying the missiles in Cuba.

Shortly before his TV address to inform the nation of his decision to impose a blockade on the Soviet ships bound for Cuba, President Kennedy met with the members of the Cabinet and informed them of the crisis for the first time. Then, he met with leaders of Congress. According to Robert Kennedy, this was the President’s most difficult meeting. Many congressional leaders were sharp in their criticism. They complained that the President should take a more forceful action -—a military attack or an invasion of Cuba–, and that the blockade was far too weak a response.

When Senators Richard Russell and William Fulbright were informed of the situation in Cuba and the presidential decision to blockade the island, they argued that a blockade could not be effective in the short time remaining before the missile sites became operational. In fact, if one assumed that the nuclear warheads were already in Cuba, as it was logical to suppose at the time, a blockade of the island seemed to be a foolhardy decision.

Dean Acheson, one of the most notable critics of President Kennedy’s decisions during the crisis, wrote later that, though the American strategy during the crisis was wrong, it succeeded in obtaining the withdrawal of the missiles simply by “dumb luck”. Acheson’s recommendation for decisive military action, namely an air strike over Cuba, was flatly rejected by Kennedy. And Acheson was not the only one with little praise for Kennedy’s decision-making abilities. General Douglas McArthur, though crediting Kennedy with political cunning, called the President “just dumb when it comes to decision making.”

12) On October 28, 1962, a missile battery under Soviet command shot down Maj. Rudolf Anderson’s U-2 while flying over the Eastern part of Cuba.

But that is not the whole truth. According to Seymour Hersh, there is strong evidence that, on October 26, 1962, a Cuban army unit attacked and overran a Soviet-manned SAM base at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, killing many Soviets and seizing control of the site. This was the very base that later fired the SAMs which destroyed Anderson’s U-2. Hersh based his article on information partly drawn from an interview with former Department of Defense analyst Daniel Ellsberg, who was himself citing classified material from a post-crisis study of the event. The speculation was based on an intercepted transmission from the Soviet base at Los Angeles indicating heavy fighting and casualties. Adrián Montoro, former director of Radio Havana Cuba, and Juan Antonio Rodríguez Menier, a senior Cuban intelligence officer who defected in 1987 and was living in the US, seemed to confirm Ellsberg’s thesis.

Though both Castro and the Russians have categorically denied that the attack took place, Raymond L. Garthoff, Special Assistant for Soviet bloc Political/Military Affairs in the State Department during the Kennedy administration, claims that, in fact, from October 28, the Cuban army did surround the Soviet missile bases for three days. It is evident that, whatever really happened, Castro was itching for a nuclear shoot-out between the Soviet Union and the United States.

Messages exchanged between Castro and Khrushchev on October 28, 1962, indicate that something very fishy happened that day. In his message the Soviet premier accused the Cuban leader of shooting down the American plane. Then, Khrushchev warned Castro that such steps “will be used by aggressors to their advantage, to further their aims.” In his answer to Khrushchev Castro explained that he had mobilized his antiaircraft batteries “to support the position of the Soviet forces.” Then, Castro added this cryptic remark: “The Soviet Forces Command can give you further detail on what happened with the plane that was shot down.”

Evidently, many lies have been written about the Cuban Missile Crisis, but there is a single truth.

Even disregarding the fact that photographs can be faked and doctored, nothing is so misleading as a photograph. According to the information available up to this moment, the photographic evidence of Soviet strategic missiles on Cuban soil was never confirmed by American agents working in the field. The missiles were never touched, smelled, weighed. Their metal, electronic components, and fuel were never tested. Even more important, the radiation from their nuclear warheads was never recorded; their heat signature was never verified.

Despite all recent claims on the contrary, CIA reports at the time consistently denied the presence of nuclear warheads in Cuba. Also, American planes, flying low over the missile sites and the Soviets ships, never detected any of the radiation that would be expected from nuclear warheads. The technology to detect radiation existed at the time. In the 1960s the NEDS 900 series of radiation detectors had been developed and deployed in the Dardanelles as a way to monitor the presence of nuclear weapons aboard Soviet warships transiting the strait from the Black Sea.

The Soviets were masters of deception and disinformation, and Maskirovka was an important part of the Soviet military tactic and strategic doctrine. Some western intelligence analysts suspected that, as late as 1960, not only most of the missiles parading in Red Square were dummies, but even some units of the newly created Soviet Strategic Rocket Forces were not getting real missiles. The Russians have a long tradition in the deception business. One must bear in mind that it was count Grigori Aleksandrovich Potemkim who created the first Hollywood-style cowboy film sets.

Actually, the Cuban Missile Crisis was the first mega PsyOp whose true goal was to scare the American people into accepting losing freedom in exchange for security. The Cuban Missile Crisis was a key event on the Cold War. In 1961 President John F. Kennedy initiated the Community Fallout Shelter Program. As soon as the crisis was over, CFR conspirator Nelson Rockefeller was frantically pushing the idea of building nuclear shelters in every American building, and American schoolchildren were hiding under their desks rehearsing for a coming nuclear attack. The time for Americans to live under a permanent state of fear had arrived.

The Cold War was not only a good tool to keep the American people terrorized, but it was also very profitable for the military-industrial-banking complex. But the unexpected implosion of the Soviet Union in 1991 created a vacuum, which the conspirators had to fill.

The second mega PsyOp, whose only purpose was terrorizing even more the American people in order for them to accept the losing of freedom under the name of security, was the 9/11 operation which unleashed the so-called War on Terror and was used as a pretext to create the Office of Homeland Security, the TSA and other similar aberrations.

Currently, were are suffering the effects of the third mega PsyOp disguised as an effort to protect us from an invisible virus. As in the previous two, this one will result in more loss of freedom and more government control over the American people.

For the whole story you may read my book The Nuclear Hoax: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis. It reads like a Tom Clancy thriller.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

“If ye were of the world, the world would love his own:” -John 15:19

First, there Was Billy Graham, the evangelical pope, the ecumenical (oneness) preacher who has stood with every president and their corruptions since the 1950s.

[Rumble Video]

Political pawn Billy Graham, before passing away, received a star on Hollywood Boulevard.  He was honored and adored by witches, warlocks, Satanists, pedophiles, sodomites, adulterers, fornicators, in short, the demoralizers of culture (Luke 6:36).

[Rumble Video]

Then we have Franklin Graham, who also allies himself with presidents at every given cycle as a mere pawn to keep the sheep in line just like his father (1 Kings 13:33).

Mr. impotent neutralizer of the faith himself, Franklin Graham tells his followers to pray and yet, says nothing about doing (James 2:14-26). Faith without works is dead!

Don’t forget that recently Franklin also told the blind and ignorant in the American Church to love your neighbor as yourselves because Jesus would have also taken the deadly experimental jab.  Blasphemy (Hosea 4:6)!

Then we have the new up and coming hireling grandson of Billy Graham (John 10:12), Will Graham, who is carrying on the tradition of preaching another gospel (Galatians 1:8) just like that of his predecessors.

This last week, Will Graham thought it to be cute somehow to teach the biblically illiterate (Malachi 2:6) that which is not biblical. Will said ‘sin is fun’ but living for Christ is ‘more fun.’

The Christian Post reported:

Billy Graham’s grandson Will Graham told hundreds gathered for prayer and worship over the weekend in Iowa that while sin can be “fun,” the gratification one receives from it eventually wears out and leaves them searching for a more permanent gratification and purpose in their lives.

Iowans gathered in from Friday to Sunday in Des Moines for one of Graham’s “Celebration” evangelistic outreach events, where they heard performances from singers like CeCe Winans and Aaron Shust, as well as a message from the 46-year-old evangelist.

Graham, the son of Franklin Graham, has hosted about three dozen Celebration crusade events worldwide since 2015.

“Sin is fun, but then you have to do it again tomorrow, and then you have to do it again to keep it up,” Graham, executive director of the Billy Graham Training Center at The Cove in North Carolina, said.

“It just wears off. And then, all of a sudden, you realize it never satisfied. But, when you give your life to Christ, [satisfaction] never wears off,” he added. “I never met a person who gave their life to Christ that regretted it. I’ve had more fun being a Christian than I ever could not being a Christian.”

I cannot find in Scripture anywhere that “sin is fun,” but I did find in Romans 6:23 “For the wages of sin is death.”

I did find in James 1:13-15:

“But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and enticed. Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death.”

I did find in Revelation 21:8 that on the day of judgment, which applies to all of us, that the “the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whore mongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.”

Sin is fun? Really!

[Rumble Video]

One thing that Will forgets to tell these people is that their sins are before God, that they need to repent (Acts 20:21) and put their faith in Christ, and to bring forth fruit the fruits of repentance (Matthew 3:8) in taking vengeance upon the sin that put Christ on the cross (2 Corinthians 7:10-11), and living for Him who died for them (2 Corinthians 5:15).

And that Hell is the place for people that reject Christ!

One more thing I would like to add to Will’s lack of biblical understanding.  Will said but living for Christ is ‘more fun’ Hmmm.

Eleven of the 12 disciples were martyred.

Jesus was crucified. After His resurrection He tells those that will follow him:

“And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another.” -Matthew 10: 22-24

In Acts 14:22, the Bible tells us: “Confirming the souls of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.”

Jesus told us in John 15:17-19: “These things I command you, that ye love one another.  If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.”

In John 20:20-21, after His resurrection, we are told: “And when he had so said, he shewed unto them his hands and his side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the LORD. Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you.”

Fun? Will is preaching a different gospel, friends (Galatians 1:6).

Jude warns of such:

“Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints.  For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ.”

And what of the apostle Paul, the one responsible for penning 2/3 of the New Testament? Was it “fun” for him to serve Jesus? Let’s go to 2 Corinthians 11:23-28.

“in labours more abundant, in stripes above measure, in prisons more frequent, in deaths oft. Of the Jews five times received I forty stripes save one.

Thrice was I beaten with rods, once was I stoned, thrice I suffered shipwreck, a night and a day I have been in the deep;

In journeyings often, in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils by mine own countrymen, in perils by the heathen, in perils in the city, in perils in the wilderness, in perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren;

In weariness and painfulness, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness.

Beside those things that are without, that which cometh upon me daily, the care of all the churches.”

[Rumble Video]

Conclusion: Friends, when thoroughly vetting the Word of God over and over, you will find (2 Timothy 2:15), stark contrasts and blatant contradictions as well as things that have been merely found to be nowhere in the bible by these enemies of the cross (Philippians 3:18).

God loves you and has a wonderful plan for your lives-Someone please show me that. Love is always found in demonstration, not with lip service (Matthew 15:8).

The Grahams have never been, in the past or in the present been found preaching out against the sins that are promoted by corruption in the government – Abortion, homosexuality, illegal indoctrination in public schools etc… on the contrary, the Grahams have stood alongside the corrupt in the process.

The Grahams are not a threat in any way to the corrupt establishment in the church or in the government and that alone should show you who it is that are (2 Corinthians 11:13-15).

[Rumble Video]

The good news is that the Grahams are not the ones that we are to look to or to emulate (Hebrews 13:7), Jesus Christ is.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Karen Schoen

LIFE WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE IS DEATH IN DISGUISE

Remember: The issue is never the issue. The issue is always the REVOLUTION.

Have you wondered why so many companies were so quick to go WOKE and destroy America?  Could it be that as companies became GLOBAL, America became irrelevant?  Global Corporate CEO’s and VP’s took money, tax rebates, grants, subsidies etc.  from the American Taxpayer and many purchased multiple residents all over the world.  America was just another country, nothing special. In addition, the highly skilled American worker was too expensive and cut into their profitability. So as their choice, they screwed the American worker. The criminals in the government made up rules and regulations to eliminate competition of their favored company. Lastly let us not forget that by eliminating competition the “market” is favorable for investing in government favored companies so congress could make a fortune on insider trading, investing and creating new companies that will comply.

OK the pieces were beginning to fit.  Thanks to Karen Bracken’s incredible research on ESG (Environmental, Social ‘Justice’ Governance), the woke actions of these companies are evident and finally make sense. On Nov 8, 2019, Forbes had an article introducing ESG to the business community in 2020.  What is ESG?  ESG is the Environmental, Social and Governance score given to a business to determine how well they “follow the government message”  In other words go WOKE, “Hate America and hate the American citizen who votes against the DNC communist message.”  Apparently grading individuals on Social Credits is not enough for the communist Democrats. Limiting mobility, purchases and services based on how well individuals score by supporting everything the government does is not broad enough.  The corporations must follow orders as well.  Why would a corporation intentionally destroy their base?  Because once the world has opened as their customer, Americans are no longer the only game in town. Money, Money, Money!!!

ESG refers to a company’s commitment to do more than make a profit, such as actively strive to contribute positively to the environment or social causes and to conduct themselves responsibly. Why would a company do that?  Because ESG is now the way that investors rate the corporation for investment funding. Bad score= no money.  Trash America = more money. By forming Public Private Partnerships the government is now involved in business and can “suggest” certain actions or else no government contract, no access to grants or low interest loans and tax subsidies. Since many smaller middle class companies are totally private and do not rely on the government they must be destroyed. No Competition or dissention allowed. Covid accelerated this plan. We now have an answer to the question, is the government trying to destroy America? The answer is YES.

More money is made with global customers than American customers.

What is a PPP (PUBLIC – PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS)?  A PPP is a way in which a corporation, through a new entity takes control of Government Assets.  The government, made up of unelected bureaucrats, people, make laws to regulate companies into the desired path.  The ESG (Environmental Social Governance) score keeps the corporations in line. Corporations are woke and must use the CRT method for reprogramming its workers.  They must get a good score or no government contracts. You can call it Global Corporate Fascism, reinventing government, transfer of wealth, but it is really a new structure of communism. The public pays, the private profits. This is a massive form of wealth redistribution. Once again the public gets screwed.

Let’s break this down.

The Rules:

* Public – (government) all levels of government, Local, State, Federal, Foreign, and of course the United Nations.

* Private – Big power Corporations, National Corporations, International Corporations, Universities, Foundations, Associations, any entity with big money.

* Partnerships – Business arrangement, which public and private combined together.

* NGO’s – Non government organizations, any organization with environmental interest, like the Sierra Club, The Nature Conservancy, Florida Forever, etc. that takes control of assets. This would be in land acquisitions, conservation, land corridors, Greenways, Parks, Preserves, permanent easements, etc. It would be on coastal waters, lakes, rivers, streams, another means of taking assets, owning and having full control. With no representation to the people, the goal is profit. Sound familiar? It should by now it’s called the United Nations Sustainable Development, Agenda 21/2030/GND/Global Reset. The United Nations promote PPP’S, they play a very important role in their personal agenda making it easier for government to control businesses.  PPP are in direct opposition to any free market system. If a company needs government money, why are they still in business?

PPP’S are heavy into infrastructure because it crosses county and state lines which gives the government more control over local elected officials. With this economy, state and local governments do not have the money for roads, tolls, bridges, energy, water, and restoration. People do not want their taxes raised, as they are already tax enough.  When our elected representatives vote to empower appointed groups of people who are not accountable to the public, they are voting for Communism. That’s how Communism works. It is unelected groups of people who are authorized to make public policy using the agenda of some unseen apparatus in the background, coupled with the power of government to enforce it. In the case of the United States the transformation to Communism agenda is coming from the United Nations.

In Florida, PPP’s are abundant. PPP’S, Enterprise Florida, Public Service Commission (PSC), Workforce Florida, Inc. Duke Energy, Florida Power and Light, Progress Energy, ( Smart Meters) Florida Chamber of Commerce, and all of these promote Regionalism in Florida. Governor Scott signed H/B 85 to expand Public – Private Partnerships.  He was the same Governor that said there would be No Agenda 21 in Florida, more Lies.

Every county board, county administrator, city council, and manager in Florida works with PPP’S. All of Florida’s regional planning councils, (unconstitutional ) Sustainable Development Planners, Florida Association of Counties, due the bidding of PPP’S. But that’s not surprising since they work with U.N. organizations to implement the Agenda..

PPP’S are a Soviet structure. What is a Soviet… An elected governmental council in a Communist country.  Alliances are the PPP’S and they are implementing the socialist agenda thus transforming the United States into a Communist Country. The Public – Private Partnership (PPP) is yet another ruse of big government to steal your wealth and private property or other assets and, in the process, “fundamentally change America” and plunder the productive members of society.  A PPP is the essence of Marxism and crony capitalism. Elected government officials and their bureaucracy favoring corporations who support the political agenda of the ruling class, so both can profit at the expense of our individual freedom.  Why did Biden give up Afghanistan? Here is your reason…Money, Power and Control.

Communist are Technocrats, they seek to plan, organize, and streamline all aspects of life through central planning. (like unconstitutional regional planning councils). Thus people aren’t considered as discrete independent individuals.  Rather, people are considered assets of the state, factors of production, “human capital, human resources, human infrastrucure” to be managed by  the owner of the state and the elite minions and useful idiots who administer the system.

September 13, 2013, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Secretary Tom Vilsack and Coca-Cola Americans President Steve Cahillana announced a PPP to restore and protect damaged watersheds on National lands. Cahillana said to create healthier, more Sustainable Communities. This opened my eyes. United Nations Sustainable Communities, Agenda21 stated goals of controlling all forms of water supply. Today Biden’s unelected secretaries, including newly appointed Tom Vilack and local mayors collude with Chinese Communist party on Agriculture policy.

United Nations Agenda 21 from the U.N. Bruntland Commission in 1992 says that No private enterprise should exist, only PPP’S.  Business is evil, should be controlled by the community, while the owner is responsible, and pays taxes. These ideas are tenets of Socialism/Marxism.

“ESG (Environment-Social(Justice)-Governance) Credit Score system that is replacing the traditional Credit Score system we have always used in the past.  This new credit score system will score businesses on how well they tow the globalist line.  WELL, what a coincidence….Biden(Obama) just announced he wants to do away with all the traditional credit bureaus.  Of course he said this is necessary because there are racial disparities in the current system.  But of course never mentions it will be replaced with ESG Credit Scores coming from the fascist government. There are several major banks that already use ESG and it is part of the Great Reset and the new economy, stakeholder capitalism (fascism).  Individuals that are patriots, conservative, vote Republican will end up on the low end of this system and will not be able to get a mortgage loan or a loan for any reason.  Again, this is why you are seeing businesses fighting states on their laws.  Business in bed with government ends up making slaves out the tax payer and destroys our Constitution and states rights. Again, using race to drive the Great Reset agenda.” —Karen Bracken

Note: In the Infrastructure Bill of $3.5 Trillion, grants will be given to companies that comply.  Hefty penalties will be placed on companies that don’t demand their employees or customers vax, while rebates are given to those who buy union autos.

When your local government authorities start to exceed their constitutionally granted powers by working with Private International and National organizations through PPP’S, they no longer represent the people, the U.S. Constitution, freedom, and their oath of office. These are people that are so self centered with their own careers, self worth, and power status, that they have sold their souls to the communists.

Is America Worth Saving?

Will you make sure you research every candidate that you vote for? This is what we have to do as Americans to save our country, and to make sure our children are not made slaves to an un-Christian Nation of corruption.

Will you pay attention, run for office and attend meetings in your local community?

Will you share the truth with others who may not be like minded but want to hear the truth?

Will you contact your legislature and voice your opinion?  House 202-225-0911, Senate 202-224-0911, or contactmypolitician.com

G-d Bless America, and Her People.

© 2021 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

It does not take a majority to prevail… but rather an irate, tireless minority, keen on setting brushfires of freedom in the minds of men. —Samuel Adams

If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter. —George Washington

Among the natural rights of the colonists are these: First a right to life, secondly to liberty, and thirdly to property; together with the right to defend them in the best manner they can. —Samuel Adams

Better to fight for something than live for nothing. —Gen. George S. Patton.

If you missed Cherie Zaslawsky’s amazing article on NewsWithViews, Preaching Beyond the Choir, she has been busy writing to local newspapers in order to reach people who never hear the truth.  I took her suggestions to heart.

Last week, I called a local radio program to tell them about the studies regarding ivermectin, and that it’s not just a horse dewormer, and it’s certainly not just a monthly heart worm treatment for dogs.  I told them that over 30 studies have proven that ivermectin has a 100% prophylactic prevention of acquisition of Sars-coV-2.  The wonder drug that originated in Japan doesn’t just treat parasites or worms in animals, it actually cures River Blindness.  It also has 22 mechanisms of action against Sars-coV-2, has seven or eight anti-viral mechanisms and it has multiple immune modification mechanisms.

When I hung up, the radio host said to the audience that this is not medical advice, and to check with their own doctors.  We know the majority of physicians are following the NIH, CDC, FDA and AMA protocols and will not prescribe this life saving drug for fear of losing their licenses. Another caller stated it’s better for us if we get the jab and be safe.  And the program ended.

Group think, lemmings and sheep…how do we get them to see the truth?

Dr. Michael Yeadon, former top scientist and VP of Pfizer said we have to share to get the ball rolling, and you don’t need to be a scientist or give an essay on science, you just need to tell people that things don’t feel right.  Talk to people on the street, your neighbors, your friends.  If you don’t, he says, “Eventually there’ll be a knock on your door and someone will be there saying, ‘You have to be vaccinated.’ And I’m frightened of that.”

Mass Censorship

Dr. Robert Malone, the inventor of mRNA vaccines, says he was branded a “terrorist” by the media in Italy and warns that physicians who echo the truth are being “hunted via medical boards and the press.”  Despite concerns regarding adverse effects and even death from the Covid jabs being regularly voiced by doctors, the Federation of State Medical Boards announced in July that it would consider pulling medical licenses of doctors who traffic in “misinformation” about Sars-coV-2.

There are a large number of physicians and scientists who have spoken out about the virus.  Our Pravda media and Big Tech networks have censored every one of them, but it hasn’t stopped the truth.  We know who these courageous men and women are and we pray for each of them knowing that they are being hunted by the press, branded as terrorists and threatened with the loss of their licenses.  We’re already aware of the massive losses Dr. Peter McCullough has suffered, including a lawsuit by a former employer.

These men and women are warriors for truth.  (AFLDS.org and FLCCC.net)  Pay Pal recently shut down FLCCC’s platform.

Physicians and Scientists Speak

In the following 45-minute video, eight prominent physicians and scientists talk about  inoculations for Sars-coV-2.

Dr. Pierre Kory is a pulmonary and critical care specialist and the President of Frontline COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC.net). He has testified in Congress about the effectiveness of ivermectin as both a prophylactic and a Sars-coV-2 early cure.  Dr. Kory said, “I don’t believe there’s anyone who died (from Covid) who got effective early treatment.”

Dr. Richard Urso, a scientist and ophthalmalogist and the Former Director of Orbital Oncology at MD Anderson Cancer Center, stated, “People don’t die of the virus, they die of inflammation and thrombosis.  And we have drugs for inflammation that are not off-label, as well as drugs for thrombosis.”

Dr. Robert Malone has exposed the dangers of the mRNA Covid jab.  A major contributor to the invention of mRNA technology, Dr. Malone is highly qualified to discuss the potential side effects of mRNA injections.And he has spoken about the dangers of this foolish mass vaccination program. Link

Thirty peer reviewed studies show the efficacy of natural immunity, being denied by the fools who listen to Fauci and his buddies who want you vaxxed…their pockets are enlarged and the vaxxed are sick or dying.

Malone previously warned about the risk of Antibody Dependent Enhancement (ADE) that causes the virus to become more infectious. He has even called for a stop to the COVID-19 jab rollout. The latest podcast featuring Dr. Malone helped dispel another mainstream media lie regarding the “Pandemic of the Unvaccinated” narrative that Biden repeats. Unvaccinated individuals are called “super-spreaders” and blamed for the latest wave of infections. According to Dr. Malone, the opposite is true. In fact, the fully vaccinated are the “super-spreaders.”

Harvard research confirms what we’ve been saying for months.  There is not evidentiary correlation between cases and vaccination rates.

Dr. Ryan Cole is a Mayo Clinic board certified clinical and anatomic pathologist and Chief Medical Officer and Laboratory Director of Cole Diagnostics, a full-service medical lab in Boise, Idaho.  The Idaho Medical Association asked the state board to stop Dr. Cole from prescribing ivermectin.  He has refused to use the “accepted protocol” from the FDA, CDC, NIH, AMA and other state agencies that deny the decades old parasitic medication to patients.

Cole Diagnostics processes and reports out approximately 40,000 blood and biopsy patient samples annually.  In the last year, the lab has handled over 100,000 Covid testing samples.  It is the biggest independent testing lab in Idaho and has described how the mRNA shots have caused serious autoimmune disorders.

Cole explained that two types of cells are required for adequate immune system function: “Helper T-cells,” also called “CD4 cells,” and “killer T-cells,” often known as “CD8 cells.”  According to Cole, in patients with HIV, there is a massive suppression of “helper T-cells” which cause immune system functions to plummet, and leave the patient susceptible to a variety of illnesses.

He describes that what we’re seeing post-vaccine is a drop in killer T-cells in your CD8 cells.  And what do those cells do?  They keep all other viruses in check. Cole explains that as a result of this “clot-shot” induced “killer T-cell” suppression, he is seeing an “uptick” of not only endometrial cancer, but also melanomas, as well as herpes, shingles, mono, and a “huge uptick” in HPV when “looking at the cervical biopsies of women.”

The unvaccinated are looking smarter and smarter every week. Link

Dr. Mark McDonald, a double board certified clinical psychiatrist told of the damage to our children. Dr. McDonald said, “We’re not in a medical pandemic, we’re in a fear pandemic.”

He believes that what is driving the fear now is propaganda.  He said that children, unlike adults, don’t just bounce back; that children will not regain their psychological health.  As a child psychiatrist, he treats children all day long.

He stated, “The developmental stage children need to go through, babies, toddlers, young adults is being foreclosed on them.  Brown University Department of Pediatrics published a study in mid-September that found that babies born after January 1^st, 2020, when this whole pandemic started, had an IQ point drop of 20 points compared to babies born before January 1, 2020.  That’s huge!  Why?  They don’t see faces, they don’t play, they don’t have exposure to friends, they don’t go to school.  They’re basically locked in their homes looking at their parents for a year and a half and their brains have not developed.”

“My concern is that we are building a generation of young people who are so traumatized that they will never fully recover from this.  Even if we give them therapy and treatment, they’re always going to be damaged from this and be scarred emotionally.  I don’t mean for it to be depressing, I mean for it to be alarming so that everyone can finally say, ‘STOP.’ We’ve got to stop the damage and then figure out what to do about it.”

It’s way past time to acknowledge what has been done wrong.  However, the biggest problem I personally saw was masks on children who rarely get or pass the virus.  To close their faces off from their peers and to wear face diapers in public is a developmental atrocity to our youth; I see it as child abuse.  Many parents home school, and those children have no social disabilities, but masks are a blockage that destroy interpersonal relationships and change the lives of these children for decades to come.

There is hope! 

The Gateway Pundit reported that Nebraska AG, Doug Peterson issued an opinion on physicians prescribing hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) and ivermectin for Sars-coV-2 treatment will not face any punishment.  “Allowing physicians to consider these early treatments will free them to evaluate additional tools that could save lives, keep patients out of the hospital, and provide relief for our already strained healthcare system,” AG Doug Peterson wrote.

The Office of AG pointed to multiple medical journal articles, research, and case studies. They mentioned the study from Lancet that was later retracted because of its flawed statistics regarding the use of HCQ.

Airline pilots are walking out, refusing the jab, the Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation Union (SMART) is walking away from the mandates, TSA employees have joined the anti-jab movement, nurses are leaving their professions and physicians are taking early retirement.  The CEO of Delta Airlines flat out says he opposes the mandate and doesn’t need one to get his employees jabbed.

In the following 10-minute video from The Hill, violent protests throughout Europe show the world is over Covid-19.

Liberty Counsel has filed a class action lawsuit along with a motion for a temporary restraining order and injunction against Joseph R. Biden, U.S. Secretary of the Department of Defense Lloyd Austin and U.S. Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Alejandro Mayorkas on behalf of members from all five branches of the military — Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, and Coast Guard — federal employees and federal civilian contractors, who have been unlawfully mandated to get the jabs or face dishonorable discharge from the military or termination from employment.

Dr. Stella Immanuel, one of America’s Frontline Doctors from Houston, believes that the whole “pandemic” is a Trojan Horse for vaccines designed by Bill Gates to depopulate the earth.  She also said, “Fauci is the epitome of evil.”

US Treasury deputy secretary warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until everyone is jabbed.  When there aren’t enough folks left working to run the country, there will be even more shortages, but to stop the tyranny and authoritarianism, Americans must take a stand.  So stock up now!

The International Criminal Court

Alex Newman, the Senior Editor of the New American Magazine recently interviewed Dr. Richard Fleming, PhD, MD, JD.  The people responsible for weaponizing and releasing the Covid-19 bio-weapon against humanity are facing a criminal complaint on “crimes against humanity” at the International Criminal Court.

The 20 minute interview is loaded with information.

Dr. Fleming mentions Dr. Peter Daszak who seemingly pushed for the notion that C-19 was not man-made early on in the pandemic.Daszak, president of the New York City-based EcoHealth Alliance, secretly organized a statement issued by the influential British medical journal The Lancet in February 2020, according to Vanity Fair.A total of 27 scientists — including Daszak, 55, who trained as a zoologist — signed the statement, which expressed “solidarity with all scientists and health professionals in China.”

During Daszak’s efforts to arrange the Lancet statement, he reportedly emailed two scientists, including Dr. Ralph Baric of the University of North Carolina, who’d worked with the lead coronavirus researcher at China’s Wuhan Institute of Virology, located at the epicenter of the coronavirus outbreak.

Barik was one of the most overlooked figures in the gain of function research that many believe may be the source of Sars-CoV-2 and the resulting Wuhan Virus pandemic. Dr. Baric whose research and collaboration with the Wuhan Institute of Virology spells out how to modify SARS with a spike protein so as to better infect human cells.

“Gain-of-function” is the euphemism for biological research aimed at increasing the virulence and lethality of pathogens and viruses. GoF research is government funded; its focus is on enhancing the pathogens’ ability to infect different species and to increase their deadly impact as airborne pathogens and viruses. Ostensibly, GoF research is conducted for biodefense purposes.  These experiments, however, are extremely dangerous. Those deadly science-enhanced pathogens can, and do escape into the community where they infect and kill people.

Dr. Fleming states that these two men, Daszak and Baric, and Shi Zhengli at the Wuhan Institute of Virology have spent decades manipulating viruses to make them more infective and cause them to shut down our immune system.  These people have been working together with the AIDs Foundation, the Department of Defense, the Rockefeller group, and all the people who are also connected with our universities who are putting in big money and have massive control over universities where we’re supposed to be training people to be scientists.

The federal government and the DOD made more than half the contributions financially and provided advisors to Peter Daszak at Eco Health who then paid Dr. Ralph Baric and Zhengli to play with these viruses.  There was no “accidental escape,” Sars-coV-1 was developed and this is an upgrade of it.

The International Criminal Court (ICC) is the ultimate criminal court on the planet.  The US signed but did not ratify but a lot of other countries did.  The United Kingdom, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and France have filed a joint suit.  Japan’s Dr. Kevin McCairn, France’s Dr. Luc Montagnier and Dr. Fleming submitted affidavits of information to the judges, including Dr. Fleming’s book.  The court still has the case.

A group of Nazi concentration camp survivors sent a letter to the ICC in support of a joint “Request for Investigation” by lawyers who have submitted evidence, alongside sworn affidavits from Professor Luc Montagnier and Dr. Fleming, alleging governments worldwide and their advisors are complicit in genocide, crimes against humanity, and breaches of the Nuremberg Code.

The former prisoners of war in Nazi concentration camps actually walked their letters over to the ICC.  They have stated what is happening now is more reproachable than what happened under Hitler and Nazi Germany.  It’s important to note that there were people who wanted to sign this document that are so afraid of reprisals that they did not, including one person who was a personal friend of Anne Frank.

Dr. Fleming says, “Now that tells you what we’re dealing with on planet earth, so anyone who thinks this is a game or that there are not some serious consequences going on here, when you have Nazi prisoner-of-war camp survivors hesitant to sign something, and they knew Anne Frank and everything she went through because they are afraid of reprisals, it will tell you the courage that these three people had to have just to sign their name on the dotted line and insist upon this.  This is more emphasis for people to become aware that this is moving forward.  We have other people we are now working with thatshould the ICC falter for whatever reason, theseindividuals working around the world and attorneys working in international law, are already placing the foundations for an international tribunal to be in effect.”

Just because the United States did not ratify this does not mean the people Dr. Fleming included in his statements will not be held accountable, i.e., Anthony Fauci, Bill Gates, et al. Hiding inside the USA doesn’t mean it’s a safehold for them.

Conclusion

The rights of the people are only surrendered when the people allow it to happen.

General Washington had only a small number of Americans who joined him from 1775 to 1783 in the War for Independence from Great Britain, but that small army gave us liberty and freedom.

It’s time to fuel those brushfires once again. Never surrender.

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Michael Peroutka

What is the recourse for a patriotic citizenry when those who are entrusted with upholding the law conspire together to use the law to break the law?

The answer for our Founders – and for us – is the Doctrine of Interposition.  The Declaration of Independence is a document of interposition.

Under that doctrine, the local magistrate is duty bound to defend against the oppression of the tyrant by interposing on behalf of the people he represents.

[Rumble Video]

The good news (that the “Fake News” won’t tell you) is that across America, local officials such as sheriffs are starting to do this.

For example, on September 10^th, Sheriff Chris Brown of Cleburne County, Arkansas issued a statement regarding covid mandates which said in part:

“As law enforcement officers, our first duty…is to support the Constitution of the United States, and…of the State of Arkansas. In that defense, the Cleburne County Sheriff’s Office has not, and will not, mandate the COVID vaccine for any of our employees…The choice to get vaccinated or not is theirs and theirs alone..

I am not pro-vaccine, and I am not anti-vaccine. I am pro-freedom, and I am for each person’s ability and responsibility to decide for themselves.

I am appalled at…the…things we are seeing from the Federal Government, and several of the State Governments. It is absolute tyranny, and completely abhorrent.

It’s time for our politicians and other public servants to stand up and remember that their first responsibility is to protect people’s rights, not to run their lives.”

Thank you, Sheriff Chris Brown.

Sign up for a FREE U.S. Constitution course with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution.

© 2021 Michael Peroutka – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com

By Paul Engel

Most Americans believe they have a right to privacy. Many Americans also want governments to protect them from “bad actors”. So what happens when our right to privacy collides with our desire for government to protect us? A recent Supreme Court case out of California involves the question of how far government can go to protect us. Specifically, is it necessary for governments to collect data about citizens in order to find criminals? As William Pitt (the Younger) said “Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom.” While this case deals with California law, we should be asking a bigger question: Does “government interest” trump our rights, the Constitutions of our states, and of the United States?

If you run a charitable organization and you wish to solicit donations, there are plenty of tax regulations with which you have to comply. If your organization is in California, there’s an extra regulation, one that was challenged by Americans for Prosperity Foundation and the Thomas More Law Center.

The Attorney General requires charities renewing their registrations to file copies of their Internal Revenue Service Form 990, a form on which tax-exempt organizations provide information about their mission, leadership, and finances. Schedule B to Form 990—the document that gives rise to the present dispute—requires organizations to disclose the names and addresses of their major donors.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Donta

Since 2001, these two charities have submitted the required documentation, though they redacted the donors’ information to protect their anonymity. In 2010, California increased their enforcement of the law requiring these disclosures (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 11, §301), and the Attorney General threatened them and other charities with suspension of their registration as a tax-exempt organization. Both Americans for Prosperity Foundation and Thomas More Law Center sued in District Court, alleging that the disclosure of their Schedule B’s violated their First Amendment rights and the rights of their donors. In both cases, the District Court granted a preliminary injunction prohibiting the Attorney General from collecting the plaintiff’s Schedule B information. The Circuit court then vacated the injunction and remanded those cases back to the District Court. The District Court held trials in both cases, where they found for the charities. The Ninth Circuit again vacated the District Court’s injunction, this time remanding the case back to the District Court in favor of the Attorney General. The cases were eventually merged, and heard by the Supreme Court, which is why the case only carries the name Americans for Prosperity Foundation. The Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the Ninth Circuit, but it’s worth looking at their reasoning.

Opinion of the Court

THE CHIEF JUSTICE delivered the opinion of the Court with respect to all but Part II–B–1, concluding that California’s disclosure requirement is facially invalid because it burdens donors’ First Amendment rights and is not narrowly tailored to an important government interest. Pp. 6–7, 9–19.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

The court found that the California law violated the First Amendment rights of the donors. Specifically:

The Court reviews the petitioners’ First Amendment challenge to California’s compelled disclosure requirement with the understanding that “compelled disclosure of affiliation with groups engaged in advocacy may constitute as effective a restraint on freedom of association as [other] forms of governmental action.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

While disclosing personal information does have a negative effect on freedom of association, as I’ve said so many times before, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law.

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

It is, however, a violation of Article I, Section 3 of the California Constitution:

The people have the right to instruct their representatives, petition government for redress of grievances, and assemble freely to consult for the common good.

California Constitution, Article I, Section 3

What the court did focus on is what level of “scrutiny” the court should use in reviewing this case.

NAACP v. Alabama did not phrase in precise terms the standard of review that applies to First Amendment challenges to compelled disclosure. In Buckley v. Valeo, the Court articulated an “exacting scrutiny” standard, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,” Doe v. Reed,

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

What is this “standard of review” and “exacting scrutiny” the court is talking about? Basically, it’s a question of how hard the government has to work to infringe on your rights.

Standard of Review

In law, the standard of review is the amount of deference given by one court (or some other appellate tribunal) in reviewing a decision of a lower court or tribunal.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

The standard of review for questions of constitutionality fall under three levels.

Rational Basis: Generally, the Supreme Court judges legislation based on whether it has a reasonable relationship to a legitimate
state interest.

Intermediate Scrutiny: Under the Equal Protection Clause, when the law targets a “quasi-suspect” classification, such as gender, the courts apply intermediate scrutiny, which requires the law to be substantially related to an important government interest.

Strict Scrutiny: If a statute impinges on a fundamental right, such as those listed in the Bill of Rights or the due process rights of the Fourteenth Amendment, then the court will apply strict scrutiny. This means the statute must be “narrowly tailored” to address a “compelling state interest.”

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

Notice what all three of these standards of review have in common? They all place a government or state interest above the Constitution and your rights. In the 1976 Supreme Court case Buckley v. Valeo, the court added a new term called “exacting scrutiny”, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,”. What does this mean for the law in question?

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

The Constitution states that Congress shall make no law abridging your right to peaceably assemble, but the Supreme Court claims that’s only true if there isn’t a “sufficiently important governmental issue”. Put another way, they have said government has the authority to infringe on a right protected by the supreme law of the land.

Reasonable Search

While the lawyers and the courts focused on the question of whether or not California’s interest in finding fraud warranted infringing on the rights of charitable organizations and their donors, nobody seemed to pay any attention to the actual violation of the Constitution of the United States.

The Court does not doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing charitable fraud and self-dealing. But the enormous amount of sensitive information collected through Schedule Bs does not form an integral part of California’s fraud detection efforts.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

I don’t doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing fraud. Unlike the Supreme Court, however, I recognize that the people have a right to be secure against unreasonable searches.

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

Is it reasonable for the government to search your records without probable cause? Doesn’t the idea of searching someone’s papers and effects for potential wrongdoing drift dangerously close to a writ of assistance?

a writ used especially in colonial America authorizing a law officer to search in unspecified locations for unspecified illegal goods

Writ of Assistance – Merriam-Webster Dictionary

In effect, California is issuing a writ of assistance, allowing their law enforcement officers to search the records of charitable organizations for some unspecified illegal activity. California is not only interested in the possibility of illegal activity at charities that operate within their state, but also want to know who are the large donors. That means California is effectively claiming the need to search at least some of the records of those donors without any probable cause that they’ve done anything wrong. Doesn’t anyone else see a problem with this?

Dissent

Usually, the dissent in these opinions provides some very interesting insight, not only into dissenting justices, but the way the court views the Constitution and their role in the Republic.

Although this Court is protective of First Amendment rights, it typically requires that plaintiffs demonstrate an actual First Amendment burden before demanding that a law be narrowly tailored to the government’s interests, never mind striking the law down in its entirety. Not so today.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

I would question how protective the court is of the First Amendment. As I’ve already shown, it seems more interested in protecting the interests of government than the rights of the citizens. This is borne out later in the dissent.

In so holding, the Court discards its decades-long requirement that, to establish a cognizable burden on their associational rights, plaintiffs must plead and prove that disclosure will likely expose them to objective harms, such as threats, harassment, or reprisals. It also departs from the traditional, nuanced approach to First Amendment challenges, whereby the degree of means-end tailoring required is commensurate to the actual burdens on associational rights. Finally, it recklessly holds a state regulation facially invalid despite petitioners’ failure to show that a substantial proportion of those affected would prefer anonymity, much less that they are objectively burdened by the loss of it.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

According to justice Sotomayor who wrote the dissent, in order for the court to protect your rights you must first show that you may suffer harm other than the loss of your rights. Justice Sotomayor also notes that the court has traditionally treated infringements of the rights protected by the Constitution as something to be nibbled away at based on how much damage they see. Worst of all, according to Sotomayor, it’s the responsibility of the people to prove a burden other than the infringement of their rights, rather than the state having the burden to show why they should be allowed to violate the Constitution.

Conclusion

While we should be happy that the Supreme Court did reverse the judgment of the Ninth Circuit Court, there are plenty of issues with this opinion. Not the least of these problems is the continuing position of the court that your rights are less important than the interests of government. This case though, should also open an interesting discussion.

We are left to conclude that the Attorney General’s disclosure requirement imposes a widespread burden on donors’ associational rights. And this burden cannot be justified on the ground that the regime is narrowly tailored to investigating charitable wrongdoing, or that the State’s interest in administrative convenience is sufficiently important. We therefore hold that the up-front collection of Schedule Bs is facially unconstitutional, because it fails exacting scrutiny in “a substantial number of its applications . . . judged in relation to [its] plainly legitimate sweep.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

If the up-front collection of Schedule Bs if facially unconstitutional for the State of California, why is it not also for the United States? The answer appears to be less about the Constitution and more federal supremacy.

For one thing, each governmental demand for disclosure brings with it an additional risk of chill.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

Since the federal government is already collecting Schedule Bs, which might have a chilling effect on donors, the court doesn’t appear to want another government entity collecting that data. This is where the viewpoint of the court comes into play. If the up-front collection of this data violates the rights of both the donors and the charity to be secure from unreasonable searches, then it’s unlawful for a state or the United States to do so either. However, if it merely has a chilling effect on the donors, then all the court wants to do is limit that effect.

This case is just another example of why we need to read and study the Constitution for ourselves, because those who’re supposed to be upholding it are not doing so. Until We the People understand the limits we have placed on governments and require them to abide by those limits, then those governments are not exercising just powers. The Declaration of Independence states that governments receive their just powers from the consent of the governed. Instead, the people today are exercising powers at the consent of government.

© 2021 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

By Frosty Wooldridge

In Norway last week, a Muslim man who was unable to procure a weapon, decided to use a bow and arrows to shoot four women dead and injured two others—all in the name of Allah.  Right now, in Oslo, Norwegians flee as that city suffers 36 percent middle eastern immigrants brought to them by their president of Norway. Oslo faces the same future as Paris, France with over 90 “no go zones” where Islamic Law rules over France’s free republic.  They imported over five million of them…so much so, they can’t stop Sharia Law from being implemented among those Islamic followers.  It’s a modern-day self-inflicted throwback into the 6^th century.

British author Douglas Murray chronicled it in his best-selling book: The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

Last week, at Fort McCoy in Wisconsin, a female U.S. Army sergeant suffered a sexual attack by an Afghanistan male refugee, one of 100,000 brought over to the USA by Joe Biden.  Or, at least, by his handlers…the ones making decisions for him. Note that rape in the Islamic world is standard operating procedure. Women do not possess any rights.

Now, we’re seeing the results of mixing a 6^th century culture/religion with a 21^st century first world country: Big, Big, Big mistake!

The headline reads, “Biden didn’t withdraw from Afghanistan. He brought Afghanistan to America.”

Biden dumped 13,000 of those refugees into Sparta, Wisconsin. The mayhem, chaos and insanity of this importation of 6^th century males will continue to mount as their numbers accelerate.

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism.

He said, “The Afghans who have overrun the Wisconsin base are the ones whom the Taliban, for their own reasons, decided to allow through their checkpoints. And they’re living up to the high cultural standards of the Taliban. The problems began with the toilets. Then there were issues with the rice, the sexual abuse of young boys, and Afghans simply leaving on their own despite promises of taxpayer cash.”

“Afghans were confused and upset by hygiene practices,” a Wall Street Journal article said. “Every toilet on base was Western style, with a seat and toilet paper. But Afghans are accustomed to restrooms that allow them to squat so they don’t have to physically touch the toilet. It led to some cases of Afghans relieving themselves outside.”

“This shouldn’t have surprised anyone after two decades in Afghanistan,” said Greenfield. “But political correctness has mostly suppressed accounts of even the most basic facts about the beneficiaries of our great nation-building project leaving Americans confused by the behavior of the new arrivals.”

A Czech journal article from the Department of Military Hygiene said, “Afghan people in rural areas were found to defecate almost everywhere according to convenience. It is important to observe that particularly the rural population does not use toilet paper.”

More accurately, Islamic law is held to ban the use of toilet paper.

“You should consider very carefully shaking hands during the contact with the local population,” the journal article warned.

Unfortunately, their local population is now entrenched in every city that accepts Biden’s new refugees.

“While great care is taken by Muslims to keep their clothes clean so that they are not “impure” during prayers, bathrooms can be left in a horrifying state because they’re already unclean,” the WSJ report said.

Muslim tradition teaches that toilets are possessed by demons and as a result, followers of the religion may be reluctant to make contact with them because they have been taught that “Satan plays with the backsides of the sons of Adam.” Islamic teachings encourage squat toilets and forbid men to urinate standing up because Mohammed “only ever used to urinate sitting down.”

At Kandahar Air Base, the toilets, as an officer noted, “When they use our port-a-potties, they stand on the seats and it causes quite a mess. I think it’s just a cultural thing.”  There are a lot of these cultural things. Many of them far worse than the toilets.

Greenfield said, “Although when dealing with a group “90% of the population are infected by a parasitic disease” and which routinely goes around with fecal matters on its hands, it is an issue. Democrats insist that 2-year-olds should wear masks, yet invite in a population that doesn’t understand the concepts of toilets, toilet paper, or disease transmission.”

But the toilets were the least of the problems at Fort McCoy.

Personnel at Fort McCoy were complaining about “multiple cases of minor females who were presented as ‘married’ to adult Afghan men, as well as polygamous families.” This wasn’t too surprising since the child marriage in Afghanistan stands at 57%. Like the toilets, it’s a cultural thing.

Mohammad Haroon Imaad was also arrested after his wife accused him of choking her. He had also allegedly threatened to “send her back to Afghanistan where the Taliban could deal with her” and also told her “that nine women have been killed since getting to Fort McCoy and that she would be the tenth.” An estimated 87% of Afghani women face domestic violence.

“For example, in six weeks in Operation Allies Welcome, in a population of 53,000, there have been eight reported cases of robbery and theft.”

Forget the ‘Forever War’ and get ready for the ‘Forever Refugees’.

“Meanwhile, Fort McCoy is near capacity. American soldiers are back to patrolling Afghan streets and trying to win their hearts and minds by asking them to use toilets and not to abuse their women and children,” said Greenfield. “But the scenes of American soldiers trying to keep the peace among Afghans and communicate American values to them are no longer taking place in Kandahar, but in Wisconsin, and in other states with the misfortune of housing Afghans.”

Did we withdraw from that useless 20 year ‘forever’ war?  Now, we just imported that ‘war’ back into our country.  It cost us $6 trillion for 20 years. Can you imagine what it’s going to cost us with 100,000 refugees out of the 6^th century?

An Army veteran said, “Americans are funding three Halal meals a day for tens of thousands of Afghans, our bases are full of mosques, our soldiers are trying to keep Afghans from killing and abusing each other, and we are on the hook for every dollar in welfare spending lavished on the Afghans while Americans struggle. As the Afghans leave Fort McCoy, the occupation of America will begin.”

Biden didn’t withdraw from Afghanistan. He brought Afghanistan to America.  Read it and weep!  Did any of us Americans ask for this?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

Never in my life time have I seen what’s been going on with those COVID injections.  The resistance here in the U.S. and around the world is unprecedented.  Tens and tens of millions of Americans refuse to get injected even at the cost of their job.  You won’t be at your job if you die from those injections or spend the next few years drowning in severe medical issues leading to premature death.

Maine Hospital Fired So Many Unvaxed Employees They Had to Close the ICU  //  Southwest Airlines “sickout” protest spreads to Amtrak, which is canceling trains due to employees refusing covid “vaccination”  //  National Security Alert: Thousands of U.S. Special Forces and Combat Troops Discharged as Total Force ‘Vaccination’ Decimates Military Readiness  // Boeing employees planning #Freedom Flu sickout Fridays in response to covid “vaccine” mandate

Delta Airlines CEO takes defiant stand against vaccine mandates, praises ‘respecting’ employees — not forcing them to get vaccinated  //  A CONTAGION of COURAGE is spreading across America as pilots, police, firefighters and other workers say, “Take this JAB and SHOVE it!”  // 40% of TSA agents unvaccinated as mandate deadline looms – “Meanwhile, the Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation Union, known as SMART, announced on behalf of its 203,000 members that it is standing against forced vaccination.”

The hysteria by those who support COVID injections (which are not vaccines) continues to escalate.  Individuals who have zero information on what’s in those injections, the death count and the fact that they do not work continue screeching at the un-jabbed. This is a 2:11 second video which speaks for itself.  Wish they didn’t flash the numbers so quickly but 100% efficacy drops down to 39%.

Study: COVID-19 Vaccines INCREASE Deaths and Hospitalizations from COVID-19 Based on Analysis of Most-Vaccinated Countries

Kill Shot: “According to one of the top virologists running this program, you NEED the booster shot, because your immune system is now failing as a result of getting the two previous shots.”

As the months have gone by, the public has been able to see those injections not only don’t work, they either kill you or put you on a path to severe medical conditions leading to an early death.  The prostitute media, Fauci the Faker, Biden, Ho Harris and all the rest of them keep vomiting up lies:  Those injections protect you, they protect your family, they’re safe, they work.  Really?  Tell that to these victims.  So many pages, heartbreaking.

They don’t work and never will no matter how many “boosters” one receives.  SARS-CoV-2 is not a virus – at least it hasn’t been proven to be a virus.  I’ve written about this before but for new readers, certain diseases are not treated with a vaccine, i.e., cancer, measles, hepatitis C. Dr. Stefen Lanka, using actual modern medical equipment and protocols proved measles is not a virus and based on his experiments, neither is COVID-19 a virus (Here & Here).

Additionally, the CDC has been lying and doing a con job on the American people for decades:  “These written requests were made by Ms. Christine Massey to CDC/ATSDR FOIA Chief Officer Mr. Robert Andoh, to locate and deliver ANY records, research and/or findings for ANY “viral” isolation and purification (by anyone, anywhere, anytime in the World) from a patient sample via maceration, filtration and/or the use of an ultra centrifuge or what is called the ‘Gold Standard’ for isolating and identifying a pathological micro or nana organism.”

All the CDC’s responses are posted here – they have none.  But, the problem remains:  Koch’s Postulates (1884) and River’s Postulates (1937) were blown out of the water by Dr. Lanka’s experiments.  You don’t put square tires on a car and expect it to drive properly. Is SARS-CoV-2 a disease?  There are literally dozens and dozens, if not hundreds of scientists and doctors who state unequivocally SARS-Co-V-2 is a bioweapon developed in a lab.

This is all learning for me so I’m not going to pretend I know all the medical and scientific definitions.  I think it’s helpful to understand the difference between a virus and a disease.  This is what makes Dr. Lanka’s research based on actual experiments so important, just like putting a square tire on a car.  Treating this SARS-CoV-2 with a vaccine declared a virus will never work because it isn’t a virus.

If you haven’t seen this, take the time.  I know.  But, one link at a time, a couple a day; some are short, some not.  Moderna Admits Jab An Operating System To Program Humans

Ultra-Vaxxed Israel Now Has Highest CV Case Rate In The World; Sweden Bans Travelers From Israel – 80% of their population jabbed – “The Pfizer mRNA jab efficacy at preventing infection appears to be approaching zero now in Israel. The CDC claimed last week that vax efficacy at prevention infection had plummeted from 91% to 66% in America (it’s undoubtedly much, much worse).”

Dr. Nathan Thompson: “My jaw dropped when I tested someone´s immune system after the 2nd jab”  Video

Important:  Bombshell: Nobel Prize Winner Reveals – Covid Vaccine is ‘Creating Variants’

Flashback to July:  “Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts“, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – “Dr. Hoffe sent an open letter shortly after in April 2021 to the Provincial Health Officer in BC enumerating all his concerns and questions, something he describes on the Laura Lynn and Friends show.

“Dr. Charles Hoffe has found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine.  He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections.  This is a must watch short video. This is a very frightening prediction:  Those who took the injection likely will die within three years.”

Reports of teens developing myocarditis shortly after getting injected are so many, one can’t keep up.  Lives ruined and they’re just kids. Sweden, Denmark Restrict Use Of Moderna Jab Over Risk Of Heart Inflammation, Other Side Effects, Oct. 6, 2021

And, deaths in the teen category continues to rise while the manufacturers of J & J, Moderna and Pfizer want to kill or maim 5-11 year-olds and up.  Not medical advice, but I strongly believe everyone regardless of age who has taken one or more of those injections needs a D-Dimer test to see how much damage has already been done to their heart and blood vessels.

I haven’t had any shots (flu, pneumonia) or vaccines since age 5 and I certainly would never get one of those experimental ones, either.  I do believe in preventive regimes so I would add that I considered Ivermectin.  Many have found it difficult to get a prescription by doctors who don’t have a clue or pharmacies that refuse to fill the prescription.  It can also be very pricey depending on how you obtain a prescription.

For months (and this is not medical advice) I have been taking L-Lysine with zero side effects which are minuscule. Because I have difficulty swallowing horse pills, I use the powder form. If you’re a person who takes medications check with your doctor.  Shush! – don’t tell “Dr.” Fauci:

Lysine Therapy for SARS-CoV-2

“No trend was noted between sexes, ages, or co-morbidities in relation to lysine treatment. Approximately 80% of acute stage Covid-19 sufferers given lysine displayed aminimum 70% reduction in symptoms in the first 48 hours (not including long term symptomatic subjects). Excluding long term subjects, treatment times vary from 2 days to 3.5 weeks, with many variables at play.

“Patients who started lysine in the hospital were discharged an average of 3 days after starting treatment. Treatment should be continued regardless of negative results, until low dose lysine is reached, and no symptoms are observed. Even when lysine was in short supply, subjects on 2 grams on day 1, and 1 gram the following days, while adhering to the dietary restrictions, had slightly delayed but timely recoveries.”  The useless PCR test is mentioned, but the important point is Lysine works. 10 Amazing Benefits of L-Lysine.

I have watched many of his presentations.  Dr. Ardis is someone to listen to because he is very thorough in his research.  Take his warnings seriously.  Dr. Bryan Ardis – Hospital Protocol is what is Murdering Covid / Flu Patients

The horror stories of deaths and permanently disabled individuals who have been living in pain for five, six months or more since being injected now seem endless.  Not a single governor despite the staggering number of dead and maimed has stopped distribution within their state.  Lot of politics involved here with the primaries coming next year.  Lot of denial, too.

Old Uncle Joe, the criminal impostor playing president, has lost his temper telling Americans his patience is wearing thin.  If you don’t think these maniacs will stop at anything to force every American to get those injections, think again.

US Treasury deputy sec warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until EVERYONE is jabbed, Oct. 15, 2021 – “The deputy secretary at the US Treasury has put Americans on notice that the only way to end the plague of empty shelves around the country is for every resident to be vaccinated. The frank warning came off as a threat to many.

“Wally Adeyemo, the Biden administration’s second-highest official in the Treasury Department, appeared to publicly blackmail the still-sizable portion of Americans who have not been vaccinated against Covid-19 during a Thursday ABC interview, seemingly blaming them for the ongoing shortages of consumer goods that have led many to mock the president as ‘Empty Shelves Joe’…

“Adeyemo did the Biden cabinet no favors by adding fuel to the conspiratorial fire, explaining the primary reason Biden continued to push for everyone to be vaccinated was that only then could the White House “provide the resources the American people need to make it to the other side” of the supply chain problem.”

Resources people need – like food and clothing?  German State Allows Food Stores To Ban The Unvaccinated, Oct. 16, 2021 – if they don’t comply, starve them.

Sen. Rick Scott (R-FL) introduces legislation to BLOCK interstate travel checkpoints the Biden Regime is trying to set up with SS/Marxist vaccine passport requirements – “The legislation, titled the Prevent Unconstitutional Vaccine Mandates for Interstate Commerce Act lays out how it would prevent all kinds of illegal travel interrogations by the Department of Transportation, Amtrak, Surface Transportation Board, TSA, NTSB, Federal Maritime Commission, and the Department of Commerce. See what’s happening here?

“The Biden Regime is about to set up Nazi vaccine passport police everywhere, to stop automobiles, commerce trucks, boats, trains, buses, planes, everything.”  Here’s the bill introduced 8/29/2021 with a measly 4 cosponsors in Congress.  Really?  Where are the other 208 Republicans?  Why haven’t they become a cosponsor?

To repeat myself (COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution?, July 19, 2021), unless the law goes after the major players, this war will continue.  There are so many lawsuits now I can hardly keep up.  One judge rules one way, another Judge Flapdoodle rules just the opposite for the same issue regarding mandatory injections or your job or school.

Soldiers File Lawsuit Over Vaccine Mandate Seeking Exemption for ‘Natural Immunity’  // 2 Navy SEALS, 4 Marines, Air Force major all sue Biden – Class action case challenges COVID-19 vaccination mandates  // Pentagon Faces Class-Action Lawsuit Over Vaccine Mandates on Military, Federal Employees and Contractors  // Southwest Airlines Asks Court to Reject Effort to Block COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate

Court Sides With Unvaccinated Michigan Athletes in Mandate Case

New evidence, including a sworn affidavit from Prof. Luc A. Montagnier, has been submitted to the International Criminal Court alleging World Governments are complicit in genocide and crimes against humanity, August 22, 2021 (Nobel Prize, Physiology or Medicine for his discovery of the human immunodeficiency virus.)

Holocaust survivors join Lawyers, Dr Fleming, and Prof Luc Montagnier in demanding the International Criminal Court Charge World Governments with Crimes against Humanity, Genocide and breaches of the Nuremberg Code

Relief from COVID Vaccine Tyranny will NOT Come from the Courts as U.S. Supreme Court Denies Right to Refuse Shots by NYC Teachers

Yes, the courts are corrupt but I’m not talking about just any court.  It has to be a State Attorney General or state prosecutor to file a RICO.  Forget Congress and their WORTHLESS committee hearings.  They all start out with campaign speeches, usually some witnesses and then trade spit.  They get on the boob tube with their indignation it’s the other side’s fault, blah, blah, blah.  Remember Benghazi and the endless hearings?  Result:  Nothing.

The families of our four dead Americans killed remember every day for the rest of their lives as do the families of the dead killed during call sign Extortion 17.  More dead military, another cover-up. We have no Federal Department of Justice.

The evidence is overwhelming this is a conspiracy.  Once again, this interview with Dr. David Martin is critical because it lays out the legal basis for a RICO case.  Martin is a doctor and lawyer.  Under the video is a synopsis that is a must read.  Do I believe DARPA is involved?  Yes.  Do I believe Fauci has known all along about treatments that would be effective but instead condemned them in favor of the massive billions to be made from vaccines?  Absolutely.  But, you have to have evidence and it’s all there.

If you read the Omega Brief which I covered in my Sept. 13, 2021 column, it’s all laid out and any prosecutor worth his/her salt can see criminal acts for profit.  The dedicated Americans who put together the Omega Brief delivered copies to every member in our state legislature here in Texas, to our governor and overnight mail to our Attorney General Ken Paxton.

This coming week I’m going to make every effort to get a sit down with AG Paxton.  Unfortunately, winter is just about here because what we need are thousands at state capitols for rallies and a nice tri-fold hand out describing why we are demanding our AG file a RICO.

If a RICO was filed it would be like a hydrogen bomb dropped on those who planned this so-called pandemic. The ripple effect to the injection manufacturers, the FDA and CDC would be stunning.  Lawsuits will continue to be filed against the airlines, members of the military against the jab and the list goes on.  Not to mention going after PCR test manufacturers.  Go for the jugular vein.

Can the CDC, FDA, Fauci & NAID Be Sued for Fraud?

BOMBSHELL: Pfizer whistleblower says vaccine ‘glows,’ contains toxic luciferase, graphene oxide compounds

Biden BUSTED As Pfizer ADMITS There’s No Vaccine Approved By FDA In The U.S. In Recorded Call  (Listen 2:12)

Whistleblower: FDA and CDC ignore reports of serious Covid-19 vaccine injuries from highly credentialed pro-vaccine ICU physician, Oct. 12, 2021:  “Dr. Lee is not describing sore arms.  She is describing serious harms, including quadriplegia, organ failure, and brain blood clots.  As Dr. Lee explains in her letter to the FDA, it is “statistically improbable that any one physician should witness this many Covid-19 vaccine injuries if the federal health authority claims regarding Covid-19 vaccine safety were accurate.”

Thousands of doctors around the world have been warning for the past ten months NOT to take those injections.  They have put their reputations and jobs on the line while politicians demand Americans take the injections which have clearly proven to be deadly. For God’s sake:  Are they all conspiracy nuts?  Incompetent?   Video you should watch.

Doctors are being hunted down with threats to cancel their privileges at hospitals if they speak out and tell the scientific truth about those injections or stripped of their medical license.  Too many have been fired.  For the love of God, how absolutely insane is all this?? 

USC Law School dean tells students to snitch on classmates who DRINK WATER in violation of covid restrictions, Oct. 16, 2021  // CDC Shares Easy Ways You Can Divide Unvaccinated Family and Friends From Those Who’ve Been Vaccinated Over The Holidays  //

Colorado Nonprofit Hospital Refuses To Perform Kidney Transplant On Unvaccinated Woman And Her Donor  //  NYC Judge Restricts Unvaccinated Father From Visiting His 3-Year-Old Daughter in Ongoing Custody Battle

Last year California gov, Gavin Newsom, ordered people to eat Thanksgiving dinner outside which didn’t go over too well in the Sierra Nevada mountains covered in snow with temps around 20 degrees.  “All gatherings must be held outside. Gatherings that include more than 3 households are prohibited. As much as possible, any food or beverages at outdoor gatherings must be in single-serve disposable containers.

“If providing single-serve containers is not possible, food and beverages must be served by a person who washes or sanitizes their hands frequently, and wears a face covering. Attendees may go inside to use restrooms as long as the restrooms are frequently sanitized. Gatherings should be two hours or less.The host should collect names of all attendees and contact information in case contact tracing is needed later.” Frickin’ lunatics.  And pray tell, who was supposed to enforce such bull manure throughout the entire state of California on Thanksgiving Day?

No, it’s long past time to go for their throats and only We the People can make that happen.  Those responsible for this diabolical scheming, killing and maiming people need to go to prison and throw away the key.  Otherwise, we can just keep writing columns, reporting more deaths and injuries until people become numb.

Winter will soon be here.  Me and so many others have written this “new novel” coronavirus hit at the peak of the influenza flu season.  That the symptoms were almost identical.  I knew towards the end of 2020, this whole SARS-Co-V-2 was nothing but a big, fat lie.  Most certainly Americans were dying in huge numbers just as they do every flu season.  This winter influenza flu will again magically turn into COVID with another round of possible lockdowns, the masks and nonsense called social distancing unless we stop it.

Your group or organization can put all the evidence into a coherent report and do everything you can to get an appointment with your state attorney general or a state prosecutor even if you have to hire a lawyer to represent you.  Elected officials always sit up and take notice when they get contacted by lawyers.

Surely there is at least one state prosecutor who will listen and review the evidence or a state attorney general?  There are a huge number of citizen groups here in Texas who could lobby for an appointment.  Or in your state, lots of ordinary Americans actually know their state rep or senator.

It’s up to us or this nightmare will never end. Endless testing shoving those swabs up your nose to use a test that doesn’t test for any virus.  Threats of being fired.  STOP THE INSANITY. Please share this far and wide so we continue to get the truth out there.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related and this is just another short list

One BILLION people have now watched Plandemic which was released May 4, 2020

Pfizer Execs Warn Staff: Don’t Tell Public About Use of Fetal Cells in Vaccine Testing

This will floor you:

Did Klaus Schwab and World Economic Forum Admit The COVID Vaccine Injects Traceable Markers? Their Promoted “COVIDPass” Blood Test Requires Them

READ:  “Viruses Can’t Be Isolated, But Isolation Is Unnecessary”; Another Ridiculous Claim From Those Who Insist on Saying SARS-Cov-2 Exists

With ‘Mayor Pete’ on Paternity Leave, Biden Chooses Navy Climate Change Expert with No Commercial Shipping Experience to Address Shipping Crisis – Sexual deviant Pete Buttigieg has been off the job canoodling with his fake “husband” since August paid for with the sweat off your back.  Those twin babies don’t stand a chance.

How many more?

21-Year-Old Fully Vaccinated Student Dies of COVID, as Breakthrough Cases Continue to Climb, October 14, 2021

Julia Ann Whalen: 32-year-old Pennsylvania woman diagnosed with Guillain-Barré Syndrome three weeks after Moderna mRNA injection; “can’t be the mom or wife I used to be”, October 15, 2021

Attorney Says Denver Cop Coerced Into Getting COVID Vaccine Now Hospitalized with Stroke Symptoms – He can’t walk

New:  Nearly 50k Medicare patients died soon after getting COVID shot: whistleblower – ‘They are lying. There is no question they are lying,’ said Attorney Renz. ‘The mantra of ‘safe and effective’ must stop after today’s information.’

UK:  EXCLUSIVE – 81% of Covid-19 Deaths in September were people who had been vaccinated according to Public Health data

Dr. John Littell: IVERMECTIN – ‘I have never seen so many patients being denied basic treatment’ They do not want Covid treated!

COVID deaths significantly higher among vaccinated individuals in Scotland

COVID Tyranny: Health Dept. Gets Court Order to Force Healthy Unvaccinated Wisconsin High School Student Into Quarantine Under Guard Despite Previous Infection

The Vaccines Are 1000% More Deadly than COVID-19

Ontario doctor resigns over forced vaccines, says 80% of ER patients with mysterious issues had both shots

Doctor who has been analyzing blood for 30yrs looking at vaccinated blood

Delta Airlines CEO takes defiant stand against vaccine mandates, praises ‘respecting’ employees — not forcing them to get vaccinated

They have names:  Victims of those injections.  The dead and permanently injured student athletes.

Other Causes for 80 Percent of ‘COVID Deaths,’ German Expert Claims – “One way he backed up his argument was highlighting that around 3.8 million people in Germany have survived a coronavirus infection, according to official numbers. “Mathematically, about 100 of these recovered people die every day from regular causes of death,” he explained. If you count these deaths as a result of covid-19, the numbers end up being skewed.”

COVID: If There Is No Virus, Why Are People Dying?

UPDATED. ‘If you get the Pfizer vax, you’re more likely to get COVID’: Industry analyst flags FDA study  /

Senator: Data prove COVID vaccines are not working as advertised

Study: Fully vaccinated healthcare workers carry 251 times viral load, pose threat to unvaccinated patients, co-workers

Johnson & Johnson: ‘Kids Shouldn’t Get A F**king [COVID] Vaccine;’ There are “Unknown Repercussions

Reminder from last year:  FOIs reveal that health/science institutions around the world (116 and counting!) have no record of SARS-COV-2 isolation/purification, anywhere, ever

BOMBSHELL: British Funeral Director John O’Looney: Deaths Skyrocketed ‘300%’ After Covid Vaccine (Video)

Undercover video catches Pfizer scientist saying COVID shot ‘doesn’t work’ sometimes

This is an hour long interview you should listen to. I know you can bring up web sites on those fancy mobile phones so listen while driving:  Reiner Füllmich: The pandemic is a global coup d’etat

Undercover COVID – “Some of these reports have been used in hearings before governments across the world. Others have been translated into seven different languages. Some have gone before Congress and the Senate at the federal level and have advised developments on COVID that have been global in scope.”

Two Military Brothers Harassed for Choosing Not to Take the Vaccine Are Now Facing Dishonorable Discharge from the Biden Gang

Farmers Warn of Dire Turkey Shortage: One Operating at Only 7% Capacity Ahead of Thanksgiving

By Butch Paugh

There are countless lessons to be learned from God’s Holy Book, the authorized KJV Bible.  And it’s a sad and sorrowful fact that not many, even of those who call themselves born-again believers, learn, but very few of them in a lifetime.  Mostly because they are too lazy to do what His Word instructs them to do in II Tim 2:15 “study to show themselves “approved” unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the Word of Truth.”  Therefore, almost all of those who called themselves the “called out ones”, the Church, have been extremely easy for the great deceiver and father of lies to deceive and destroy the authority, power, duty and witness of His people.  Hos 4:16 clearly states this fact and includes a curse on the children of the lazy and apathetic.  Stop and look around you.  Are the children following a Godly path?  How about your children and grandchildren?  Although we are promised in Prov. 22:6 that if we take the time to teach them God’s Word, statutes and laws that when they become adults, they will stay in them.  But of course, this means that the parents must know and obey them themselves!  Obviously, we didn’t and still have not!  Enough said on that point.  The next verse helps us understand how we let God’s law slip from us.  The more we have “increased”, prospered materially, the more we forget God and His Word!

Now, we are going to look at what has to be one of the most important lessons that we have forgotten and allowed to be stolen from us.  The wonderful birthright that has been given us through the saving grace of Jesus Christ our Savior!  You will notice that I didn’t say Savior and Lord simply because, for the far larger part of those who trust Him for salvation, He is not their Lord!  At least not in entirety!  We say He is, we give Him “lip” service, but our lives show differently!  I know that I have been guilty of this simple truth in the past and I’m certain that in some areas, through ignorance, still am.  We can claim His precious grace for our ignorance!  But know this!  Once we are enlightened with the truth and continue in “open, knowing” sin, grace becomes of none affect without a heart-felt repentance and turning away from that sin! (James 4:17/ Heb. 10:26-31).  So, if you don’t want to be accountable for what you are about to learn, stop reading now.  Of course, then you will be guilty of being willfully ignorant.  (Rom. 1:18-22/ II Pet. 3:6)

Let’s begin to reclaim our stolen and forgotten birthright!  In Gen. 25 we are told that Esau “sold” his birthright for a piece of bread and a bowl of lentil soup!  The Scriptures tell us that he “despised” his birthright, which means that he disesteemed and scorned it!  In Gen. 27 and Heb. 12 we are further told that when he came before his father Isaac to receive his birthright, which was rightfully his for being the eldest son, he could not and did not receive it.  Although he repented and wept bitterly, it was too late for him!  He had made an

intentional agreement (contract or covenant) with Jacob that was lawfully binding, so there was no room for repentance!  What a loss for a “temporary” pleasure just to please his flesh!  (Heb. 11:25)

In John 10:10 we are told that the thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy.  The rest of the verse tells us that Christ came that we might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly!  Unfortunately, we have allowed (given authority) for the thief to steal the knowledge of our birthright purchased for us by Christ through our ignorance and apathy!

In John 1:12 we are given such a wonderful promise and gift by adoption into God’s family through Christ that we simply no longer understand and claim.  We are given “power” which means permission and authority to exercise for God’s glory.

Rom. 8:14-18 we are told that as many as are led by the spirit of, they are the sons of God.  We have received the Spirit of adoption, whereby we can call Jehovah God our Father!  The Spirit bears witness with our spirit, that we are the children of God, joint heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ!  If we are willing to suffer with Him!  A promise of birthright!

Oh, the precious promises and blessings that are ours through Christ.  If we only would understand and claim them!  In Col. 1:12-14, when we come to the saving knowledge of redemption in Christ, we are then delivered from the power of darkness, and translated (moved into) the Kingdom of His dear Son!  We are now under the authority of our new King!  His Kingdom law system must hold our total allegiance if we expect His blessings!

We must understand and accept the fact that when you change kingdoms and law systems, you automatically become the enemy of the kingdom you left!  (John 15:18-19)  We are warned that when you are redeemed and placed into Christ’s Kingdom, that obeying him will lead to persecution!  (II Tim 3:12)  We are given another precious promise in Rom. 8:18 that whatever we may suffer for the glory of God, that those sufferings are not worth counting in being compared with the glory that will be revealed to us!  Praise God!  Let’s remember that Peter said in Acts 5;29 that we ought to obey God rather than men and that we should rejoice that we are counted worthy to suffer shame for Christ’s name (Acts 5:41).  As a matter of fact, another blessing is that our persecutions and tribulations that we may endure is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God that we may be counted worthy of the Kingdom of God, for which we may suffer.

Let’s look at one more very important verse and precious promise given to His redeemed!  This promise definitely nails the fact down that we are not subject to any man, kingdom or government that will require us to disobey a godless mandate or law!  As we have already stated, when you are “born again” by grace through faith in Christ you become a Child of God!  A joint heir with Christ!  Translated from the kingdom of darkness into Christ and His Kingdom of Light!  And now for the most powerful proof of all!  And don’t forget, that with these blessings comes great duties and responsibilities!  In Phil. 3:20 it says, “For our “conversation” is in Heaven; from whence also we look for the Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ.”  I feel most certain that 95% of readers of this verse has no real idea of what the word conversation actually means.  Folks, in the Strong’s Concordance Webster 4175, it says we are citizens of Heaven!  Citizens with all the birthrights, blessings, promises, protections and duties of citizenship!  Now “ain’t” that beautiful and powerful?!  Let’s live like who we are supposed to be!

One final very important point to make in closing, is found in the last chapter of Ecclesiastes, the last two verses of the chapter.  After a man of great wisdom discussed just about all matters and areas of life, he came to his final answer for all issues of life.  Here it is, “Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter:  Fear God, and keep His commandments:  for this is the whole duty of man.  For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil.”

Reclaim your birthright in and through Christ and oppose Satan’s kingdom, governments and minions!  Speak up, stand up and confront and rebuke evil!  Ephesians 5:11

© 2021 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Roger Anghis

Keep in mind that since the ‘vaccine’ came out they have told us that it is 100% safe. Most reporting says the opposite but when people don’t research anything all they do is believe what MSM is telling them. New VAERS numbers should scare the daylights out of anyone who is considering getting the jab. There have been 701,559 adverse events, 60,741 hospitalizations, 80,393 urgent care, 6,637 heart attacks, 5,765 myocarditis, 1,862 miscarriages, 19,210 disabled, and 14,925 deaths. More people have died from the COVID ‘vaccine’ than all other deaths from all other vaccines combined. Remember that these are just America’s numbers. In my last column, I reported that the European Union has reported 26,041 deaths, 2,448,362 injuries.[1] Why is the government demanding that the whole planet gets the ‘vaccine’? It surely isn’t for our health as it seems we’d be a whole lot healthier NOT taking the jab. You’ll also find out that any mention by MSM about these adverse effects is not allowed. This administration does not want the public to know about them.

It is being reported that in many places that there are high numbers of COOVID patients who are fully vaccinated: Israel: “85-90% of the hospitalizations are in fully vaccinated people”[2]  Scotland: 70% of Covid deaths and 58% of hospitalizations are fully vaccinated.[3] The illegals coming across our southern border are testing up to 20% positive: Over 20 percent of illegal immigrant unaccompanied minors and 18 percent of family units who recently crossed the U.S.-Mexico border have tested positive for COVID-19 prior to being released from U.S. Customs and Border Protection custody over the last several weeks, according to a Department of Homeland Security document prepared for President Joe Biden and reviewed by NBC News Saturday.

The document also said some flights being used to deport illegal immigrants had over 25 percent of the passengers test positive before leaving, forcing Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to remove the sick illegal immigrants and place them in quarantine.

“In the last 2-3 weeks, the percent positivity rates among all demographics has increased,” the document says.[4] Biden isn’t requiring them to get the ‘vaccine’ but he’s demanding that the border patrol get it or get fired.  Biden is also shipping the infected illegals to red states with low numbers of cases. Tell me again Biden is demanding people to get the jab for our health’s sake and I’ll have to call you a liar. It’s more proof that the Democrats hate America and will do anything to bring her down.

In an article from the Washington Post, there is a call for anyone traveling from one state to another to show proof of vaccination. Requiring vaccination for travel is hardly radical. The U.S. government has been considering a mandate for people flying into the United States from foreign countries. It’s already required for Americans to fly internationally if they don’t want to quarantine for 10 or more days in Germany, Britain, and other destinations. These policies have allowed international travel to resume. More than a month ago, Canada announced a vaccine mandate for interprovincial travel on all forms of public transport. We should follow our neighbor’s lead.

Such a mandate would be straightforward to create, based on protecting federal employees from the infection risks created by unvaccinated travelers. Transportation Security Administration staff are exposed daily to thousands of unvaccinated people who pass through security checkpoints.

Of course, there will be pushback. But cries of “freedom” and “personal choice” are hollow and politically motivated. Our freedom is not unlimited.[5] This sounds like 1930s Germany with security checkpoints at the border. Notice that they mock our demand for freedoms and personal choice.

Rand Paul questioned Xavier Becerra recently about the science behind the ‘vaccine’ and Paul destroyed Becerra’s defense of demanding everyone get the ‘vaccine’ with common sense but Becerra held to the left’s narrative. Paul even stated that it was obvious that they were just demanding that we comply and ask no questions. The following article, ‘Ignoring the Science’: Sen. Rand Paul Exposes HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra for ‘Lying To People About Natural Immunity’ for COVID-19, was first published on Big League Politics.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY) grilled HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra on Thursday for “lying to people about natural immunity” to COVID-19 as well as “ignoring science.”

“Mr. Becerra, are you familiar with an Israeli study that had 2.5 million patients and found that the vaccinated group was actually seven times more likely to get infected with Covid than the people who had gotten Covid naturally?” Paul asked the health bureaucrat during a Senate Health Committee hearing.

“I’m not familiar with that,” Becerra said in response, feigning ignorance with the well-publicized study.

“I think you might want to be if you’re going to travel the country insulting the millions of Americans, including NBA star Jonathan Isaac, who had Covid, recovered, look at a study with 2.5 million people, and say, well, you know what, I should make the decision. Instead, you’ve called Jonathan Isaac and others, myself included, flat earthers,” Paul clapped back. “We find that very insulting… Are you a doctor or a medical doctor?” the liberty-loving senator asked.

“I have worked for over 30 years on health policy,” Becerra said.

This is when Paul went in for the killshot on the paid shill for Big Pharma.

“You’re not a medical doctor. Do you have a science degree? And yet you travel the country, calling people flat earthers, who have had Covid, looked at studies of millions of people, and made their own personal decision that their immunity they naturally acquired is sufficient but you presume somehow to tell over 100 million Americans who survived Covid that we have no right to determine our own medical care,” Paul said.[6]

There is more and more evidence coming out that this is more than a health issue. It’s is obvious that the left is making a power play to get all the power they can. Even the Supreme Court is completely ignoring our constitutional rights and their constitutional obligation.  They ignored their responsibility to review the evidence of voter fraud and on October 1^st Sotomayor denies New York school teachers the right to make medical decisions for themselves about their own health. Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor has denied a request by a group of New York City teachers to block the city’s vaccine mandate for Department of Education staff.

Sotomayor did not request an additional briefing and also did not refer the request to the full court. 

As the Supreme Court Justice overseeing the Second Circuit, Sotomayor has the discretion to address emergency applications on her own.

Four New York Teachers had claimed in a petition that a vaccine mandate had violated their right to due process and equal protection. 

The roughly 148,000 school employees in New York City had until 5 p.m. Friday to get a least their first dose of the COVID-19 vaccination or face suspension without pay when schools open on Monday.[7]

The fourteen days to flatten the curve has turned into almost twenty months with no end in sight, lockdowns, mask mandates, vaccine mandates, and the loss of our right to work and shop unless we take what has been proven to be a very dangerous gene therapy shot not a ‘vaccine’. If we don’t stand now we won’t have that right in a very short time. The Democrats will see to it.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. 26,041-deaths, 2,448.362-injuries-following-covid-shots-in-european-unions-database-as-slovenia-suspends-jj-shot-after-death-of-20-year-old-student
2. Israel-85-90-of-the-hospitalizations-are-in-fully-vaccinated-people
3. Scotland-70-of-covid-deaths-and-58-of-hospitalizations-are-fully-vaccinated
4. Illegal-immigrant-coming-into-us-have-covid-19-report-says
5. Biden-must-mandate-vaccines-travel
6. Sen Rand Paul exposes HHS secretary Xavier Becerra for lying to people about natural immunity for covid 19
7. Justice Sotomayor-denies-nyc-teachers-request-to-block-vaccine-mandate

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

Does it make any sense that, during a war that has already taken more than 700,000 American lives, the American people would abandon one of the best weapons of self-defense? That’s the case with America versus the China virus. Many are still scared of the vaccines and dying because of that fear.

Equally significant, those who refuse to defend themselves with life-saving vaccines are mostly in the Republican Party, usually considered to have a superior position on national security. It is one of the most mind-boggling developments I have witnessed in my 40 years in Washington, D.C. as a journalist covering conservative and Republican politics.

In the article, “How Conservatives Must Respond to China and the Virus,” Professor Renato Cristin argues that we must understand the Chinese origin of the virus because of its geostrategic implications.

People who claim the vaccines are more dangerous than the virus are not only scientifically wrong but helping China escape blame for the deaths of millions, They need to revisit history, when General George Washington, in another war, ordered the Revolutionary Army to get inoculated against smallpox. This decision helped turn the tide against the British.

Personally, I have never been totally pro-vaccine. I ran the Committee to Protect Medical Freedom and held a national news conference opposing a mandatory HIV/AIDS vaccine. That vaccine was not needed because changes in lifestyle were sufficient to avoid the dangerous virus, contracted mostly through intimate sexual contact and intravenous drug use. The HIV/AIDS vaccine was a pet project of Dr. Anthony Fauci but it was never developed because none of the vaccine candidates produced antibodies against HIV.

The difference in the case of the SARS-CoV-2 virus released by China is that you cannot avoid the disease through basic lifestyle choices. The virus is very contagious. In this case, thanks to the leadership of President Trump, a new vaccine technology called mRNA was used and has been shown to be effective in creating antibodies. Ordinary people exposed to the virus can be protected by simply taking the shots and the booster.

Even the Democratic Attorney Generals Association admits, “The COVID-19 vaccines are a massive scientific achievement. It’s remarkable that we were able to develop three safe and effective vaccines so quickly…” Of course, they don’t give Trump any credit for this.

In my view, the Trump “Warp Speed” vaccines are miracles. They were made possible by a refugee from communist Hungary, a scientist by the name of Katalin Karikó.

These miracles are still being made in the fight against the virus. But some Christians are refusing to avail themselves of them.

In terms of what is called the “End Times,” in which the state of Israel figures into Bible prophecy, it is significant that Israel has moved ahead with the vaccines and the vaccine boosters from a company, Pfizer, whose CEO Albert Bourla, is the Greek-born son of Holocaust survivors.

In the largest real-world study of COVID-19 vaccine safety, based on more than 2 million Israelis, “Findings show that the vaccine is safe, while coronavirus infection is associated with numerous serious adverse events.”

Sadly, it’s too late to give the results from Israel to the conservative talk show hosts, including Phil Valentine and Marc Bernier, who were skeptical of the vaccine, got COVID, and died.

At the same time, Israel has recognized that the dangerous virushas re-emerged in people already vaccinated because of waning immunity, and has authorized millions of booster shots.  This is America’s future as well.

I got my booster shot on Friday. I consider it not only a way to save lives but a message to the Chinese Communist dictatorship that is killing Americans.

However, the kind of “green pass” based on vaccination status used in Israel to reopen the economy and let people return to a normal life faces opposition here.

Appearing on Mike Lindell’s “Frank Speech” channel, for example, Brannon Howse claimed that the vaccine is laying the groundwork for the “Mark of the Beast” and the emergence of the anti-Christ predicted in the Bible.He will undoubtedly attack an internal COVID-19 vaccine passport like the Israeli green pass as the actual “Mark of the Beast” and scare even more people away from the life-saving vaccines.

Lindell has made the same ludicrous claim. But that didn’t stop his induction into the Christian “Hall of Fame” at an October 9 event.

It’s because of the impact of this kind of apocalyptic nonsense that I have become a reluctant supporter of life-saving vaccine mandates.

As Americans and Christians, we have an obligation to save lives and save our nation. We are at war. We have to win it.

© 2021 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvval.org

By JW Bryan

In view of the horrific amount of documented evidence which grows daily, thousands of deaths in addition to millions of serious injuries are happening all over the world, it becomes crystal clear that the various “vaccines” are purposely designed to kill or seriously injure people causing a slower, yet ultimate death.

“The people cannot be all, and always, well informed. The part which is wrong will be discontented, in proportion to the importance of the facts they misconceive. If they remain quiet under such misconceptions, it is lethargy, the forerunner of death to the public liberty. What country before ever existed a century and half without a rebellion? And what country can preserve its liberties if their rulers are not warned from time to time that their people preserve the spirit of resistance? Let them take arms. The remedy is to set them right as to facts, pardon and pacify them. What signify a few lives lost in a century or two? The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants. It is its natural manure.”

This quote was included in a letter by Thomas Jefferson which he sent to someone here in America while he was in France. I often reflect upon his words when viewing our national situation,especially as it relates to the crises, we are confronted with concerning the contrived covid-19 “pandemic” better known as the Plandemic. And as we pursue the history of how it all came about; it becomes completely clear that what is happening with these contrived crises has been planned for more than a decade.

In view of all the daily evidence which continues to accumulate that the Covid jab being injected into millions of people across the globe, was purposely designed to kill people to depopulate the earth to half a billion.So, why are people continuing to line up to get this inoculation?

Propaganda and Misinformation

Part of it, of course, is that there is so much misinformation and media propaganda.Couple that with all the prevailing ignorance which has resulted in a partially lethargic population, and how they have responded is natural.

The constant brainwashing with propaganda and outright lies our people are constantly confronted with is over the top.  Everywhere you travel are billboards telling us, “Get vaccinated – vaccinations are safe and effective.”

Nonsense…if we’re only getting one percent of the deaths and adverse effects reported on the Vaccine Adverse Effects Reporting System (VAERS), then the death statistic is probably one and a half million.

Many vaccinations used to be effective, but not in the way they are perceived to be. And according to all evidence, none of them are really safe.

Biden is telling the unvaccinated that they shouldn’t travel during the upcoming holidays. Implicit in this is an assertion, as well as a confirmation that vaccinated people have nothing to be concerned about — for they are protected. But the unvaccinated are at risk so they need to stay home. All of this is nothing more than a dang lie — a lie that is damned by God, which of course, is the only way something is damned.

We can be forgiven for lying if we haven’t rejected God to the point that He has turned us over to a reprobate mind, which is what has happened to all these forces behind this madness. There is no way anyone can initiate and support the action we are caught up in unless God has turned them over to a mind which can no longer discern between right and wrong and belong to the forces of evil.

This is, of course, not a blanket assertion which would include all those who have been caught up in all the propaganda supporting forced vaccination of the masses. Many have become victims of what is happening out of fear, misinformation, ignorance, and making the choice not to become informed about what has been going on for at least the last hundred years. Changing our country from one which protected the individual rights of all people, to one which had no regard for the people has been the goal from our nation’s inception. In fact, not only do governments have no regard for our freedoms or liberties, but the depth of their contempt, their scorn, their complete revulsion for the people and for our individualityis infinite.

They ignore the immutable principle that came into being with creation, “All choices result in consequences.” This is a given, i.e., inadvertent there is no way to avoid it. When we make a choice, either for good, or for bad, and follow up with action for bringing it to fruition, the results are imminent.

We are now having to adjust our mode of living in order to survive the consequences of the choices, especially those built upon, or supported by an agenda of lies made by so many over 165 years ago.  The thinking and beginning of the plan for what is happening now goes back to the advent of the Illuminati in 1776.

But lying is merely a way of life for those that are involved in bringing the goals of “The New World Order” to fruition. For example: the Center for Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) now rules that anyone who dies within 14 days after being vaccinated is to be listed as unvaccinated.  And if they’ve only had one shot, and now haven’t had the booster, they too are listed as unvaccinated.

This falsely projects the view that it is the unvaccinated who are dying, and covers up the fact that those dying inside of 14 days after the jab likely all died as a result of being injected with the so called “vaccine” which according to mounting evidence is nothing more than a concoction designed to either kill or severely injure people.

Moreover, this ruling by the CDC sets the stage for placing the cause of the continuing “pandemic on the unvaccinated.” According to Health Impact News: Official Government Stats on Covid Vaccines: 13,627 deaths, 2,926,646 injuries, 1,429 fetal deaths in pregnant women, and this was over a month ago…remember too, this is only one percent that is reported, multiply times 100.

Think of the misery and heartbreak these numbers represent. Also, the number of lives which have been shattered across the globe to never be recovered.According to Brighteon, “Under Covid tyranny, U.S. hospitals have become murder factories.”  It is because of the false protocol to protect the vax as the only course for health…when in fact there are multiple applications of safe and cheap medications to make people well.

Across America, hospitals have been transformed into murder factories where people are falsely “diagnosed” with Covid via a fraudulent PCR test, then put on miss calibrated, made-in-China ventilators that blow out their lungs and kill them. Safe and effective medical interventions that actually save lives among covid victims, such as ivermectin, especially as a weekly prophylactic, are strictly prohibited in nearly every hospital in the country.  Obviously,this is part of a malicious medical scheme to exterminate as many patients as possible and drive up the “pandemic” death numbers.

What was once a system of medicine has become a system of deliberate murder.

Then there’s this: Booster shot plans are accelerated to kill the masses before the awakening of the fraud spreads…

According to Natural News…For anyone paying attention, it is abundantly obvious now that the entire covid “Plandemic” scam is a global depopulation scheme to scare people into taking spike protein bioweapon jabs that will kill them over time. What the globalists didn’t anticipate however, is the rapid awakening to the truth that is now spreading like wildfire across the landscape of medicine and science.

We have arrived at a tipping point. Humanity is awakening at an accelerating rate, so now the globalists are trying to exterminate people as rapidly as possible to stop the spread of truth.

Here is a link to an article recently published in NewsWithViews by Kelleigh Nelson. I highly recommend it as a must read.

What she covers in this article would take me three or four, maybe five articles to even approach what she so fantastically explains. Additionally, a recent and very excellent article by Devvy Kidd, “COVID-19: The Omega Brief” also published in NewsWithViews is a must read.

Anyone reading these two articles, and especially if they check the links, will get an education relative to the “pandemic” many times over those in the public listening to the Pravda media.

Consider this: of the nearly 3 million injuries, many of them have had the quality of their lives massively affected by 50% or more ultimately their very existence is threatened.

Conclusion

All of this plays into United Nations Agenda 21/30 which is the Great Reset.  We cannot begin to imagine how people will have to adjust in order to survive or to live.

In contrast to what we are experiencing with these totally contrived crises in which the combined forces of evil are involved in implementing a program exterminating much of the world’s population and causing an untold amount of suffering for those who remain, God is still on the throne, He still answers prayer and He loves us.  Please work to expose the truth and pray for guidance and help in doing so.

God loves truth, and He loves it when we share it and help others.  Having done all, we must stand…for the truth and for our Creator.

© 2021 JW Bryan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: alliejwbryan@gmail.com

By Andrew C. Wallace

I have determined that one possible way to help free us of Communists is to exercise my Freedom of Speech Rights to inform Biden,”THE USURPER” and his Insurrectionists of how much they are hated and despised by Americans. They are unlawfully ruling against the desires and best interests of the country. The resentment and hatred of the insurrectionists by citizens is so powerful that they can never win a fair Constitutional election. The Communists have exercised their only option for control, raw power and the barrel of a gun.

I believe that never before in our history, not even during our Revolutionary War and Civil War has the anger of the people been so inflamed. People are now so enraged because they feel they may have no other alternative but violence. All other options have been denied.

People actually hate and despise Biden (THE USURPER) and his Superiors, the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their Chinese Communist partners.

People also despise actions of the corporations, media, banks, elected officials, bureaucrats, judges, military flag officers, and all compromised government employees, et al., controlled by the PSRRC.

My feelings are so intense that I can’t even tolerate seeing the PSRRC’s Loathsome Lying Corrupt Biden, (THE USURPER) on TV, without cursing him out loud.

Most men I know do the same thing. The Ignorant, Apathetic and Lenin’s Useful Idiots don’t know or feel anything, as they help the Communists lead them to their own destruction.

When The PSRRC and their puppet, Biden, “THE USURPER” had millions of workers fired , they created an army (lager than U.S, Military) who hate them for damn good reasons and are armed to the teeth. The USURPER went too far this time. If he wanted a backlash that he could attack, then he will get more than he can handle. The proper response to retaliation by THE USURPER would be guerilla actions that no military has ever been able to defeat, and certainly not with our compromised Flag Officers who have not won a war in 75 years. These same military officers with support of most politicians have been eager to sacrifice the lives of our Armed Forces to profit the Military Industrial Complex, when critical issues of National Security were not evident.

Administrators and many Faculty of our Universities are advocates of Communism, Critical Race Theory, Climate Change, Illegal Invaders, Green New Deal, A National Income, Reparations, et al. They advocate everything that will destroy the Republic. These are not stupid people, but they are venal, demonic and ignorant of reality. Academics think they are superior to the rest of us. Public funding of most non professional university programs is not justified, or in the public interest. Funding of fun, games and debauchery is unconscionable; when we are in need of infrastructure and many of our citizens are in dire need. The negative quality of education at all levels is driving the demand for “School Choice” which Biden, ‘THE USURPER’ is fighting.

Most Blacks are good people. But when it comes to slavery, many never seem to learn that Democrats were responsible for the institution of slavery in the South, and continue to support slavery to this day in the Democrat Inner City Plantations. This ignorance of many Blacks and poor people is the result of fake schools and fake media, also controlled by Democrat Communists who they voted into office.

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), 1/4 of 1%, and their “Richly Rewarded” and “Above the Law” Minions act as if they have the God Given “Divine Right of Kings”. This arrogance of attitude, superiority, and entitlement has earned these venal parasites the utter contempt of the people.

Chinese Communists in cooperation with our PSRRC controlled government and corporations declared war on the world with the Corona Virus, killing millions. This was the biggest “Crime Against Humanity” in history. It was used to beggar the people, destroy small business competitors, gain political advantage, and control the people with fear and brutal unconstitutional power. Every Faux authority involved in these crimes has lost all credibility and incurred wrath of the people.

Our military is very unhappy. It is being destroyed by Critical Race Theory, incompetent and anti-American Flag Officers ( who have not won a war in 75 years), forced vaccinations, reduced standards, Soviet style political officers, dangerous rules of engagement, et al. No one should want to serve or die in no win wars of no critical importance to the United States except for the profits of the PSRRC’s Military Industrial Complex.

American people are really enraged by Biden, THE USURPER’s open borders, support of illegal invaders, and efforts to take away our right to keep and bear firearms. Its simple, INVADERS are destroying Medicare, Social Security, American Dream, Voting Rights, all government benefits and increasing crime and diseases. There is no upside, none. We have no need for uneducated illegals, possessing no skills, who don’t speak English, many are criminals or diseased and we must support, or deport them, look at European experience. If we lose our right to keep and bear arms, we will be slaves overnight. Observe Canada, Australia and every Communist dictatorship.

The PSRRC has been sucking the life Blood out of our people since the inception of the Unconstitutional Private Federal Reserve Bank and Tax Free Foundations in 1913. Our dollar is unconstitutional Fiat, and unlimited printing is transferring the productivity and wealth of the working people to the wealthy and those who choose not to work. You are not a Racist or a Domestic Terrorist if you object to these Communist ideas which have failed every time they were tried. By definition, money is a store of value, our dollar is not. It was designed with no Constitutional backing so it could finance no win wars, transfer workers resources to the PSRRC and cause economic collapse on cue. Like the Chinese, the PSRRC want digital money for total control. Tax Free foundations have allowed the wealthy to control everything into eternity at the expense of the people.

Every part of the faux government is corrupt and controlled by the PSRRC and their Communist minions. We can never have a Constitutional Republic without the Constitution and “Rule of Law” being enforced, which is impossible so long as the rotten FBI exists.

Our founders came to America to escape life in European cities, now our cities are much, much worse than in Europe. Our citizens are enraged by this reality.

A majority of the Federal Government was unconstitutional before the Election Insurrection, now it is all unconstitutional and has no authority, none.

Citizens of both parties realize that Democrat and Republican elected officials are incompetent, corrupt and cowardly. BOTH parties are controlled by the PSRRC. People have heard about the old days when these criminals could expect pitchforks, tar and feathers. Now the people can see no alternative to violence because there are no other viable options.

I believe it is my Constitutional and Christian obligation, duty and right as a citizen to do everything possible to prevent the bloody destruction of my beloved country.

Those of us who have served our country and survived, will not allow our honored dead to have died in vain; we will fight the PSRRC and their Communist minions, which includes Biden,”THE USURPER”, until we die.

We would get the added Bonus of a return to Freedom and Prosperity when the PSRRC, Communists and Biden, “THE USURPER” are defeated.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Kelleigh Nelson

Our great democracies still tend to think that a stupid man is more likely to be honest than a clever man, and our politicians take advantage of this prejudice by pretending to be even more stupid than nature made them. —Bertrand Russell

It’s not an endlessly expanding list of rights — the ‘right’ to education, the ‘right’ to health care, the ‘right’ to food and housing. That’s not freedom, that’s dependency. Those aren’t rights, those are the rations of slavery — hay and a barn for human cattle. —Alexis de Tocqueville, French aristocrat, diplomat, political scientist, political philosopher and historian.

Socialism is an alternative to capitalism as potassium cyanide is an alternative to water.  —Ludwig von Mises

The following 13-minute video was recorded in Shelby County, Tennessee which includes the incorporated cities and towns of Memphis, Arlington, Bartlett, Collierville, Germantown, Lakeland and Millington.

The recording shows people being restricted from entering a school board meeting by police, many because they are not masked.  It so reminds me of the East German Stasi who were ordered to kill those who tried to climb the wall, tunnel under or balloon ride to freedom to West Germany.  No, it’s not that bad, but this is how it starts.

The Rumble Video can be seen here.

There are a number of folks gathered outside the building and one officer speaks to them several times.  Throughout the video, he touches and adjusts his face diaper time and again.  Every time he touches that mask, he infects it with more bacteria and then breathes it into his lungs.  Dr. Richard Urso who spoke at America’s Frontline Doctors White Coat Summit commented that he wished masks worked, but there are zero randomized control trials in the last four decades that masks stopped the spread of respiratory illness.

This officer stated that school security is in charge of who comes in and who comes out.  What?!  Every parent who wants to attend the school board meeting should be allowed to.  Folks with medical exemptions for masks were not even allowed to enter.

The section for public comment at this public meeting has been disallowed to the people who will not follow and obey the orders of the hierarchy of Shelby County.  Many of the officers actually turned their badges around so you could not read their names or their badge numbers.  When asked for their names and badges, they walked away.  When police were inside the building, they were told to adjust their cameras and turn off the audio so the parents outside could not hear what was being said.

These parents were denied entrance to a public meeting that affects their own children.  And just who created the mask mandate?

Police Officer Thornton told the people he was going by the executive order of the Health Department of Shelby County.  Therein lies the truth.  This officer is just taking and following orders to keep his job, despite the order being constitutionally false.  We are seeing clearly throughout the country and even in Red States, control by those who were never elected.

In Charlotte Iserbyt’s 1999 book, The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America, on page 134, she exposes the truth of communism and the unelected powers who rule.  (NewsWithViews.com has only 10 copies of this valuable book left.)

Her book states the following:

The Daily World of November 8, 1975 carried a very interesting article entitled “Planning is Socialism’s Trademark” by Morris Zeitlin.  The Daily World(newspaper of the Communist Party USA) was formerly known as The Daily Worker and was founded in 1924.  The importance of this article lies in its blatant admission that regionalism, which is gradually becoming the accepted method of unelected governance in the United States (unelected councils and task forces, participatory democracy, public-private partnerships, etc.) is the form of government used in democratic socialist and communist countries.

I beg of my fellow Americans to wake up and smell the decay of our Republic…we are dying.  The only thing that will save us is if more people like the folks in this video stand up and demand the freedoms God gave us and our founders recorded in both the Declaration of Independence and our Constitution and especially our unalienable Bill of Rights.

Stand for freedom, or ultimately, we’ll be on our knees in slavery.

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Lex Greene

By now, most Americans should have figured out that everything going on in our country, and indeed the world today, is strictly about global control of all Money and Power, not public health, peace, or freedom.

Two can play that game!

You don’t have to watch what’s going on in Australia today for long, to see just how far global Marxists are willing to go to achieve their goal of stealing the world’s wealth and freedom from every living soul. You also don’t need to see too many examples of citizens rising up all over the globe, and on U.S. college campuses against their socialist governments, to know that Americans are far from alone in this battle.

The simple fact is, people have figured out that Joe Biden and the rest of Obama’s puppet regime in D.C., have zero respect or regard for any Citizens, here or abroad. Their unquenchable thirst for total wealth and power over all people has driven them to every extreme measures to accomplish the evil goals of only a few. Beginning with the unbridled fraud in the 2020 election and continuing daily with ever increasing tyrannical dictates uttered by an expendable mindless fool, placed in power due to his total incompetence, the beat goes on as our nation and world is being forced into total collapse.

But…it’s all about nothing more than money and power. That’s what drives these pathetic psychopaths to do the evil they are doing. With help from the world’s most dangerous billionaires and mad scientists, they prefer a world free from any and all opposition, even if they have to drive humanity to the brink of extinction.

That’s the bad news…

The good news is…all we have to do to defeat them is steal their money and power. We have to take from them, everything they are determined to take from us. We need to break their backs, before they break ours.

Of course, alone, none of us has the resources to accomplish that. This means that we have no choice but to work together, united as one people, one voice, one nation, under one God, for Liberty, and Justice for all…especially the criminals currently in power.

As Thomas Paine once said…

They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. The millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston! The war is inevitable–and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace– but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms!” Thomas Paine 1775…

Without these all-inspired and ordained words, our Founders may never have united in the confrontation with Britain that gave birth to the freest most prosperous nation ever known to mankind. Without a critical mass rising up together to declare our freedom as an independent nation, no American would have ever tasted freedom and liberty.

We are there again, these too, are the times that try men’s souls.

“Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offense, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the Majesty of Heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.”

“Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power.”

United, we WILL prevail once again!

Those who cannot resist the demonic urge to seize dominion over all people, must be stripped of any and all power. They must be ruined, destroyed, so that no such evil will dare raise its ugly head again in the Land of the Free and Home of the Brave.

We can no longer act as though we have any choice in this matter, for inaction, divisions among the people, silence, indifference, and cowardice, will doom us all, for all posterity.

We MUST Take Their Money

…this is from which they draw all of their evil power.

• If you work for the government, resign, and join your fellow Americans for freedom’s sake. But do it together!
• If you are in the Military or Law Enforcement, lay down your weapons, strip off your uniform, and join the people you are sworn to protect, in defense of the Constitution you are sworn to uphold and defend. But do it together!
• If you work for a major corporation involved in forced medical mandates, clock out and go home, never to return until all such unlawful mandates end. But do it together!
• If you need a job, seek one with small independent businesses who desperately need your talents, and will not comply with any unlawful orders against you. Do it together!
• When you shop, do not shop anywhere unlawful mandates are being forced upon employees or customers. Force their doors to close! Do it together!
• When you seek a restaurant, seek one that serves all Americans, and does not discriminate against those who stand forever opposed to socialism and unlawful medical mandates. Do it together!
• Until Airlines stop their unlawful mandates, don’t fly anywhere for any reason. Do it together!
• Until your local, state, and federal “public servants” serve you, stop supporting them and stand in their faces (as Obama once said), until they have no choice but to serve you. Do it together!
• Until we return to free, fair, legitimate elections, opt out of the election scam altogether. It no longer matters which criminal from which party wins by fraud. Do it together!
• Never accept force, coercion, bribery, intimidation, or threats as a means of stripping you of your individual God-given and Constitutionally protected Rights! Do it together!
• Use these principles daily, everywhere in your life and DO IT TOGETHER!

Yes, these things are inconvenient, but they are not deadly. To strip tyrants of their power, we must strip them of their money! Divided, we cannot… but UNITED, WE CAN!

They are NOT in control of what happens next, WE ARE!

They have only appeared to be in control, while Americans were divided by them, silenced by them, demoralized by them, frightened by them, and nearly cancelled by them.

We the People run this country, or nobody can! All political power is derived from us. We don’t work for, or take orders from, any “public servant.” We the People issue the orders!

“There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave.”

“Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God!”

Clueless Biden thinks he is in total control and totally untouchable… Britain once thought that too!

Since everything is all about the money, that’s where we have to hit them, in their wallets. For this, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we must mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes, and our sacred Honor.

Don’t spend a penny you don’t have to spend. Now is not the time for frivolous notions. We cannot raise or eliminate our individual debt limits; the way Democrat Marxists and cowardly Republicans have forced us all into national bankruptcy with frivolous debt spending for many years now.

This is our line in the sand… this is when it all ends! This is now in YOUR hands. It’s up to YOU whether or not you are part of the problem, or part of the solution. This is your only peaceful solution now… DO IT! …Or even God himself, will not save us from ourselves! YOU are the solution, or there isn’t one!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By: Devvy

The most frequent question I get asked is what can we do?  The courts are corrupt.  Career politicians, both parties are corrupt.  The prostitute media are merely an extension of the Democrat/Communist Party USA.  Big-tech giants have monopolies choking free speech while promoting and funding the destruction of our constitutional republic.  They want to take away our guns.  The decades long human invasion at our southern border is long past dangerous.

What can we do?

First, dump the defeatist attitude I read in emails.  Defeatism Insures Defeat: “This is just too much. But what can American patriots who refuse to resign themselves to unconditional surrender do about this situation? First and foremost, they can recall that “God helps those who help themselves”. They can stop complaining about their weaknesses and start taking an inventory of their strengths. They can stop whining that nothing can be done to save this country and what used to be called “the American way of life”, and instead figure out what they can accomplish with the moral, political, and especially legal resources at hand.”

Second, every person has to decide:  What am I willing to sacrifice?  I should write a book about my three decades long journey because there’s been so many ‘unique’ and memorable moments in time.  One I shall always remember.  It was in late March 1996.  I was invited to speak in Puyallup, Washington.  My good friend, former CID agent for the IRS, Joe Banister, was also an invited speaker.

As we stood talking at a table, two men came up to tell Joe how much they admired him, his courage.  Joe quit the IRS when he found out the truth about the misapplication of the federal income tax and who it does not include. Not many will walk away from an $80,000 a year career job because they know the truth and cannot continue to be part of the lies.

Both of these men’s clothes were high-end.  One said to Joe, I couldn’t do what you did, I have too much to lose.  That guy had an expensive gold chain around his neck, couple of rings and shoes that easily cost a couple hundred bux even back then.

I felt nothing but contempt for both of them.  Let someone else take the risks.  Those men should read a little history so they fully understand those who took up the fight for freedom which eventually led to the Revolutionary War, sacrificed everything for all the future generations to come – including theirs.  (Emphasis mine below.)

The Signers of the Declaration of Independence

“All of the colonies were represented in Philadelphia to consider the delicate case for independence and to change the course of the war. In all, there were fifty-six representatives from the thirteen colonies. Fourteen represented the New England Colonies, twenty-one represented the Middle Colonies and twenty-one represented the Southern Colonies. The largest number (9) came from Pennsylvania.

“Most of the signers were American born although eight were foreign born. The ages of the signers ranged from 26 (Edward Rutledge) to 70 (Benjamin Franklin), but the majority of the signers were in their thirties or forties. More than half of the signers were lawyers and the others were planters, merchants and shippers. Together they mutually pledged “to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.” They were mostly men of means who had much to lose if the war was lost.

“None of the signers died at the hands of the British, and one-third served as militia officers during the war. Four of the signers were taken captive during the war and nearly all of them were poorer at the end of the war than at the beginning. No matter what each of these men did after July 1776, the actual signing of the Declaration of Independence which began on August 2 ensured them instant immortality. The following gives a bit of information about each signer AFTER the signing of the Declaration of Independence.”

Another time I was on AMTRAK on my way to DC from Sacramento, CA.  In the dining car were two couples.  All four well fed.  I couldn’t hear their conversation but at one point one of the men spoke loud enough and said he’d put in his time in the military and life from here on out was for good times, “I’ve already done my part”.  Judging by his age it was at least a couple of decades ago he got out.

Well, fella, you go right ahead and spend your days eating and having a good time because that was 21 years ago and look where we are today.  While ya’ll were eating and playing, the evil doers were ploughing ahead with their diabolical plans.  You took an oath but “good times” apparently take precedence over country.

Judicial system

Those not reduced to zombie status know both state and federal judiciaries are rotten and corrupt.  Not every single judge but a large percentage.  For decades judges have become increasingly partisan, ignoring both their state and U.S. constitutions.  What can be done?  Not the same thing over and over and expect different results.

How many of the 80 million Americans who voted for Trump are lawyers?  How many of them consider themselves very patriotic and are fed up with disgusting rulings by judges in their local area, i.e., county, state, federal?

Okay.  What we need are all those thousands of lawyers to run for openings on any court in all the states.  Texas is a huge state so we have lots of them.  It differs by state but some judges are appointed.

“Selection of state court judges in Texas occurs through partisan elections at each court level. Term lengths vary, but all judges must run for re-election at the end of their terms.  Across the state’s appellate and trial courts, there are nine supreme court justices, nine criminal appeals judges, 80 appeals court judges, and 448 district court judges.”

Federal judges are confirmed by the U.S. Senate as is the U.S. (Un) Supreme Court.  We can all see how that’s worked out the past few decades.  The bottom line is Congress refuses to impeach rotten federal judges because the American people haven’t demanded Judge Rotten be impeached for trampling the Constitution.

Voters continue to reelect the same incumbents back to Congress who hold worthless judiciary committee hearings that accomplish nothing and so now, the wound has festered to the point of complete rot.

Registration for upcoming elections by candidates is closing in; many states have a drop-dead date to register as a candidate so check with your Secretary of State. I know running for any office is time consuming, draining and cuts into income in certain cases, but we’re on the edge of the abyss.

Muslims on the bench.

Only someone who knows NOTHING about the political party called Islam would ever vote for a Muslim no matter what public office. Islam is not a religion; click here and go to page 5.  That manual is found in mosques throughout this country.  They are gaining footholdsat all levels of office in this country and it has to stop.  The consequences will be deadly if we don’t.

In 2018 a shocking number of Muslims were not only elected to the bench in states, but also DA’s.  This is damn dangerous because they have a game plan that’s being carried out right under the noses of Americans.  Read this column when you can, it’s very important. Mosques are teaching hate.  They are breeding grounds for sleeper cells.  If you don’t have time right now, come back and listen to this interview of an individual who knows first hand what’s going on and more.

Remember the photos a year or two ago of illegals smuggling high power rifles on horseback across the border?  Who knows if they were Mexican or from Pakistan, Iraq or Afghanistan?  I tell you no good is going to come from the flood of humans invading us.

Soros threw huge money into getting George Gascon elected as the new District Attorney of LA County.  A far-left piece of scum who thinks he’s some sort of totalitarian dictator.  Ignorant voters voting for their own demise.  To sum up, we desperately need constitutionally grounded lawyers in this country to run for judges and DA’s and work to get them elected.  We won’t be successful in LA county, but by God, we can be across this country.

State legislatures

Same thing.  Our state legislature here in Texas is GOP controlled but infested with RINO’s who need to be defeated in the upcoming primary next year.  There’s a lot of hay about red states with conservatives holding the majority in state capitals.  Horse puckey.  Not when they turn out to be more blue than red once they’re in office.  They need to be defeated in the primaries, not reelected and the same goes for weak, sissy GOP governors.

What it takes is becoming a candidate, getting boots on the ground and volunteers to fill those boots.  It takes sacrificing time from work and family, only unlike the signers of the Declaration of Independence, we have the Internet and social media to saturate districts as well as TV & radio ads.  We need constitutionally grounded Republicans in state houses, not more RINO incumbents getting reelected.

This is OUR government, OUR country.  Self-governance means We the People fulfilling our duty make sure freedom and liberty dominate and that takes candidates who actually know what the U.S. and their state constitutions say and mean.  City council, county commissioners, school boards, state commissions, you name it.  Most are elected although some like PUC (Public Utility Commission) are hand picked by a governor.

This is what Democrats are so good at:  Getting candidates on the ballot.  The Republican Party is also a well-run machine in the states, but we simply don’t have enough Americans willing to run for office.  Yeah, politics is a blood sport, just ask Donald Trump.  But we cannot let that deter us from winning.

Independents:  I know you don’t want to register with the Republican Party (I haven’t been since 1996), but you have to get on the ballot and get elected.  That’s just the way it is for now, so please don’t send me emails lecturing me on the two-party system.  I’ve been at this for the past three decades full time.

Congress

Republicans are wetting their pants with anticipation they will re-take the U.S. House and possibly the U.S. Senate.  That will NOT happen unless, and I’ve harped on this for decades:  Candidates MUST audit the vote.  I don’t care if it’s city council, school board, state rep or senator or Congress –if you lose, file to stop certification of the vote until an audit is done.  I guarantee you numbers won’t add up in 90% of the voting precincts in this country.

Even the most rudimentary audit will turn up discrepancies:  More people voted than registered.  Voter registration cards (and this happened decades ago with B52 – Bob Dornan’s race) with the name A. Martinez, B. Martinez – M. Martinez – all at the same address only to find out only two or three people reside at that address.  Addresses that turn out to be broken down empty houses in a bad part of town or office buildings – only discovered after an election is certified.

Election fraud

The Lord works in strange ways they say.  There’s no question President-elect Trump is just that – he’s never conceded.  Neither his team nor state legislatures were ready for the massive fraud last November 3, 2020.  I say state legislatures because many of the swing states have a GOP majority in their House and Senate.  They knew rules were being changed, dirty deals made with the Democrats and had the power to stop it before November 3^rd.

The other problem was legal challenges and I’ve covered this before as have others about Rudy Guiliani.  How DJT Lost The WHITE HOUSE, Chapter 1 by Patrick Byrne – “First, in the 90 minutes between 11:30 PM and 1 AM, Mayor Giuliani imbibed three triple scotches on ice. Nine shots of alcohol. Those relating this story could not vouch for what he had drunk before 11:30.”  Too many comments by people who know Guiliani say he’s sauced by 2:00 every afternoon.  He should never have been on Trump’s legal team.

As someone who has been hammering on vote fraud since 1993, it occurred to me that maybe God used Trump again (the first time in the WH to buy us some time) only this time to for once and for shove vote fraud down the throats of Americans.  That it’s real and not conspiracy theories.  All these decades myself and countless others trying to expose massive vote fraud every two years while most of the country had no interest.  Oh, sure, the usual jokes about voting in Chicago and cemeteries, but few were interested in stopping it.

The shadow government using the morally bankrupt and corrupt Democrat Party tried to pull off the biggest vote fraud heist in history last November.  Only this time voters – nearly 80 million of them from both parties and independents – were fierce about seeing walking corpse, Joe Biden, defeated even if they didn’t like Donald Trump.  Well, it backfired and drove home to tens of millions that yes, a presidential election (and down ballot) was stolen.

Vote fraud underway – what candidates must do, Nov. 4, 2012

Look at the numbers.  Candidates Must Audit the Count, 2006.  If you’re not sure how to do a forensic audit, contact AZ state senator Wendy Rogers who has been in the fight in AZ for the past ten months.  I’m sure her office can help.  Also, here’s the phone number:  (602) 926-3042.  Jovan Pulitzer Reveals It’s Not The ‘Watermarks’ On The Ballots – It’s Better [Video]

Keep hammering on your state legislature if you live in GA, AZ, PA or MI to decertify the 2020 election.  Don’t let them give you the excuse they can’t call a special session to get it done.  They can and must.  Just three of those states puts Trump over the top which he legitimately won.  The 2022 primaries will be here before you know it.

Will America re-hire the same “conservatives” back to their state legislatures and Congress who have NOT killed the cancers killing this country and your state?  If you don’t oust an incumbent during the primary, it’s back to hold your nose and vote in November.  Doing the same thing over and over that produces the same outcome.  I’ve seen excellent constitutional challengers to Congress allegedly lose in primaries against RINOs.  Makes me sick.  These were very educated individuals who stand for the unborn, getting rid of the Fed, getting us out of the UN, abolishing unconstitutional cabinets and agencies and what did voters do?  Reelect the same incumbents.  Stab yourself in the back, America.

Let me say again:  Priorities vs importance.  The future of this republic and the future of our children and grandchildren is at stake here.  I know many states including Texas have passed ‘voter integrity’ laws this past year but it’s not enough.

Why bother to vote?

I’ve heard this or read it in columns and email for years.  Why bother to vote?  What’s the alternative?  You want a shooting war?  It’s not voting, it’s the fraud and the only way to stop it is if every candidate who allegedly loses audits the vote.

You’d be surprised at just how many people are running for office in 2022.  If you can’t run and I know it’s a big commitment, find out who is running, what they are running on regardless of what level of government and then support them. As I’ve written before:  It takes volunteers to help a candidate get elected, not just money.  You’d also be surprised how many individuals have won public office even though the incumbent outspent them by huge amounts.

Wear a message

In college sports stadiums across this country and even car racing events, crowds are roaring  F-Joe Biden.  Some partisan brain-dead reporter at one of those events said, oh, no, you didn’t hear F*ck Joe Biden, it was “Let’s go Brandon”.  That set this new meme off on every social media flat form and it’s all over the country and Internet.

I’ve got a better one that should become the hottest selling tee-shirt, sweat shirt or meme on the Internet:  2022 Candidates Audit the Vote.  I’m not in the tee shirt business but if I were, I’d sell that one and add bumper stickers.  Saturate the country.  Candidates will see them.  That will not only drive the left crazier than they are, it will send a big message:  We will NOT sit by and see our vote stolen again.  (If you do sell a tee shirt with that message, let me know.  I’ll buy one and spread the word to my friends and family and mention in a column.)

So, you ask what you can do for your country?  I’ve just outlined it.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related links:

Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade, May 18, 2010

Electing New Band Aid Pushers, May 23, 2012

GOP Incumbents Will Betray America End of Year, Feb. 11, 2014 (They did.)

by Servando Gonzalez

One of the things that characterizes totalitarian societies of both the left and the right is the existence of a single party. This was a key feature of Nazi Germany and Communist Russia, as it is in today’s China, North Korea and Cuba. But the globalist conspirators who have controlled the invisible government of the United States since the beginning of the past century created something much better to fool the people: two parties which actually are the two sides of the same counterfeited coin.

A very important, long-term goal of the current ongoing PsyOp against the American people is to make gullible, brainwashed Americans believe that the Democrat and Republican parties are opposing entities with different goals and ideologies and that, just by changing the puppets in Washington D.C., things will change for the better. This is what I call “the two party charade.”

But this is nothing new. As early as 1968, after running as a third party candidate opposing Republican Richard M. Nixon and Democrat Hubert H. Humphrey, Alabama’s governor George Wallace put it very clear terms: “There ain’t a dime’s worth of difference between the Republicans and the Democrats.” He was absolutely right. Unfortunately, today there is not a penny’s worth of difference between them.

Governor Wallace was not the only one who saw the ruse. His words already had been confirmed by the scholar that best studied the CFR’s inner workings: Georgetown University professor Carroll Quigley. In his book Tragedy and Hope, Quigley told the truth about the American two-party system. According to him:

“The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea, acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election, without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. . . [E]ither party in office becomes, in time, corrupt, tired, unenterprising, and vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of those things, but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.” [1]

But Quigley blew the whistle on the CFR conspirators not because he disagreed with their agenda. Actually, the naive professor believed that the conspirators’ secret machinations only deserved praise, and should be made known to the American public. This explains why in his book he wrote about the existence of this conspiracy in friendly and praiseful terms:

“There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the Communists act. In fact, this network, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. . . . The Council on Foreign Relations is the American Branch of this network … and … believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule established.” [2]

An objection could be made that, if this group of conspirators is so secret, how come they authorized Quigley to publish a book exposing its existence? Well, it seems that they didn’t authorize it. But Quigley, who actually admired them and had no objections to their secret plans, took the liberty of publishing his book without their authorization.

Quigley’s Tragedy and Hope was first published in 1966, but just a few weeks after it appeared in the bookstores, the remaining unsold copies were withdrawn and the publisher refused to do a new printing, allegedly because the plates had been destroyed.

Since the publication of the book, Quigley’s fortunes quickly turned sour. Perhaps a key to the source of his misfortunes is the title of an article about Quigley The Washington Post published in March, 1975: “The Professor Who Knew Too Much.” Two years later, Professor Quigley passed away in obscurity.

The process of fusion of the two parties has continued uninterrupted until our days, when it has become evident except to the most brainwashed or ill-intentioned Americans that the two parties are actually the same one, which I call the Repucratic Party. The only difference, if any, is that one of them is the party of the enemy and the other one is the party of treason. Which one?

Well, if you are a true conservative who loves this country the Democrat should be the party of the enemy and the Republican the party of treason. The only way to continue believing that there is a difference is by applying double standards to judge them.

However, despite the fact that the two parties are a fiction, it seems that just a few years ago the CFR conspirators were still not fully satisfied. In 2004, CFR agent Peter G. Peterson wrote a book under the highly deceptive title: Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It. [3] According to Peterson, the two parties were too polarized. His solution to the problem: make them even more “bipartisan.” [4] In the conspirators’ lingo, “bipartisan” actually means “CFR-controlled.”

Many professional brainwashers go every day and do their work conditioning the American people like rats in a psychologist’s labyrinth. With their constant efforts, they guarantee that Americans will never feel the curiosity to take a look above the labyrinth’s boundaries the conspirators have set for them.

Among the main brainwashers that have been for long years actively participating in this ongoing two-party PsyOp are Noam Chomsky, Amy Goodman, Fareed Zakaria, Keith Olbermann, Michael Moore and other disinformers of the Left. Their main goal is to keep lefties and liberals convinced that evil Republicans are responsible for everything that is wrong in America, and the only solution to the problem is replacing them with Democrats.

They are not different from Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Ben Shapiro, Bill O’Reilly, Ann Coulter, David Horowitz and Michelle Malkin, just to mention a few of the more important ones whose job is exactly the same, but in reverse. According to these disinformers of the Right, stupid Democrats are responsible for everything wrong in this country, and just by replacing them with clever Republicans everything will be okay.

Currently, Republicans are pushing the Kool-aid that everything will be solved in the next election when they put Trump in the White House again. But you have to be very gullible to believe that the party in power who allowed the presidential election to be stolen will have the power and the will to win the next election.

Further proof of the Republican – Democrat collusion is that, the same way Democrats, with the exception of Representative Cynthia McKinney, never questioned the Republicans’ obviously false narrative of the 9/11 PsyOp, currently, Republicans never question the Democrats’ obviously false narrative of the Covid PsyOp.

Very recently, former President George W. Bush, in theory a Republican, in a speech commemorating the 20th anniversary of the 9/11 events, shamelessly likened American patriots who peacefully protested at the capitol to foreign terrorists. According to Bush, violent extremists in the U.S. and abroad are “children of the same foul spirit,” adding, “There’s little cultural overlap between violent extremists abroad and violent extremists at home.”[5]

The former president said domestic and foreign extremists share a “disdain for pluralism,” a “disregard for human life,” and a determination to defile national symbols. Strangely, he was not showing his mischievous smile or making the devil’s sign with his hand as he usually did during his speeches when he was president.

Evidently, Republicans have fully accepted the Coronavirus lie for the same reason Democrats accepted the 9/11 lie. But that proved to be a double-edged sword for Republicans. Currently, Democrats are using the very draconian measures implemented by Bush to attack Republicans who complain about political indoctrination and sexual aberrations in public schools.

In a recent article, an author blames Democrats for calling angry parents complaning about school indoctrination “domestic terrorists.” [6] But he conveniently ignores the fact that the category of “domestic terrorist” was the invention of Republican George W. Bush when he created an aberration called the Office of Homeland Security as a result of his “war on terror.”[7]

So, if this trend continues, everything indicates that, according to Mr. Bush’s and his new leftist friends’ logic, very soon Guantanamo will begin receiving a different type of terrorists — those formerly called “American patriots.”

The Founding Fathers of this country chose to give Americans a Representive Republic, a system of government guided by laws, where your vote elected people to represent you in the government, but this has changed dramatically. Now your vote elects corrupt politicians whose main interest is pushing their Communo-Facist political ideology while becoming rich in the process. So, currently your vote only legitimizes a corrupt process that is destroying the very foundation this country was based on.

A long time ago I reached the conclusion that, while the Democrat is the party of the enemy, the Republican is much worse, because it is the party of treason. But, as John Harington advised long time ago in his famous epigram, “Treason doth never prosper: what’s the reason? Why, if it prosper, none dare call it treason.” And it seems we have allowed the Republican’s treason to prosper for too long.

But this is very dangerous, because, as Marcus Tullius Cicero expressed it in very clear terms:

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. A murderer is less to fear. The traitor is the plague.”

So, what are you waiting for? The time is ripe for getting rid of the two-party charade as a first step to save America from totalitarian tyranny.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

1. Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (New York: Macmillan, 1966), pp. 1247-1248.

2. Quigley, Op. Cit., pp. 950, 955.
3. Peter G. Peterson, Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It (New York: Farar, Straux and Giroux, 2004).

4. In June of 2003, Peterson had published an article in The New York Times Magazine along the same lines, entitled “Deficits and Dysfunction: How the Republican and Democratic Parties Are Robbing Our Future.”

5. Rich Mendez, “Former President Bush Likens U.S. Extremists to Foreign Terrorists,” CNBC, September 11, 2021.
6. Lex Greene, “Under Democrats, Parents Are Now the New Domestic Terrorists”, NewsWithViews, October 7^th, 2021, https://newswithviews.com/under-democrats-parents-are-now-the-new-domestic-terrorists/
7. As expected, the so-called “war on terrorism” was a total failure, because terrorism is a behavior, and you cannot fight a behavior. You may fight the terrorists, but apparently that was never the purpose of the War on Terror.

by Lee Duigon

Is there anything about this so-called presidential administration that isn’t phony, pandering, condescending, and false?

Somehow, when she’s supposed to be minding our southern border, alleged Vice President Kamala Harris found time to make a little video for NASA—you know, those guys who once used to send men to the moon. In “Get Curious,” Ms. Borders frolics with a pack of cute, enthusiastic, bubbly “children.”

I put “children” in quotes because they’re all professional child actors reading lines written by others.

It’s always disgusting when adults exploit children for political ends. (Have I mentioned that Doddering Joe Biden has a fake White House set for filming some of his blather? What’s wrong with the real White House?) Political animals have always done this. When I was a reporter I covered teacher strikes. Inevitably the teachers’ union trotted out coached children to plead for their beloved teachers—“Oh, please give them more money so we can go back to our beloved school!” You could just heave.

But of course the big dog-and-pony show so far has been the National School Boards Assn. getting our corrupt, politicized FBI to “investigate” alleged death threats made by parents who throng school board meetings to complain about the curriculum—Critical Race Theory which teaches children racial fear and hatred, cheerleading for transgenderism, and highly questionable presentations of… well, they call it sex.

Not one of these “threats” has ever been carried out, but the FBI broke all speed records in doing the school boards’ bidding.

I wish I had a dollar for every one of these “threats” that turned out to be perpetrated by the so-called victim. They write hate mail to themselves. They vandalize their own property. They make stuff up. Let one example, out of thousands, suffice: in 2018 a “student journalist” at an Ohio university got caught manufacturing “threats” against herself and wound up getting charged with a criminal misdemeanor. This happens so often that we’re tempted to say it always happens. The threats just about always turn out to be phony.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! Don’t we want the FBI investigating parents, just in case they’re really hateful? Cast a wide enough net, often enough, and you just might catch a fish! Do we really want G-men chasing gangsters, when Critical Race Theory in the schools is on the line? Don’t we want white children “learning” that they and their families are evil racist monsters? Don’t we want minority children “learning” that all the whites are out to get them and only a Far Left Democrat government can protect them?

Some of this phoniness is so heavy-handed, so blatant, that it’s almost funny. At a recent art show at a Los Angeles gallery, Doddering Joe’s toweringly corrupt offspring, Hunter Biden, sold five “reproductions” of his paintings at $75,000 each. The originals sell for up to half a million! We are told Hunter has no idea who’s buying them. Honk if you believe that’s true. What do you want to bet The Big Guy—that would be Daddy-O in his mockup of the White House—knows exactly who bought them? But of course he would never, ever, do any special favors for anybody nice enough to shower Hunter with cash…

We wish, oh, how we wish, that we could laugh this off. If it were only just a movie, it’d be hilarious. I mean, really, you can’t be that corrupt!

Oh, yes, you can. If your name is Biden.

A commenter on my chess forum, though, was able to name a few things about this administration that are guaranteed genuine: “Their greed, fascism, and contempt for the little people.”

I think he got that right.

I have discussed these topics and others throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit—while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

With this massive infusion of two to three million refugees into America under the direction of the Biden in 2021, can America’s European-Culture withstand our radically changing demographic? Anybody wondering about the eventuality that America will never be the America we grew up in from 1950 to 2000?  What exactly will it be like to morph into a minority, minority, minority “cultural quagmire” of a society?

Who stands to gain from America’s changing into tribal factions such as you see in India, Mexico and/or today, in Europe?  Why would such rich and powerful men want to destroy our highly successful civilization—and turn it into a poverty-stricken multicultural morass?  Who will benefit?

A concerned reader wrote a penetrating letter to me this week…enough so, that I read it several times.  What do you think of his analysis of our situation here in the 21^st century?

“Mr. Wooldridge, I just read your latest article. I have written to you before about previous articles, and especially wanted to write you about this one.  Frosty, there is NO DOUBT IN MY MIND that there is a very, old, plan to exterminate European Americans to make way for *prole-like* minority races with limited IQ’s and easily controllable.  

“Why? Because Europeans have built Western civilization that all Americans enjoy (soon to be dis-enjoyed the way things are going). Caucasians are a threat to ‘The Creators’ of ‘The Plan’ due to many factors, but ironically ‘The Plan’ was cooked up by Elite Whites.

“It’s not a secret.  There are many books, whitepapers, famous quotes, etc., that point to a demonic collusion of literal Monsters walking around in “People Suits.”

“Of course, this plan involves the liquidation of massive numbers of Blacks and other non-White Races as these elites want to keep their future proles manageable by limiting their numbers, which harkens back to the European-Japanese hybrid Richard Kalergi’s quote. ‘The Eurasian-Negroid future race, outwardly similar to the ancient Egyptians, will replace the diversity of peoples with a diversity of individuals.’”

I pondered this man’s words before writing this column.  The Kalergi Plan was/is a mandate to destroy Western Civilization.  It tears out the very essential aspect of the “rule of law” and an “educated and ethical” citizenry.  We’re losing both right now.

Last night on the CBS, NBC and ABC, the talking heads all noted the incredible crime wave raging across America.  Videos show shooters blowing away people walking down the street. Others snatch babies. Another black lady shoved a white lady to her death in front of a New York City subway. All on video!  I watched the lawlessness in San Francisco this summer with 30 second “smash and grab” tactics by black gangs.  That city lost 17 Walgreen’s to bankruptcy from shoplifting this summer, and tonight, reports showed five more Walgreen’s in San Francisco filed for bankruptcy from shoplifting.

Are we a “moral and ethical” society with $52 billion in shoplifting annually in the USA?  What happens when it’s $100 billion in shoplifting annually?  Can we survive by defunding the police and degrading them at every juncture?

As reported earlier this summer, San Francisco cannot stop its crime wave. It doesn’t employ enough police. But the same stands true in Los Angeles and Seattle.    As you know, Chicago, NYC and St. Louis accelerate as killing zones in America.

The writer said, “Unless an Act of God literally takes place, I believe the people causing such lawlessness will be successful in their foul plot. I do not place any faith in the so-called ‘Patriots’ of ‘The Right’ for example, to pose any challenge to The Plan, as they are just the opposite side of the same coin, and the same goes for the ‘Alt-Right rock stars’ such as Steve Bannon, who in my opinion are vainglorious pastiches of O’Brien from 1984 or analogous to ‘President Coin’ from The Hunger Games series.”

Whomever is bent on fracturing America, I’d submit that I haven’t seen this country this dramatically divided since the Vietnam War.  Worse than that, as we import millions more incompatible cultures, languages, religions and welfare leeches into our midst, we don’t stand a chance of remaining the United States of America.

“THE ONE ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN WAY OF BRINGING THIS NATION TO RUIN, OR PREVENTING ALL POSSIBLITY OF ITS CONTINUING TO BE A NATION AT ALL, WOULD BE TO PERMIT IT TO BECOME A TANGLE OF SQUABBLING NATIONALITIES.” President Theodore Roosevelt, 1904

Teddy Roosevelt pretty much sums up what’s happening and what’s coming.  I’d say that if mass immigration continues, we don’t stand a chance of remaining a viable, sustainable and intact society.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Cherie Zaslawsky

Those of us who write for NewsWithViews and assorted Conservative and Libertarian journals are essentially preaching to the choir, which, by the way, I believe is absolutely necessary, as the choir doesn’t leave the church during the sermon, but is inspired by it. Yet sometimes we need to reach out to the heathen as well.

That’s what I’ve been busy doing for the past few months, both before and after California’s Recall election, as I endeavored, here in the heart of Silicon Valley, to reach Democrats who might be disenchanted with Governor Gruesome and his tyrannical diktats, and might be ready to oust him and his fascistic policies.

Some people believe the recall passed and Larry Elder actually won the governorship, but the Dems’ cheating machinery is so well-oiled and powerful we’ll likely never know.

In any case, within a single month, I had four letters to editors published in local papers, and had also submitted a “guest perspective”  piece that was supposed to appear in one of these papers, but mysteriously disappeared from the queue with no explanation from the editor.

Below are my attempts at preaching beyond the choir to the great unwashed—i.e. Democrats—because we have to tell the truth to the other side.

Published in PA Daily Post August 30^th, 2021

Dear Editor,

On his website, San Mateo County Supervisor David Canepa [the President of our Board of Supervisors] pledges to work toward “ending discrimination in all of its forms.“ Yet he proposes unprecedented discrimination against those who choose not to take part in a mass clinical trial of experimental Covid vaccines. He would deny his fellow residents the right to eat in restaurants, attend movies, go to the hardware store, shop for clothes and otherwise participate in normal life.

Forcing 100% of people to take the same medical treatment is not about health or safety: it’s about totalitarianism.

In San Mateo County, 90% of the population has been vaccinated. That’s extraordinarily high. Yet Canepa and the Board of Supervisors apparently won’t rest until they force the remaining 10% to take the shot or be shunned by all businesses. Mr. Canepa crows: “No shoes, no shirt, no shot, no service!” This is not only insulting, it’s insane. Consider the 10% as the control group for this experiment in our county.

Medical interventions are never one-size-fits-all. These vaccines are contraindicated for a subset of the population, including those who’ve had Covid and whose superior immunity would be downgraded by a vaccine.

Not only is Canepa’s plan unconstitutional, it is grossly unethical and utterly unconscionable.

He needs to be recalled as he is a disgrace to the community he was elected to serve.

Published in the San Mateo Daily Journal in late August, 2021

Dear Editor,

In her column on August 16^th, Sue Lempert [Former mayor and council member of San Mateo who writes a weekly Leftist column in the Daily Journal that makes your teeth hurt] blames those who haven’t taken the Covid vaccines for the Delta variant.

It takes Ms. Lempert only a few sentences to get from “stop coddling” the unvaccinated, to mandating that they “cannot fly or use public transit; cannot attend restaurants, concerts, movies, “ etc. This kind of persecution is shockingly callous and has no place outside of fascist or Communist dictatorships.

Ms. Lempert claims the unvaccinated are spreading the Delta variant.  However, according to a number of top scientists, she has it backwards. They say we’re witnessing well-documented but unintended consequences of insufficiently effective vaccines that inadvertently pressure the targeted virus to mutate. The relevant technical terms are “leaky vaccines,” and “antibody-dependent enhancement.” This sets up the vaccinated to become incubators and super spreaders of variants.

In fact, a recent study in the prestigious medical journal Lancet found the vaccinated carrying 251 times the viral load of Covid in their nostrils as the unvaccinated.

So if Ms. Lempert wants to ban a group of people from shopping, traveling, dining out, and more, perhaps that should be the vaccinated, who may well be transmitting this variant to the unvaccinated after unknowingly producing it in their own bodies.

Ultimately, however, whether the Delta variant—which is thankfully less virulent than Covid-19—is being spread by the vaccinated, the unvaccinated, or in some other fashion, we’d do well to respect one another and one another’s equal rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.

Published in the Palo Alto Daily Post on September 8^th, 2021

Dear Editor,

Why the sudden flurry of calls for vaccine passports?

The Delta variant, though contagious, is much less virulent than Covid—which 99.9% of healthy people under 70 survive. But even if it were more virulent, you don’t deprive people of their civil rights on a “safety” pretext.

Besides, variants actually emerge in the vaccinated, as the targeted virus mutates to avoid what has turned out to be a “leaky”—or inefficient—vaccine.

Perhaps some among the vaccinated wrongly assume the vaccine passport will only hurt the unvaccinated, whom, as a result of incessant media fear-mongering, they’re all too willing to sacrifice.

But a mandatory vaccine passport is a devil’s bargain that strips you of your birthright. You may be permitted to eat out, but the State will own you. You might as well be living in China.

Published in the San Mateo Daily Journal 9/13/21

No Vaccine Passports

Dear Editor,

Here’s the main reason to vote Yes to recall Governor Newsom: He’ll almost certainly mandate vaccine passports. Why is this bad? It will not only hurt our already weakened businesses, but even those of us who are vaccinated will lose the liberty and rights we’ve always enjoyed.

If the State mandates and enforces vaccine passports, it’s goodbye freedom. The government can always up the ante later by mandating a booster shot, then another, and then ID2020 that has all your medical and financial information on it, etc.

This is what turned into the “Social Credit Score” in Communist China. The Chinese government has complete control of its people through this surveillance program, as the state watches everything they do. It can turn off people’s access to their money, and more.

And the same is very likely to happen in California unless we oust Newsom, replace him with Larry Elder–Gavin’s strongest opponent, who vows to end Covid mandates—and refuse to be bullied into accepting these passports to serfdom.

My last one is a “Guest Perspective” –a longer piece that the Daily Journal was planning to run, and then, well, apparently had second thoughts. Never made it into the paper. And this is the one I was hoping would help the naïve to open their eyes to the assault on our liberty that the rest of us see all too clearly. And since the paper declined to print it, I took the liberty of adding a sentence or two to the original.

Hidden Dangers of Vaccine Passports

What do magicians and pickpockets have in common? They both keep your attention fixed in one spot, while they do their trick in another.

Similarly, while our attention has been carefully and continually fixated on Covid, magicians have tricked us, and thieves have reached into our pockets and stolen our businesses, our freedom, our rights under the Constitution, and everything that has made life good in America.

They say those who don’t know history are doomed to repeat it. But history never repeats exactly—it’s the pattern that repeats.

The tried-and-true formula which has led to the most heinous crimes in history operates by stirring up fear in the masses, then scapegoating and demonizing the targeted group.

In 1930s Germany, the outcry was against the Jews, who were subsequently stripped of their rights and banned from normal life.

In 2021 in America, the outcry is against the “unvaccinated,” who, we’re told, are jeopardizing the health of the vaccinated, so they should be stripped of their rights and banned from normal life.

But isn’t this time different? Don’t we need to be saved from the unvaccinated, who are spreading the Delta variant? Aren’t they endangering our lives?

That’s what the magicians and thieves want us to think. But the reality is that variants only emerge in the vaccinated, as the targeted virus mutates to avoid what has turned out to be a “leaky”—or inefficient—vaccine.

Furthermore, the Delta variant, while contagious, is much less virulent than Covid—which 99.9% of healthy people under 70 survive. But even if it were more virulent, there is never a justifiable reason to deprive citizens of their Constitutional rights. Using “safety” as a pretext brings to mind Ben Franklin’s famous quote: “Those who would give up essential liberty to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither.” Regardless of what they may deserve, the larger point is that they end up with neither. And the next stop on this slippery downhill slope has already emerged.

At present, although the pandemic arguably ended many months ago, there’s a mysterious clamor for vaccine passports. Out of nowhere, city after city, county after county, and sneaky Assembly bills seek to foist mandatory vaccine passports on us.

In San Mateo County, Supervisor Dave Canepa opined, “No shoes, no shirt, no shot, no service!” This in a county where 93% of the residents have been vaccinated! And as with all medical interventions, these vaccines are contraindicated for many people—including those who’ve recovered from Covid and therefore have superior natural immunity.

Here’s what Don Lemon blurted out on national TV:  “I’m sure a lot of people are not going to agree with this, but [if you] don’t get the vaccine, you can’t go to the supermarket.”

Clearly, most people locked out of restaurants and grocery stores would starve to death! Can any American wish this on his neighbors?  Only extreme and irrational fear could bring anyone to condone such evil—shades of the tried-and-true scapegoating formula at work.

Many among the vaccinated assume the vaccine passport will only hurt the unvaccinated, whom, as a result of incessant media propaganda, they’re all too eager to sacrifice.

But the minute you accept your vaccine passport, you’ve exchanged your unalienable rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness for the “privilege” of dining out and attending football games—surely a devil’s bargain. You’ve inadvertently granted the State absolute power over your life. You might as well move to China.

For if your government can insist you get a Covid vaccine in order to live a normal life, it can also insist you get a booster shot—as has already happened in Israel.  And another. And a “Carbon Credit” passport. And a “Social Credit Score” and constant monitoring and surveillance to make sure you do as you’re told by a tyrannical government that is the opposite of everything America has always stood for.

Welcome to Technocracy, where the totalitarian State can turn off your access to your soon-to-be-implemented “digital currency” at will.

This is the price you’ll pay if you accept the Vaccine Passport agenda.

And who are the magicians? They’re the talking heads in our media, the plethora of “experts” who keep us running scared, and planners behind the scenes. The thieves? They’re politicians and government officials along with Big Pharma and assorted elite profiteers.

The agenda? To turn America into a carbon copy of Communist China with its “Social Credit System” through implementing 100% government surveillance and control. From there it’s but a small step to the World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset” and One World Government.

The vaccine passport is not the way back to normal, as the magicians and thieves want us to believe, but the downward path to a wretched dystopia.

If you think I’m exaggerating, check out Australia. Citizens are under house arrest, tracked, hounded, bullied—with no rights left. This is why we must push back now—while we still can.

© 2021 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

By Andrew C. Wallace

Our courts are so corrupt that after the Election Insurrection by Biden “THE USURPER”, they ignored the simple definitive words of the Constitution, or claimed lack of “Standing”, which was false. The courts invented “Standing”, as they have many things, so they could ignore the Constitution and do as they please. The concept of “Standing’ can be legitimate, but in too many cases it is used to ignore an issue.

One of the primary objectives of the Constitution was to protect the People from a mostly corrupt government (all governments are inherently corrupt). The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) own the government and Biden, ”THE USURPER”, lock, stock and barrel. The founders gave us our “Great Constitution” to guarantee our rights, which included “Firearms”, “The Militia of the Several States”, “Grand Juries”, and the right to “Petition” government to protest actions by government. All government officials everywhere are inherently corrupt, requiring citizen vigilance to keep them honest (this is true throughout history).  What could you expect when many are lawyers taught to be mendacious and obfuscate; many are graduates of Ivy League Indoctrination Centers like Harvard and Yale ( 8 of 9 Supreme Court Justices?). Most citizens (victims of propaganda) are ignorant and apathetic; they just don’t give a damn. But unfortunately for the traitors there are millions who do care, more than enough  to fight. If the PSRRC and their Communist minions including Biden”THE USURPER”persist, there will be bodies in the streets from coast to coast resulting from guerrilla warfare .

The right to keep and bear arms is the MOST important Constitutional right that we were given in the Constitution. The Communists and the PSRRC are doing everything to take away our firearms. We will not allow them to do so. We know what happened to Canadians and Australians after they took away their firearms. The British lost their right to own firearms and have been subservient to their PSRRC ever since. People living under dictatorships have no weapons; we may be the last free country in the world because of our firearms.

The Constitution gives citizens the right to Petition government for redress of wrongs. But the Constitution didn’t include a provision for enforcement, so no one gets any satisfaction from government minions of the PSRRC.

Then we have the Grand Jury which is supposed to protect citizens from false legal actions. But the Grand Jury has been taken over completely by judges and prosecutors for their own purposes. There can be no justice when prosecutors have been bought by the PSRRC and many judges think they make the law.

“Firearms” and “The militia of the Several States” (Militia) are the most important weapons that the founders gave us in the Constitution to protect us, and the Republic from criminals in government. Using the Militia to protect our rights is preferable to using firearms because then we have a bloody destructive Pyrrhic Victory. But, the choice is clear when the options are either freedom in our Constitutional Republic or degradation, brutality, fear and slavery in a Communist state run by the PSRRC.

It is common knowledge by anyone who is not as ignorant as a box of rocks that many in the DOJ, FBI, SCOTUS, Military Flag Officers, Courts, et al, are guilty of treason, and the rest are cowards. Most of them ignored the Constitution and supported the insurrection of our Constitutional Republic by Biden, “THE USURPER”. If these Communist minions of the PSRRC had honored their oaths to the Constitution, the government overthrow would not have been possible. These fellow travelers are below contempt.

You can never control corruption because the FBI is the most corrupt, incompetent, and expensive so-called police force in the world. Even if we had effective law enforcement, we would still be at the mercy of the PSRRC because our courts are compromised. To get our country and freedoms back we must abolish the FBI and establish alternate courts until honest Constitutional courts can be reestablished.

Our Constitution stipulates that the “Militia of the Several States” (Militia) will enforce laws of the union. I think the FBI was brought into power by hook or crook (read how it was started and grew) because it could be controlled; whereas the Militia would be more difficult to control. Powers of the Militia seem to be very broad and would encompass oversight of officials and I think the ability to form alternate courts. Officers of the Militia are appointed by the states. I firmly believe that the FBI, Courts, Military Flag officers, et al, committed treason when they refused to support the Constitution and prevent the election insurrection. They must be replaced or we will be at war.

I am an Economist, not a legal scholar, so the details of the actions required must be researched by scholars of Constitutional Law.  Much of what I have learned about the Militia of the Several States was obtained by reading  the Constitution and comprehensive articles in NewsWithViews.com by Edwin Vieira Jr., AB, MA, PhD, JD.

I hope that experts will take on the task of telling us how to use the Militia to oversee officials, replace the FBI and give us alternate courts.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Bradlee Dean

Hiding Behind Teachers To Protect Themselves Against The People They Are To Serve!

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances. —Amendment I of the Bill of Rights to the US Constitution

When I saw the headline coming from the Daily Mail, I knew that it was the criminal politicians that were hiding behind these criminal board members. In the end, they could use it to safeguard themselves against the people that they are to serve.

Here’s the headline:

“Teachers call angry parents terrorists: School officials beg Biden to send in the FBI to protect them from ‘extremist’ parents angry over vaccine and mask mandates and say it should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’”

What is happening here is that the federal and the state governments would like to have their way with your children regardless of if it is illegal or not (Exodus 22:23).

After speaking at 364 high schools in 25 different states, I have heard principals tell me that the “science and the history books are being changed every 3-7 years” (Hosea 4:6).

[Rumble Video]

They are attempting to make your children prey to the sodomite agenda (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13), including child porn, which is a felony in this country (Luke 17:2).

This is how the peoples representatives should be upholding the law against all crimes video

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

According to this report:

♦ The National School Boards Association urged the president in a letter Wednesday to mobilize federal agents to protect them from protesting parents

• NSBA President Viola Garcia and Interim Executive Director and CEO Chip Slaven penned the complaint, which was also published online
• The correspondence states that outbursts from ‘extremist’ parents irate over vaccine and mask mandates should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’
• The letter to the US president requests ‘immediate assistance’ for school staffers and board members, who they say are under ‘immediate threat’

An institution representing more than 90,000 school officials across the US begged Joe Biden Wednesday to send FBI and Secret Service agents to protect them from ‘mobs’ of angry parents irate over vaccine and mask mandates forced upon their children – asserting their protests should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’ by ‘extremist hate organizations.’

In a letter penned to the president and published online, the National School Boards Association implored the US government to take a stand against these vexed parents, stating that teachers and other school staffers are under ‘immediate threat’ because of their burgeoning ‘acts of malice, violence, and threats.’

The complaint, signed by NSBA President Viola Garcia and Interim Executive Director and CEO Chip Slaven, called upon Biden personally to and use his executive power to mobilize FBI and US Secret Service agents to guard school officials.

There were 11 pages deep of the propagandists striking at the same time. Translation: They are trying to defend themselves concerning the crimes they are intending to commit.

Conclusion: “Domestic terrorists” are protecting their children from those who are indoctrinating, from predators and those that are illegally mandating masks and experimental jabs. Who are the actual domestic terrorists, the parents or those in the federal government?

The criminals in the federal government are wanting to use agencies against the people in transgressing the law that they all swore that they would uphold.

Furthermore, maybe these fools, and fools they are, should take the time and read the 1st Amendment of the Bill of Rights which states:

“Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.”

Parents have every right given unto them by God to confront corruption wherever it may be (Psalm 94:16).

This is nothing more than an attempt to garner more control over the lives of the children while playing the victims. Nothing new here (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

On September 9, President Biden delivered an address to the nation in which he announced that he will have the Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) mandate that private companies with 100 or more employees implement vaccine mandates or require negative tests.  However, prominent immunologist Dr. Hooman Noorchashm then stated that because of Biden’s decision, the immunologist “regretted voting for him.”  Noorchashm has held positions at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and Harvard Medical School, among other places.  Regarding the president’s forced vaccine directive, Noorchashm stated: “To mandate vaccination of any Covid-recovered American against his/her will is unscientific, unethical and illegal.  White House, you have overstepped and are operating in dangerous territory when it comes to already immune Americans. Cease and desist !”

THE WESTERN JOURNAL on October 7 published “Denmark and Sweden Halt Use of Moderna COVID Vaccine for Everyone Under 30,” in which one  reads: “After reviewing research from Swedish and Nordic data sources, the Swedish Public Health Agency noted there was an increased risk for inflammatory  conditions like myocarditis and pericarditis in young people who received the second Moderna shot….The country said roughly 81,000 people born after 1991 have only received the first dose of the Moderna vaccine and will not be offered the second dose for the time being.  According to Reuters, Denmark has followed suit and will not use the Moderna vaccine while more information is gathered….In 2020, the Swedes avoided lockdowns, tension inside retail stores, beach arrests, children being tormented by isolation and mandatory mask-wearing.  Its people throughout the coronavirus pandemic have more or less lived life as normal.”

While the government is pushing vaccines even to the extent of saying businesses should mandate them, precious little time is being spent on developing and promoting treatments for Covid-19.  For example, a physician friend of mine in Michigan got Covid-19, treated himself with hydroxychloroquine, and easily got well.  However, he said he and pharmacists in Michigan had received letters from the Attorney-General’s office ordering them to not prescribe or fill prescriptions for hydroxychloroquine under penalty of possibly losing their licenses.  This is despite the fact that on July 2, 2020, the INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES published a peer-reviewed study by the Henry Ford Health System (HFHS), which showed hydroxychloroquine cut the death rate significantly in Covid-19 patients.   The warning about hydroxychloroquine had been that it could cause heart-related problems.  However, in the HFHS study, there were no heart-related side effects.

The study was a large-scale retrospective analysis of 2541 patients hospitalized between March 10 and May 2, 2020 across the HFHS’s 6 hospitals.  The study found that 13% of those treated with hydroxychloroquine alone died compared to 26.4% not treated with hydroxychloroquine.  None of the patients had documented serious heart abnormalities, and patients were monitored for a heart condition routinely pointed to as a reason to avoid the drug as a treatment for Covid-19.  The vast majority of the patients received the drug soon after admission to the hospitals (82% within 24 hours and 91% within 48 hours).  All patients in the study were 18 or over with a median age of 64 years; 51% were men and 56% African-American.

HFHS epidemiologist Samia Arshad said: “We attribute our findings that differ from other studies to early treatment because of careful cardiac monitoring.    Our dosing also differed from other studies not showing a benefit of the drug.  And other studies are either not peer-reviewed, have limited numbers of patients, different patient populations or other differences from our patients.”  Dr. Marcus Zervos of HFHS further stated: “Considered in the context of current studies on the use of hydroxychloroquine for Covid-19, our results suggest that the drug may have an important role to play in reducing Covid-19 mortality.”    Dr. Steven Kalkanis, HFHS Chief Academic Officer pronounced: “Our analysis shows that using hydroxychloroquine helped save lives.  As doctors and scientists, we look to the data for insight.   And the data here is clear that there was benefit to using the drug as treatment for sick, hospitalized patients.”

Think about all the people who have died since July 2020 (including my mother)  because the medical profession has blocked the use of hydroxychloroquine as a treatment for Covid-19 !    Also think about how many people have died because the medical profession and the press have said Ivermectin should not be used.  On August 21, THE NEW YORK TIMES said, “Ivermectin should not be used to treat Covid-19, according the the FDA.”   And on September 5, THE NEW YORK TIMES published “Some Americans ignore warning against using Ivermectin to treat Covid,” in which the newspaper used a Centers for Disease Control extreme example of a person who took 5 pills a day for 5 days as a reason why Ivermectin could be harmful.  The article also indicated that on September 1, “alarmed health experts from the American Medical Association, the American Pharmacists Association and the American Society of Health-Systems Pharmacists called for ‘an immediate end to the prescribing, dispensing and use of Ivermectin for the prevention and treatment of Covid-19 outside of a clinical trial.'”

However, if one looks at a September 15 online article (including news from THE HINDUSTAN TIMES) titled, “HUGE: Uttar Pradesh, India Announces State is Covid-19 Free Proving the Effectiveness of ‘Deworming Drug’ IVERMECTIN,” one reads that “COVID cases are plummeting in India thanks to a new rule that promotes Ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine to its massive population….The recovery rate has increased up to 98.7%….According to THE HINDUSTAN TIMES, the positivity rate came down to less than 0.01%….The active caseload which was 310,783 in April has reduced by 99%….This state has a low vaccination rate of only 5.8% fully vaccinated compared to the U.S. that has 54% fully vaccinated….Both Uttar Pradesh and Delhi have seen an incredible drop in COVID-19 cases because they use Ivermectin (12 mg pills) early and preventatively.    Whereas Kerala, a tiny state located in southern India that is over-dependent on vaccines and less dependent on Ivermectin, has been reporting a significant increase in COVID-19 cases.”

And do the mRNA vaccines (Pfizer and Moderna) have any effect upon pregnancies?   According to “Preliminary Findings of the mRNA Covid-19 Vaccine Safety in Pregnant Persons” (NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, April 21, 2021), in a study of 827 pregnant women receiving the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines, spontaneous abortions (miscarriages) occurred in 104 cases, 96 (92.3%) of which were in the first trimester.  A total of 700 participants received their first eligible dose of the vaccine in the third trimester.  And of the 127 pregnant women who did not receive their first vaccine dose in the third trimester, the 96 miscarriages in the first trimester represents 76%.    In early October, the VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System) reported 1969 fetal deaths following Covid-19 vaccinations, but the CDC is still issuing a health advisory saying all pregnant women should be vaccinated !

So, what may be coming in the future?  I previously indicated that my when mother got Covid-19, her hospital nurse had worked in Wuhan, China, and said “The Chinese Ministry of Health assigned me where to go.”  It may be that the nurse did nothing to harm my mother.  However, it may also be that mom’s nurse and other Chinese nurses in the U.S. are part of the Chinese genetic profiling research.  In “Biden Letting China Get Away with the Crime of the Century” (August 31, 2021) by Gordon Chang, the author stated that China is already working on the next generation of pathogens, with a “determined campaign to collect genetic profiles of foreigners….Its National Defense University, in the 2017 edition of the authoritative SCIENCE OF MILITARY STRATEGY, mentioned a new kind of  biological warfare of ‘specific ethnic genetic attacks.'”

Chang’s analysis follows Elsa Kania’s and Wilson Vorndick’s (August 14, 20129) “Weaponizing Biotech: How China’s Military Is Preparing for a ‘New Domain of Warfare,'” in which the authors pointed out that  “in 2015, then-president of the Academy of Military Sciences, He Fuchu, argued that biotechnology will become the new ‘strategic commanding heights’ of national defense, from biomaterials to ‘brain control’ weapons….Zhang Shibo,a retired general and former president of the National Defense University, concluded that ‘modern biotechnology development is gradually showing strong signs characteristic of an offensive capability’ including the possibility that ‘specific ethnic genetic attacks’ could be employed….(One might watch) BGI, formerly known as Beijing Genomics, Inc., which is Beijing’s de facto national champion in the field.  BGI has established an edge in cheap gene sequencing, concentrating on amassing massive amounts of data from a diverse array of sources.  The company has a global presence, including laboratories in California and Australia, and partnerships with the University  of California and the Children’s Hospital in Philadelphia on human genome sequencing.”  Also relevant to this issue, one might look at “China’s Biological Warfare Programme: An Integrative Study with Special Reference to Biological Weapons Capabilities” by Col. Dr. Dany Shoham in JOURNAL OF DEFENCE STUDIES, vol.9, no.2, April-June 2015, pp.131-156.

© 2021 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

By Lex Greene

Twenty-months into the most bizarre so-called “pandemic” in the history of the world, “expert“ opinions and advice remain as scattered and useless as a teleprompter president who can’t even do that right.

Those of us who turned off broken-record Biden and his complicit media, and did a little real research ourselves, now know a few things about this insanity that we didn’t know twenty-months ago.

1. According to the government and their fake news machine (news and social media), the USA has seen 45,204,373 (13.6% of our population) COVID cases since January 2020. But we now know that the PCR test used was highly inaccurate, with more than 80% of “cases” being “false positive tests,” stopping the use of that test. The real number of USA COVID cases is less than 9,040,874, or 2.7% of the USA population.
2. Contrary to the fake news numbers still being used by the Biden administration and his fake news machine, stating 733,575 (0.22% of the population) COVID19 deaths as of this writing, we know that 96% of these deaths were NOT from COVID19. Instead, the real “death by COVID19” number is approximately 29,343 – only 0.0088% of the U.S. population.
3. After more than nine-months of COVID19 vaccines (bioweapons), we now know that everyone who was well before taking one of the vaccines (bioweapons), but died within minutes, hours, or days of receiving the jab, died from the jab! We don’t know how many, because the Biden administration is hiding the real numbers, as is the Biden fake news machine. But the number is well into the tens of thousands, at best.
4. We know that the “Delta variant” only exists in “vaxxed” people, as a direct result of the vaccines (bioweapons).
5. We know that the common cold and flu didn’t just vanish in 2020 and 2021, we simply changed the medical ID to “COVID19.”
6. We know that people who clearly died of heart disease, cancer, old age, an auto accident, or suicide, didn’t die from COVID19, even though that’s what was on the toe tag when the body reached the funeral home.
7. We know that COVID19 is a direct result of bioweapons work in a Wuhan lab, paid for with American tax dollars through “gain of function” bioweapon’s research, under the direction of none other than Dr. Fauci. (Gain of function research (GoFR) is a term used to describe any field of medical research that alters an organism or disease in a way that increases pathogenesis, transmissibility.)
8. We know that more Americans have died “post vaccine” than those who may have died of COVID19 “unvaxxed.”
9. We know that no one has any legal right or authority to force vaccinate anyone against their will, not even your doctor, and that no one has the right to deny anyone a right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness under any unconstitutional government mandate.
10. And…we know that no one can grant their “informed consent” unless and until they are fully and properly informed. Censored one-sided information is NOT how you fully inform anyone.

Most importantly, we now know that the tyrannical Biden (Obama) administration will do anything it has to do to totally destroy our beloved country, which is why Biden’s approval rating has plummeted to 38%, indicating that only 38% of Americans remain totally clueless or corrupted.

To force their GREEN DEAL, they will drive gasoline prices to $10 a gallon if they need to. To force total control over the population, they will con, coerce, bribe, threaten or financially ruin every citizen into compliance with their vaccines (bioweapons) and democratic socialist one world order norm.

We know that approximately 70% of Americans, doctors, nurses, teachers, professors, media personalities and politicians will “go along to get along” with anything Biden (Obama) orders from his ivory tower, and that even most law enforcement, military and national security personnel will do the same.

Last, we now know that the average American isn’t very American anymore. No real American would have ever allowed the utter destruction of 100% of our country over the past twenty-months over 0.0088% of our population, much less elect a criminal mental midget like Joe Biden or Kamala Harris to even run a summer lemonade stand.

Yes, we now know a lot more than we knew twenty-months ago, still, most Americans are not reacting to reality they way they should, or the way we would have fifty-years ago.

The world is reacting, taking to the streets for weeks on end, fighting back against the tyranny in countries that have been under socialist control for so long that the population isn’t even armed anymore.

Meanwhile, Americans seem content to be paid to not work, receive deadly vaccines (bioweapons), not only in themselves, but in their children and grandchildren as well. They don’t seem willing to do anything more than show up for a Trump rally, hoping against hope that they can “take America back” in 2024, despite knowing that we no longer even have real elections in the USA.

Every person who drank poison from Jim Jones was looking for a savior too. Indeed, despite everything we know now, Americans are still being walked into the ovens, much like the people of pre-World War Germany.

What we now know about COVID19 tells us everything we need to know about the average American. We are a fat, dumb and happy go-along-to-get-along society, willing to leap out of the plane without a parachute, just because Simon says so…thrilled about the wonderful ride, without any focus on what the landing is going to be like.

Americans are dying, but not from COVID19. They are dying at the hands of the mad scientists, corrupt politicians and go-along-to-get-along “experts” who will kill you by mandate, before giving up their Mercedes and private country club membership.

These things we know… but what we don’t know, is when will Americans fight back? When will Americans act like Americans, and put an end to the insane destruction of all things American?

I wish I knew…

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

If you do not take an interest in the affairs of your government, then you are doomed to live under the rule of fools. —Plato

When once a Republic is corrupted, there is no possibility of remedying any of the growing evils but by removing the corruption and restoring its lost principles; every other correction is either useless or a new evil.  —Thomas Jefferson

There is no denying that Hitler and Stalin are alive today… they are waiting for us to forget, because this is what makes possible the resurrection of these two monsters. —Simon Wiesenthal

Man can never improve on God’s creation; all man can do is destroy it.  Their desire is to replace God, but they are doomed to failure.  The reality of Communism and Fascism is the hatred of the Creator and the control of mankind’s descent from freedom to subjugation and ultimate slavery.

History repeats itself; the destruction of the past, including historic monuments, and the burning of books is here again.  “You cannot live amongst us unless you have taken the jab,” is the new mantra…do you have your vax passport or will you wear a star on your clothes?

First it was the Jews and God’s Torah being burned in 1934, now it’s anything perceived as inequities in past history.

Book burning is happening in 21st Century Canada as reported by the WSJ on October 7^th, 2021.  More than 4,700 children’s books from 30 schools across CSC Province were targeted.  The list included old encyclopedias, biographies of French explorers Jacques Cartier and Etienne Brule, and even French and Belgian comics including Tintin, Asterix, Obelix and Lucky Luke.  All were destroyed in a “flame purification” ceremony.

Just what is a “flame purification” ceremony when the destruction is of historic documents?

Canada claims they’re burying the ashes of racism, discrimination and stereotypes in an inclusive country where all can live in prosperity and security.  This is a lie, a scandal and an evil unto itself.  The destruction of history is the willful destruction of the records and the knowledge that can help humanity better understand itself.

This is just as evil as the removal of decades old books children have enjoyed for years and never taught or promoted any racist ideas; in fact, it did the opposite. The Marxist police have targeted and destroyed the best of our past that we were proud of…the Indian lass on the Land of Lakes butter, Uncle Ben on his rice, Aunt Jemima on her maple syrup, the Song of the South with Uncle Remus and so many more.  Those beautiful brands we grew up with are destroyed and forgotten with the statues, the books and the truth of history.

The latest victim of “cancel culture” is a renowned composer who survived China’s Cultural Revolution only to be accused by college undergraduates of racism for showing the 1965 film “Othello” featuring Laurence Olivier.  Othello was written by Shakespeare and the “woke” students are demanding the destruction of written works as well as the ruination of the professor who defied the agenda and taught literary truth.

Bright Sheng, the Leonard Bernstein Distinguished University Professor of Composition at the University of Michigan School of Music, Theater, and Dance, is by all accounts a renowned composer, conductor, and pianist and now he is called a racist for showing the magnificent Olivier movie, Othello.

Destroying True Science

The “woke” culture is a dynamic resulting in decades upon decades of communist training in America’s government schools.  It has brainwashed our youth into promoting the destruction of liberty and individual freedom and is encouraged by our Pravda mainstream media.

Covid-19 is the greatest fraud ever perpetrated on mankind.  It is not about a pandemic.  It is a virus that has never been isolated.  Within the lungs of Covid patients, the only thing biopsies found were flu type A and B.

Hospital protocols by the CDC, NIH, FDA, AMA and others, allow this virus to kill our elderly by withholding the combination of safe, cheap and effective drugs. Multiple physicians and scientists state that these drug combinations would have saved 86% of the comorbidity-ridden elderly in nursing homes. (The “useless eaters” are those Dr. Ezekiel Emanuel says should die at age 75.)  Ezekiel works as advisor to Joe Biden on Covid, and was the top advisor to WHO’s president Dr. Tedros.  The cheap and effective drugs of Hydroxychloroquine given daily or Ivermectin given weekly as prophylactics would have saved the elderly as it has done in countless other countries.

The Story of Ivermectin

This 24-minute video, tells the entire story of ivermectin (IVM) and the villains who restricted its use.  It was founded by a Japanese biochemist in 1970.  It was a bacterium that had intriguing effects against roundworm.  He got together with Merck’s Dr. William Campbell and Campbell used the bacterium to create a medicine called ivermectin.  In 1980 Merck released it.  River blindness, caused by a parasitic worm was nearly wiped out in central and South America and much of Africa by IVM.  It is listed as one of the World Health Organization’s essential medicines.  Merck’s patent expired in 1996.  The drug is cheap to produce, available all over the world, and extremely safe.

In 2015, the Japanese founder of IVM along with Dr. Campbell were given the Nobel Prize.  Australian scientists at Monash University found that IVM was successful against viruses like Zika, West Nile and influenza.  Their experiments revealed that IVM showed remarkable results against Sars-coV-2.  The results were in a paper published in April of 2020.  Millions of lives could have been saved, but for the love of money.

When countries using IVM were compared to countries without the use, they found that Covid-19 was rare.  Dr. Jean-Jacques Rajter of Florida, a critical care and pulmonary specialist, whom I’ve mentioned in previous articles, working at the large Broward Health Medical Center, was on the frontlines of fighting Covid-19.  One day he was talking to the son of an elderly woman who was very ill with Sars-coV-2, and the son urged him to try anything.  Dr. Rajter had seen test tube results with IVM, and he gave it to the patient.  Within 48 hours, she was getting better and went home in a week.

In one of Canada’s care homes, scabies broke out on the 4^th floor.  Every patient was given IVM, and on the other floors smaller doses for prevention of scabies.  None of the staff were given IVM and many of them contracted Sars-coV-2.  However, not one patient on IVM ever contracted the virus.

• Ivermectin is an inhibitor of the Covid-19 causative virus (Sars-coV-2) in vitro.
• A single treatment able to effect 5000-fold reduction in virus at 48 hours in cell culture.
• Ivermectin is FDA-approved for parasitic infections and therefore has a potential for repurposing.
• Ivermectin is widely available, due to its inclusion on the WHO model list of essential medicines.

The Villains

A coalition of powerful forces acted together to completely suppress any information on the effectiveness of IVM in treating and preventing Covid-19.  The first big player to suppress the truth of IVM was our Pravda mainstream media.  The second player was Big Tech including social medias and Youtube, owned by Google.  The next major group to suppress the truth of IVM was Fauci’s outfit, The National Institutes of Health (NIH).

Their panel came up with the protocol treatments for physicians in America, a treatment that has been called therapeutic nihilism.  The NIH also called for the use of Fauci’s Remdesivir, a drug that had no significant impact on mortality and actually had adverse effects especially on the kidneys.  The NIH actually paid for the study Fauci referred to when first introducing Remdesivir.

In short order, the World Health Organization (WHO) with much larger studies, ruled against Remdesivir saying there was no evidence that the drug improved survival or any other metric in Covid-19.

Despite WHO’s statements, the NIH continued to recommend Remdesivir and they still do today.  The cost was over $3,100 per course, albeit IVM is nearly free.

Remdesivir is made by Gilead Sciences.  The NIH treatment panel was strongly pro-Remdesivir because of financial ties between Gilead and members of the panel.  Seven members of the panel disclosed financial support from Gilead.

From 1997 to 2001, globalist Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member, Donald Rumsfeld was Chairman of Gilead, one of the architects of the Iraq invasion.  One of the board members was another CFR member, George Schultz, a George W. Bush ally who convinced W to run for President.

Two of the three chairs of the Covid-19 treatment panel who put the panel together, received financial support from Gilead Sciences.  The third panel member was intimately involved in the study that attempted and failed to prove that Remdesivir was an effective treatment for Covid-19.

Given the professional and financial ties, is there any way we could reasonably expect them to impartially judge the best treatment for the virus or choose panel members who might advocate for repurposing cheap, off-patent drugs that would completely undercut the market for one of the main products of a company with which they enjoy close financial and professional ties?

Professional negligence was the result, along with hundreds of thousands or millions of deaths around the world as other countries looked to America’s medical leaders.  Obscene profits were made off the backs of the Covid dead, not just Americans, but around the world.

The villains are Gilead, the NYTs, AP, YouTube, Twitter, Face Book, Fauci, the NIH and more.  If you lost friends or family to Covid-19, you are also a victim. If your children can’t go to school and mingle with children, they are victims.  If you lost your job or your business closed because of Covid-19, you are a victim.  If you were elderly and cut off from your family, you are a victim.

Big Tech, the Mainstream Media and the NIH worked to suppress knowledge of the drug that would have saved lives and ended the so-called pandemic in the summer of 2020.

Congressional Testimony

Dr. Pierre Kory, a Frontline Critical Care Covid-19 doctor, testified in Congress on December 2020 regarding Ivermectin.  He tells of Dr. Hector Carvallo’s study in Argentina where they know IVM is a valued prophylactic.  In the study 800 healthcare workers were prophylaxed with IVM and not one got sick.  Of another 400 not given IVM, 237 or 58% became sick.

Dr. Kory says that every study has proven IVM to be a valuable prophylactic and if you contract the virus, taking IVM will massively decrease your necessity for hospitalization. It is proving to be a wonder drug.  Anthony Fauci’s organization, The National Institutes of Health (NIH), has not released IVM for the public. In over 30 studies on IVM, every one of them is showing the dramatic impacts of the medication.

IVM has proven to be critical in parasitic treatments, but it is also a critical medication for Sars-coV-2.

It is imperative that you watch Dr. Kory’s 10 minutes of testimony.

On October 8^th, 2021, Dr. Kory tweeted that, “Between 100-200 United States Congress members, plus many of their staffers and family members with Covid, were treated by a colleague over the past 15 months with IVM and the I-MASK+ protocol at http://flccc.net.  None have gone to hospital. So, while all these members of Congress knew the value of IVM and were given the drug to cure them of Covid, not one of them helped American citizens to get this safe and inexpensive drug to protect their families.  They were probably told to keep their mouths shut and tell everyone to get the Covid jab.  Big Pharma has made multiple billions on the inoculation, and they lobby politicians with big bucks.

Natural Immunity

Universal healthcare advocates are turning on the unvaccinated as more companies and health insurance providers are now proposing insurance surcharges and other healthcare costs as a tool to drive up vaccination rates totally denying the lifelong antibodies in Americans who have recovered from the virus.  Mandate walkouts are happening all over the country, but especially in New York City.

Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine professor Dr. Marty Makary appeared as a guest on Thursday’s edition of “Morning Wire,” a podcast hosted by The Daily Wire.

“The data on natural immunity are now overwhelming,” Makary told the Morning Wire. “It turns out the hypothesis that our public health leaders had that vaccinated immunity is better and stronger than natural immunity was wrong. They got it backwards. And now we’ve got data from Israel showing that natural immunity is 27 times more effective than vaccinated immunity. And that supports 15 other studies.” Link

Dr. Makary finds it bizarre that natural immunity is not seen as legitimate in the eyes of the U.S. government or for that matter the FDA, NIH, CDC and AMA.  He is angry that nurses are being fired, soldiers are being dishonorably discharged and natural immunity is not taken seriously when it actually moved us towards “herd immunity.”

Dr. Richard Urso spoke about natural immunity at America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS.org) White Coat Summit.  Urso states that, The Achilles heel or kryptonite in the vaccine program is natural immunity.  Science became political and the Hippocratic Oath became hypocrisy.

The whole vaccination program is intentionally deceptive.”  He explains that even a mutation in the virus is recognized by our immune systems if we’ve recovered from Covid-19.  He commented that he wished masks worked, but there are zero randomized control trials in the last four decades that masks stopped the spread of respiratory illness.

Vaccination status should not supplant immune status.  Dr. Urso gives the example that if he had polio and recovered, why would he need the polio vaccine?  The same goes for Chicken Pox, Measles, Mumps, Whooping Cough, etc.

Dr. Urso states that immune status matters more than vaccination status.  If you have recovered from Covid, you have the proper T-cells who will recognize any form of this virus again because of the antibodies stored in your system, a system the Creator gave us.  Covid infected and recovered people have a zero chance of ever getting Covid again.

The mutations are not coming from unvaccinated; they are coming from those who’ve received the jab.  That is the source of the Covid mutants.  The Cleveland Clinic came out with a study showing that there’s no need for the Covid recovered to have a “vaccination.”  All the patients who had Sars-coV-1 are still immune competent against Sars-coV-2.  They don’t have great antibody responses, but they do have great T-cell responses.  T-cells are part of the immune system that focus on specific foreign particles.  They circulate in the body to ward off invaders.

And here’s the clincher, in Sweden a study showed that some of the asymptomatic family members had developed immunity without symptoms.  Then a study came out that stated there was robust T-cell immunity in asymptomatic Covid-19 family members.  Asymptomatic people are spreading, but not the virus, they’re spreading immunity.

The reality is that it is dangerous to “Covid-vaccinate” immune-competent individuals. The jab to a Covid recovered patient with antibodies means they’re in danger of a war inside the body activating a hyper-immune response leading to significant tissue injury and death.

Conclusion

Over 15,500 physicians have signed a petition to alert citizens of the deadly consequences of Covid policies.  The dangers and deaths are mounting. Link

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Paul Engel

• It appears that the confusion and mental disorder called transgenderism is contagious.
• Recent court cases have been placing the arbitrary opinions of a few of the facts and law of the land.
• What happens when people are given special rights, simply because they are confused about who they are?

A recent case out of the Court of Appeals of the State of California brings up some interesting questions. First, does someone have the legal right to tell you how to refer to them? Second, does a mental disorder give someone the legal authority to infringe on the rights of others? The opinion in this case shows the irrationality of both the transgender activists and the judicial branch. Which leads me to another question: Is the mental confusion we call transgenderism contagious?

The case in question, Taking Offense v. State of California, stems from California Senate Bill 219 (2017-2018 Reg. Session), which added code to the state’s Health and Safety Code called the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) Long-Term Care Facility Residents’ Bill of Rights. Taking Offense challenged two provisions of this law:

1439.51.  (a) Except as provided in subdivision (b), it shall be unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to take any of the following actions wholly or partially on the basis of a person’s actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, or human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) status:

(3) Where rooms are assigned by gender, assigning, reassigning, or refusing to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the transgender resident’s gender identity, unless at the transgender resident’s request.

(5) Willfully and repeatedly fail to use a resident’s preferred name or pronouns after being clearly informed of the preferred name or pronouns.

California Senate Bill 219

First heard in state Superior Court, the decision was appealed to the state’s Court of Appeals. The appeals court started with the “First Amendment Challenge” in subsection 5.

First Amendment Challenge

Taking Offense listed four specific problems with the speech requirements of the law.

(1) a prior restraint on speech; (2) a violation of the freedom of thought, comparing transgender residents of long-term care facilities to “kings and masters over the rest of the people” and employees of long-term care facilities to “their virtual subjects and slaves”; (3) a violation of the freedom of “conscience, religion and belief”; and (4) a violation of the right to free exercise of religion.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The court agreed that subsection 5 of the law is a content-based restriction on freedom of speech. The court went on to explain:

The First Amendment to the United States Constitution states: “Congress shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of speech . . . .” This fundamental right to free speech applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment’s due process clause.

Taking Offense v. State of California

As I’ve stated more times than I care to remember, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law. The legal fiction that the First Amendment applies to the states via the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause was made up out of thin air by the Supreme Court to federalize cases that the Constitution does not treat as federal issues. While this court focuses on the First Amendment, it does note that the protections of freedom of speech in California comes from the California Constitution.

Similarly, article I, section 2, subdivision (a) of the California Constitution provides: “Every person may freely speak, write and publish his or her sentiments on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of this right. A law may not restrain or abridge liberty of speech or press.” Article I’s free speech clause enjoys existence and force independent of the First Amendment to the federal Constitution.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While we are free to speak, write, and publish on all subjects, what is stated in the California Constitution applies to the federal one as well: We are responsible for the abuse of this right. Often erroneously called the prohibition on “yelling fire in a crowded theater”, we see this most often in libel, slander, and perjury laws. You cannot lie under oath or slander someone, then claim exemption from punishment because of free speech.

The State of California claims its compelling interest in preventing “misgendering” is sufficient for them to regulate free speech. The court agrees:

We agree with the Attorney General that the state has a compelling interest in eliminating discrimination on the basis of sex. … The high court has recognized that discrimination on the basis of “sex” includes discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or transgender status.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While the “high court” may recognize that a person’s belief is equivalent to the physical properties of sex, the Constitution of the United States does not. The Bostock v. Clayton County decision the court refers to is simply another example of the oligarchs on the Supreme Court placing their opinions above the supreme law of the land. Thankfully, in this case, government interest alone is not considered sufficient to infringe on your rights. The court found that alternatives to restricting speech showed that the government’s case was insufficient to allow it to criminalize speech.

In regards to free speech though, we have a final question: Does the use of a pronoun other than the one preferred rise to a level of injury as to require state sanction? The court rightly found that it does not.

The pronoun provision at issue here tests the limits of the government’s authority to restrict pure speech that, while potentially offensive or harassing to the listener, does not necessarily create a hostile environment. As the Third Circuit Court of Appeals has recognized, “ ‘[w]here pure expression is involved,’ anti-discrimination law ‘steers into the territory of the First Amendment.’ ”

Taking Offense v. State of California

Equal Protection Challenge

Now let’s take a look at the challenge to the room assignment requirements based on the Equal Protection Clause.

Taking Offense contends the room assignment provision violates the equal protection clause of the Fourteenth Amendment of the United States Constitution,8 article I, section 7 of the California Constitution, and the Unruh Civil Rights Act. It makes two implicit assumptions about the room assignment provision: (1) the provision requires a facility to accommodate a transgender resident’s request to be assigned to a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity; and (2) a resident’s request to be assigned a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity is equivalent to dictating the gender or gender identity of the resident’s roommate. Based on those assumptions, Taking Offense asserts the provision grants transgender residents “special rights” to choose whether to be assigned a roommate according to the transgender person’s gender identity or the person’s assigned sex at birth, while failing to recognize the same right of non-transgender residents. We disagree.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The question at hand is if California’s room assignment provision of SB 219 unlawfully requires people to be treated differently under the law. A quick look at the language should make this perfectly obvious, since the roommate request of two residents are treated differently depending on whether one of them claims to be “transgendered”.

Consider this example: In any room sharing situation, there are at least two people who will be sharing a room. If the room assignments are made according to sex, then the facility has a physical basis for making those assignments. However, if the room assignments are made based on “gender identity”, the decision is made based on an arbitrary decision of only one of the residents. Now consider the situation where a woman is required to share a room with a man because he claims he is a woman. Not only is the roommate request of only one of the residents considered, but only the “transgendered” person is allowed to make such a request. This is not to be done based on a physical or medical condition, or even based on a legal relationship between the residents, but solely on the subjective assertion of one of the residents. Sounds pretty unequal to me. Apparently though, this obvious discriminatory practice is not so obvious to the court.

The equal protection clause requires the state to treat all persons similarly situated alike or, conversely, to avoid all classifications that are “arbitrary or irrational” and those that reflect “ ‘a bare . . . desire to harm a politically unpopular group.’

Taking Offense v. State of California

Aren’t two or more residents in a long-term care facility who will be sharing a room “similarly situated”? Is the determination of “sexual orientation” arbitrary or irrational? Does the denial of the right to request a roommate of a specific sex to anyone not currently identifying with a group currently politically favored in California, show a “desire to harm a politically unpopular group”? I would say the answer to all three questions are yes. Apparently this is too difficult for the members of the court to understand.

This provision creates a general rule and an exception to the rule. The general rule makes it unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to assign, reassign, or refuse to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity. This requirement provides no special rights to transgender residents; rather, it only clarifies that gender-based room assignment decisions involving transgender residents must be made according to the resident’s gender identity rather than their biological sex at birth.

Taking Offense v. State of California

According to the members of the court, the fact that only the “transgendered” resident gets to decide the sex of their roommate does not make that a special right. However, I must ask if what they want or desire rises to unequal treatment in this court’s eyes? Not only do they not see the unequal treatment of forcing a female resident to live with a male resident against her will, but the gross abuse of her rights? Somehow, I think only a lawyer or a judge could be so deluded. Perhaps we should not be surprised that this opinion came out of California. Based on other recent cases, I fear this elevation of a mental disorder above the supreme law of the land will be with us for quite some time.

Conclusion

So in this “split decision”, we have one part which follows the law and protects the legitimate rights of everyone, while the other only cares about a politically favored group. Apparently, justice is not so blind as one would assume from looking at her statue.

While staff at long-term facilities in California will not be forced to keep a running track of who wants to be called what, the residents there are being forced to bow to the god of “transgenderism”. It seems we’ve thrown reason, logic, and evidence out the window when a man can claim to be a woman or visa versa, and everyone is expected to act as if it were true. If a man with this disorder wants to share a room with a woman, I don’t think the state should be involved. That means the state should not deny the request, but neither should it force a woman to comply against her will.

This opinion not only elevates those who suffer from the “transgender” mental disorder, it dehumanizes the vast majority of people who do not. In California, if you are not “transgendered”, you are a second-class citizen and your rights only matter if the “transgendered” allow it. This disease is spreading across the nation. Are you prepared to defend yourself, your rights, and those of your family, against these attacks?

© 2021 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com). You can reach him at paul@constitutionstudy.com]

By Frosty Wooldridge

America stands for free speech, freedom of job choice, freedom of education, freedom of spousal choice, freedom to make a decent living, freedom to eat what you want and live where you want, and just about every other freedom known to humanity.

Because of America’s freedoms, several billions of people around the planet, especially people of color, yearn, beg, wish and hope to migrate to America.  Over 14 million apply for the “diversity visa” annually that allows lucky winners a free ride and free welfare for life in America.  Many thousands of them come from countries like Somalia, Sudan, Ethiopia, and Congo where no one has ever taken a shower or flushed a toilet.

Millions more arrive into America from India, China, Indochina, Mexico, Brazil and other overpopulated nightmare countries where basic sanitation, education and jobs cannot be secured.

Why then, do the likes of billionaire Oprah Winfrey, multi-millionaire Lebron James, and dozens of other minority millionaires blame every problem that people-of-color suffer—on white Americans?

Why is it that America features the most black billionaires , most athletic superstars, most bank presidents, most millionaire black women, most successful black people in the world, most black colleges and most successful human beings on Earth—but blame all their problems on white Americans?

Last week, Biden’s DOJ told the press that American citizens standing up at their school board meetings to speak their opinions on critical race theory were: domestic terrorists.

Why didn’t the DOJ say anything about the real domestic terrorists like Black Lives Matter who destroyed $2 billion in property from burning and looting last summer?  What about the home grown terrorists Antifa thugs who rioted and smashed-burned everything they could get their torches to destroy?

What about Biden’s deliberate open borders policy inviting and facilitating MS-13 gangs into America loaded with fentanyl, meth, ecstasy and dozens of other drugs to poison our children?  Aren’t they invited “domestic terrorists?” Why are they invited into America? Can you answer that Joe?

What about the 100,000 unvetted Muslim Afghan refugees that most certainly include Islamic terrorists who are dispersing around the country as you read this column?

When it comes to critical race theory, what country could/can

withstand a teaching of a “theory” that rips out the foundation of our Constitutional Republic?  How can we survive a “theory” that pits one race against another?  Pits one color of skin against another color of skin?  Wouldn’t that be considered “domestic terrorism” on a national scale?

When it comes to racism, whose fault is it that 7 out of 10 African-American babies are born out of wedlock and subsist with a single mother on welfare?  Who chose to procreate on someone else’s tax dollars?  What kind of personal accountability is that?

What about racism as to African-Americans enjoying the Black Caucus in Congress?  Miss Black America?  All Black Colleges?  “Blackish” on TV?  Black Entertainment Television? Affirmative-action quotas that give jobs to unqualified people because of the color of their skin? Another 100 black racially exclusive organizations….

Why exactly are white Americans guilty of everyone else’s academic failures in school, or, making babies out of wedlock without any personal accountability, or, burning and looting with no solutions other than violence?

Why do white Americans become “domestic terrorists” when in fact, they work within the system, work within our laws, work to make America work?  How did they become the perpetrators when all they are “perpetrating” is citizenship, community service and balance within the system?

Did you notice when Trump reached the presidency, several people screamed to “blow up the White House”, chief among them—Madonna. Another movie star woman urged all women to get “nasty” toward the President of the United States.

Notice that when President Joe Dementia reached the White House, there were no riots, no violence, no looting, no burning.

Who are the “domestic terrorists” in Washington DC who engineered the worst military defeat in the history of America?   Who are the “domestic terrorists” that are facilitating a serious invasion of our country on our southern border with Mexico?  How much longer and how many more invaders can our country withstand or survive?

By the end of 2021, demographers project at least 3,000,000 legal and illegal immigrants will have breached America’s borders.   Can Biden allow another 5 or 10 or 50 million desperate people to enter the USA illegally?  Will he stop the invasion?  Or, will he encourage more illegal migrants from all over the world?

How many more migrants do you think we can handle?  How many more of them do you think we can save?  How many more Islamic refugees from the Middle East can we absorb?

You and all of us better start asking these questions.  Why? Because at some point, there will be a tipping point where we will not be able to recover our country or our civilization…and that time is coming faster than anyone thinks.

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

What are we Americans going to do when there are no solutions to all the problems that Congress and Biden heap upon us?  At some point, when the numbers reach beyond sustainability, we will dissolve into the realm of irreversible and unsolvable problems.  Once at that point, we are screwed.

Those 535 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Last week, “Progressives for Immigration Reform,” Executive Director Kevin Lynn interviewed me on my book:  America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations.  He caught me in my office wearing my hat and glasses. The interview is one hour long.  If you watch it, the interview will give you a crystal clear understanding of what’s going to happen to our civilization if we fail to stop mass immigration.  Forward it to all your networks.  Thank you, Frosty

Here is the link to the podcast.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

The new jobs report which came out last week shocked even Biden cheerleaders in the prostitute media: a measly 194,000.  The manufactured estimate of new jobs, 500,000, was simply made up of whole cloth.  The Fake $700 Billion Bailout Rescue Plan, October 2, 2008 (Mine):

“Here’s a quote from that Forbes story: “It’s not based on any particular data point,” a Treasury spokeswoman told Forbes.com Tuesday. “We just wanted to choose a really large number.” They made it up to be sufficiently ginormous to frighten everyone into rapid action. And it worked.

“A Treasury spokes mouth said the $700 billion dollar figure was made up. The number is fake! These elitists who run our lives believe in their arrogance they could simply pluck a big enough number out of the sky and the American people would swallow it out of fear.”  Remind you of the deliberately engineered COVID hysteria?

Of course they did since Congress had no idea what they were doing even though the 100’ x 100’ red flags had been screaming at them for years about the true condition of banks and the other factors.  “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008  (Mine)

Allegedly, the people of Nevada continued voting that career crook back into office.  Reid retired in 2017 but make no mistake:  He still runs the State of Nevada for the Democrat/Communist Party USA and their corrupt cheating ways. Dirty Harry Reid served in Congress (House & Senate) for 34 years.

Everything the fake Biden “administration” has done from day one has been the biggest sh*t show one might live through in a nightmare.  Commies coming out of the woodwork.Alejandro Mayorkas, Secretary of Homeland Security is doing everything in his power to make sure our southern border is over run by drug cartels, terrorists, murderers, rapists, thieves and hundreds of thousands of new welfare recipients paid for by you.

And the keeper of the money:  Biden’s Globalist Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen Says Raising the Debt Limit Is Just a ‘Housekeeping Chore’ – “Modern Monetary Theory is arguably the greatest threat to our nation’s existence. If it becomes policy in the United States, the dollar will be negated as the world reserve currency as well as the preferred “petrodollar” used to pay for oil. When those things happen, the massive debt we have incurred will come crashing down on the nation harder than anything seen in world history. It would be a cataclysmic collapse that will erase our nation and anyone living here.”

Usurper Biden nominee, Saule Omarova, to run the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Biden Nominates Literal Communist To Be In Charge Of Banks And Currency – “She was born in the Soviet Union and graduated from Moscow State University in 1989 on the Lenin Personal Academic Scholarship. After communism collapsed, she came to the United States in hopes of reviving it here by becoming a professor at Cornell School of Law.  As The NY Post reports, she’s still a commie through and through:” Rest at link. This from my Sept. 8, 2009 column when the other usurper, Hussein Obama, was busy transforming America:

“Willliam Z. Foster said there would someday be a communist in the White House. That day arrived on January 20, 2009. In his book, Toward Soviet America, on page 271, Foster writes, “The American Soviet Government will be organized along the broad lines of the Russian Soviets.” He goes on to give the blue print and how it will be done. As he outlined, it has been done to America right under everyone’s nose. You can read the forward to the book as I have scanned it here. Written by Francis E. Walter, Chairman, Committee on un-American Activities, House of Representatives. Never mind the screeching and squalling from the Hollyweird “progressives” or university intelligenzia. Get the facts and let the useful fools spew their bombastic gas.

“Oh, but, who cares what some old dead guy said in a dusty old book years ago? Well, try: ‘The Venona Secrets: Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors,’ for some light reading. This book is fully foot noted with sources and copies of documents. It should shake denial right out of your vocabulary.

“When you’ve finished with those, read The Communist International, of the three tomes, read this one first: 1919-1943 Documents.

“The author acknowledges her work would not have been possible without the “generosity” of the Rockefeller Foundation. These three volumes (at a cost of about $135.00 each when you can find one), go step by step how the countries on the globe will first be colonized, who will get destroyed in war and the relentless march towards world communism. You can see history laid out right before your eyes. The quest for global domination under communism isn’t dead, folks.

“Kevin Hornbuckle was elected to the city council in Eugene, Oregon, in 1992, as a registered Democrat and then came out of the closet to proudly announce in an interview: “I’d simply point out that Communists in the United States are fighting for health care, housing and jobs as a human right. I’m proud to be a communist.”

“How many more Communists are in the closet undermining and subverting our Constitution and sovereignty? Not only are they being elected to public office under false pretenses, these America haters are teaching in high end colleges and universities throughout the country.”

Dr. Rachel Levine, Pennsylvania’s former top health official, was confirmed by the Democrat controlled Senate and is now the Assistant Secty of HHS.  A mentally ill individual who is forever a biological male playing dress up.The list goes on but it makes one nauseated.

Recent polls show Americans number one worry is the economy and the invasion at the southern border, not the hoax called climate change or COVID-19.  As well Americans should be very concerned.  I hope millions today see the warning signs they didn’t see starting in mid-2005 until everything started to crater in July 2008 and by September, panic was saturating Wall Street and Main St.

This new “Greatest” Depression started in 2019 and cannot be stopped – even if President-Elect Trump was still in the WH.  Why?  Because the cancer of 2008 wasn’t cut out.  Congress simply put Band Aids on a hemorrhaging wound.  Unconstitutional bail outs of auto manufacturers, banks and insurance companies bleeding dollars like Niagra Falls, insanity.

Why?  Because, first, most congress critters, house or senate, have little to zero understanding of the disabilities of our monetary system (fiat currency) and the history of what happens to countries when they bury themselves in debt.  The PIIGS (Portugal, Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece, and Spain) by 2008 because of their weak economies and debt load nose-dived big time.

In 2020, the U.S. government spent $6.5 TRILLION dollars while being $30 TRILLION in the hole. They spent over $6 million a minute and borrowed $4 billion a day. And America keeps reelecting the same incumbents every two years, R or D, that have destroyed the middle class, enabled poverty and enriched dirty, anti-American players and their mega corporations. “On President Trump’s first day in office (January 2017), the total debt load of the nation was $19.947 trillion. So, over the course of a little less than 4 years, the United States added roughly $7.733 trillion in debt.”

This latest “battle” regarding raising the debt ceiling limit: Mitch McConnell, a crook of the first order, caved last week giving Democrats more time to try to ram through their economy killing trillions in spending. Oops: Mitch McConnell says the GOP will vote for the US to default on its debt, Sept. 20, 2021. Derek Hunter says he did the right thing during that chess session.

This game has been going on a long time:

“Congress has tinkered with the debt ceiling, the statutory limit on amount of money the United States government is authorized to borrow to meet its legal obligations, a grand total of 78 times since 1960 – 49 times under Republican presidents and 29 times under Democratic presidents.

“If the debt ceiling is exceeded, the Treasury can no longer borrow money by selling new notes and must rely instead on incoming revenue—like taxes—to pay ongoing federal government expenses.” You cannot print your way out of debt.

“…rely instead on incoming revenue—like taxes—to pay ongoing federal government expenses.” Wrong.

President’s Private Sector Survey On Cost Control – A Report to The President (Reagan)

January 15, 1984. Available from the Congressional Research Service. The excerpt below can be found on page 12: “Resistance to additional income taxes would be even more widespread if people were aware that: With two-thirds of everyone’s personal income taxes wasted or not collected, 100% of what is collected is absorbed solely by interest on the Federal Government contributions to transfer payments. In other words, all individual income tax revenues are gone before one nickel is spent on the services which taxpayers expect from their government.”

That’s why Congress doesn’t want the “Fed” abolished. They have to keep borrowing from the central bank and our mortal enemy, Communist China, to fund monster spending, most of which is unconstitutional and it is going to sink the ship. Constitutional taxes, i.e., cigarettes, tobacco, firearms, tires, gasoline, corporate taxes don’t come anywhere close to what YOUR incumbent and mine are spending. Republicans chant “smaller government” but all the times they’ve had the majority not one single unconstitutional agency or cabinet (Dept of Ed, USAID, EPA and that endless list) has been abolished.

This is a short excerpt of testimony by William Grieder, an insider, who wrote the book, Secrets of the Temple: Testimony, House Banking Committee October 7, 1993

“The veil of secrecy certainly does enhance the mystique surrounding the Fed – and the general ignorance about it. Otherwise confident and intelligent people including members of Congress – defer to the Fed’s wisdom mainly because they do not understand it. They are understandably intimidated by its mystery and power…”

“And, as every governor freely acknowledged to me, the Fed also makes mistakes just like the rest of us mortals. The difference is that the Fed’s mistakes can have devastating impact on the lives and fortunes of millions. It can sink viable business enterprises and force debtors to the wall and put millions of people out of jobs. It can reward some investors and punish others….

“The only players who are left out of this conversation are the American people and, to a large extent their elected representatives. Instead, they are provided a frustrating stream of evasive euphemisms and opaque jargon and platitudinous generalities and, sometimes, even downright deception. As more than one Federal Reserve governor confided to me, it would be very difficult – perhaps impossible – for the Fed to have an honest discussion of monetary policy with Congress or the public because the level of ignorance is so profound.

“Among elected politicians, there is also a widespread willingness not to know or understand. In fairness to Congress, the news media encourages this deference by promoting the conventional wisdom about the institution. Any politician who dares to become a critic can count upon damaging attacks from both editorial writers and news reporters….

“Frankly, the Fed does not even have to confront intelligent scrutiny from those the people have elected to represent them. That is, the Congress. In my experience, congressional oversight hearings are usually a dispiriting mixture of posturing and bile and trick questions that the Federal Reserve governors find quite easy to fend off. It is hard to take most of the congressional questioning seriously and not surprising that many at the Federal Reserve do not.

“Wright Patman once referred to the existing arrangement as `a car with two drivers.’ One driver has a foot on the gas, the other on the brake. He meant that the fiscal policy of spending and taxation is controlled by Congress and the Executive, while the money and credit policy is controlled by the central bank. These two levers interact powerfully with another – sometimes with contradictory results. “Yet, believe it or not, there is absolutely no requirement in the law that the two levers must be coordinated with one another. There is not even an intelligent process by which monetary policy and fiscal policy can be viewed together as pieces of an overall economic strategy…

“In 1998, when Congress passed the Reagan economic program, the massive tax cuts and defense buildup were powerfully stimulative to the economy. But the Federal Reserve was simultaneously embarked on the opposite course: suppressing economic growth with extraordinarily high interest rates in order to squeeze out price inflation … The stark fact is that the government was pushing the national economy in opposite directions at once. The car with two drivers wound up in a ditch – first deep recession, then an awesome accumulation of debt – and we are effectively still in it.” [End of quote]

Second, those in Congress over the past 108 years who do understand the problem with our currency and a central bank do NOT want it shut down.  Bringing America to her knees for their insane global agendas, drowning us in unpayable debt is the game plan.  It is the “Great Reset” that is Hell in living color.

The proposed $3.5 TRILLION dollar heist called a ‘human infrastructure’ bill is full of social spending to the point those of us who do understand are at a loss for words why Republicans would have anything to do with any of it.  Like “free” tuition for community college for illegal aliens who have no right to be on U.S. soil.  Let me tell you what will happen if any or all of it goes through.

First, a great deal of it reeks of communism.  Second, if you think inflation is bad now, that bill, coupled with the other $1.3 TRILLION for infrastructure will juice up hyperinflation:  “Hyperinflation has two main causes: an increase in the money supply and demand-pull inflation. The former happens when a country’s government begins printing money to pay for its spending. As it increases the money supply, prices rise as in regular inflation.

“The other cause, demand-pull inflation, occurs when a surge in demand outstrips supply, sending prices higher. This can happen due to increased consumer spending due to a growing economy, a sudden rise in exports, or more government spending.3

“The two often go hand-in-hand. Instead of tightening the money supply to stop inflation, the government might continue to print more money. With too much currency sloshing around, prices skyrocket. Once consumers realize what is happening, they expect continued inflation. They buy more now to avoid paying a higher price later. That excessive demand aggravates inflation. It’s even worse if they stockpile goods and create shortages.”

Inflation is stealing from you.  But how many Americans have any understanding about any of this?  They don’t because for longer than I’ve been alive, economics taught in colleges and universities is the poisonous Keynesian economic theories.

Warning

Our supply chain for goods and food is in trouble and grows more serious by the day.  It will only worsen.  Many will blame Biden but the real blame lies with YOUR congress critter and MINE for ignoring the only solution which should have happened in 2007:

R. 2755 – To abolish the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal reserve banks, to repeal the Federal Reserve Act, and for other purposes.

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES  -June 15, 2007 –  Mr. Paul introduced the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on Financial Services *End*

The Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913 IS unconstitutional.  Neither party cares because Dr. Ron Paul’s bill had ZERO cosponsors. Not one member of Congress supported stopping the rape of We the People and the people kept right on reelecting the same incumbents destroying their lives.  There will never be economic prosperity for America until the Central Bank is dead and gone.  “The bank, Mr. Van Buren, is trying to kill me, but I will kill it!” – Andrew Jackson.  On September 10, 1833, after a vicious fight, President Andrew Jackson killed the Central Bank.

Those who control the world through money bought off corrupt senators and back came the Central Bank with a name meant to deceive:  The “Federal” Reserve.  If you want to fully understand how those thieves operate, then read the item below on Congressman McFadden.  Yes, it is long, but time well spent.

“On May 23, 1933, Congressman, Louis T. McFadden, brought formal charges against the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank system, The Comptroller of the Currency and the Secretary of United States Treasury for numerous criminal acts, including but not limited to, CONSPIRACY, FRAUD, UNLAWFUL CONVERSION, AND TREASON.”

The brain-dead socialists who serve in Congress, the stand-out star being nitwit Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, are working hard to see America’s economy end up like Venezuela.  THIS is what the fake Biden regime is trying to accomplish along with the scum in Congress who support socialism which is the stepping stone to communism:  How Socialism Destroyed Venezuela

The other really important read I’ve cited before is this one.  Once you read it you can see what the Democrats are pushing which will end up with the same disaster:  Great Myths of the Great Depression by Lawrence Reed.

Despite a lot of the screeching out there, this financial collapse doesn’t happen from Monday to Tuesday.  Because of the size of our economy and games played by the “Fed”, it can take several years until the crumbling begins.  I urge you now is the time to begin preparing (if you haven’t already) for the worst because its underway.

I became a prepper in 1990 when a blizzard hit Colorado Springs, CO, where my late husband was DEH at Ft. Carson.  Oh, boy.  A big, bad blizzard.  I do have food storage which is good until 2034, long after I’m dead and buried.  Water storage, you name it, I’m ready.  I have Legacy brand.  My Patriot’s Supply is also excellent and don’t forget to keep medical supplies on hand. I recommend the 100 hour candle besides flashlights.

Financially.  I know, tens of millions of Americans are still trying to recover from the deliberate destruction from lockdowns, etc., over this COVID planned pandemic.  But, this time around is going to make 2008 look like prosperity.  It’s very important Americans take the time to assess their financial stability and if necessary, I think a lot of Americans need to reassess their spending.  Toujours perdrix has caused too many Americans to live beyond their means and when something like a lockdown or crash happens, they don’t even have enough food stored to feed their family for even a couple of days.  What happened last year proves my point.

What’s wrong with these pictures?  Florida – miles and miles of cars and expensive SUV’s lined up for food distribution from food banks.  If you can afford a $40,000 SUV or $55,000 F-150, why is it you have no food stored for emergencies?  I know it’s not easy but people should have one year rent or mortgage set aside so in bad times, that money is there.

I am NOT encouraging people to start panic buying such as we saw in 2020.  What I am saying is NOW is the time to get your house in order.  There IS a very serious chain supply problem that’s going to get worse.  If you buy Christmas presents, now is the time to make purchases.  Not all at once, but as much as you can over the next few weeks.

It’s not just a shortage of workers from government subsidies, it’s also the massive number of deaths from those COVID injections.  Covered all this several times:  This is quite a long video so I watched about half an hour at a time.  Vaccines Have Killed 200,000 Americans.  It is narrated by Steve Kirsch, a billionaire who has offered $1 million dollars to anyone who can prove him wrong.  Kirsch has no challengers to date.  Kirsch uses precise methodology in his analysis that over 212,000 Americans have now died after taking those injections and the real number of adverse “events” is 2 million.  Not sure the date of that video but at the end he mentions no autopsies, but a number have actually been done.

I estimate that video is now about two months old which means, using his methodology and the horrible spike in deaths, the count now is over a quarter million dead Americans, over 40,000 permanently disabled.  Scientists predicted the first spike in deaths would be March & April, they were on target, sadly.  The second predicted spike is underway through December.  This will continue to impact the work force – especially nurses, doctors, teachers, first responders, likely a small percentage of truckers, farmers.

Long-tern food storage companies are already having difficultly filling orders because so many Americans are taking this seriously and know when the grocery store shelves are empty, there’s no one to rely on but you and the preparations you’ve made.

As for financial assets, the stock market is all most Americans look at – oh, boy!  An all-time high!  Been there before:  October 6, 2006:  The Dow’s Phony High (Mine).  Less than two years later the big bust hit.  Just my own estimate, but I would say 90% of adults in this country have no clue about all the different factors regarding the economy, banks, the Basil Agreements, Baltic Dry Index, derivatives and the list goes on.

Below are links to what I consider very informative about the economy.  I’m sure there are many more, but these individuals live and breathe this stuff for decades.  They are the ones to listen to, not the liars who work for the federal government who regularly cook the numbers for political reasons.

I don’t sell precious metals like gold and silver, but I know a lot about it after all these decades of learning about them and the “Fed”.  The consensus is you should convert at least 15% of your assets into gold with some silver.  Owning gold is the hedge against inflation.  It’s not an ATM machine but a long-term investment.  Deficits + Debasement + Decadence = Death of Dollar & Rising Gold

My friend Rob Westfall is a precious metals dealer for many decades.  I’ve known Robbie well over 20 years.  While a lot of precious metals dealers have a minimum purchase requirement, like $4 million (yeah, they do), Robbie does help people with less assets get the best for their money.  Give him a call and tell him I sent you on over; his office is in Florida:  813.977.7200 – ALWAYS take physical possession of your gold and silver.

Emotionally and Spiritually

The lockdowns, restrictions of our freedoms – ALL COMPLETELY UNNECESSARY – has caused enormous mental health issues for millions of Americans.  School children/teens.  Damn those people to Hell and back for what they’ve done – IGNORANT, POLITICAL SCHOOLS BOARDS AND GOVERNORS.

Churches shut down.  Small to medium businesses destroyed over nothing but a mountain of lies.  The benefactors:  Amazon, China (Wal) Mart and other big box stores and their billionaire owners.  Dreams destroyed over media manufactured hysteria, FAKE PCR test results which led to locking down this country because of “cases”.

As things worsen, so will the mental burden on Americans.  That’s why it’s so important to stay informed and share what we’re all learning with family and friends.  Watch for danger signs with family and friends.  The suicide rates over the past nearly two years is just awful.

Please share this information far and wide because the worst is coming at us like a ballistic missile.  Because the “Fed” is backed into a corner, the race is to the bottom – but fret not!  Part of the plan of this plandemic is the “Great Reset” which will be anything but great.

Greyerz: We’ve Entered The Dangerous Period And Final Endgame For The Global Financial System – Here Is How Much Time Is Left, August 15, 2021

Greyerz – We Are About To Witness The Violent End Of The Epic Everything Bubble, September 19, 2021

Rickards: No Recovery Until 2045?–  “ U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio is now approaching 130%… We will not recover from this pandemic fully until 2045 or later in terms of savings, consumption, disinflation, low interest rates and low growth.  The only exception to this estimate would be if the pandemic were followed by another equally shocking event such as war or a financial panic.  Isn’t that reassuring?”  War is always profitable.  Stay tuned.

Video interview:  Fed Has Lost Control; Weight of Debt Will Cause Bonds to Crash, Gold to Soar | Egon von Greyerz

Check this daily or at least several times a week:  Shadow Stats

Albert Edwards: “It’s Starting To Feel A Bit Like July 2008”

Interview well worth listening to:  Matterhorn principals Egon von Greyerz and Matthew Piepenburg exchange thoughts on the real vs. surreal financial system:  Sharing Real Facts Within a Surreal Financial System

Nothing is Real: A Visual Journey Through Market Absurdity – “What did I learn after watching the NASDAQ rise to the moon in 2000 before puking by greater than 80% in 2003, and a sub-prime bubble that had investors giddy in 2006 yet on their knees by the autumn of 2008, or far more recently, a decade+ bull market hitting needle-peak highs on the backs $28T in national debt and a Fed balance sheet that had bloated from $800 billion in 2000 to over $7 trillion by 2020?”  Rest at link above.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

Wait!  Didn’t the fake president put the fake, constitutionally ineligible VP in charge of the border?  Kamala Harris skips US-Mexico border-security meeting, goes to New Jersey instead– The vice president visited a daycare center and vaccination site in the Garden State on Friday while other top Biden administration officials were in Mexico City

Eric Clapton: ‘It’s Time To Rise Up Against the New World Order & Reject Lockdowns’

By Butch Paugh

Let’s go ahead and get one harsh, but brutally true statement before us and get it out of the way.  At least ninety five percent of the people who claim Christianity today have no clue of what a “Christian” worldview is, or should be!  Including myself for many years!  Let’s take a look at a few scriptures and five major worldviews.  You may be surprised how far you are from the Biblical worldview.  Worldview, meaning how we view the world and how all facets of our lives should be totally surrendered to God’s directions for control and the governing in all spheres of creation.

In Matt. 22:37-40, we are clearly instructed that we must love the Lord our God with every fiber of our being!  Nothing reserved!  Christ also told us in John 14:15, “If we love Him we will keep His commandments!  We are to study His Word in order to “renew” our carnal minds that have been polluted by Satanic teachings that many falsely believe are Christian views.  II Tim. 2:15/Rom12:1-2

The Word of God is to be our guide and instruction book on how to “govern” our lives and our society in all aspects!  Nothing is left to our will or desires!  We should not trust our “understanding” of life’s issues!  (Prov. 3:5-7)

Let’s examine five different areas of our lives that all people deal with daily: politics, economics, education, religion and social issues.  I think that everyone who reads the different world views listed will be a little shocked as to how far the “church” has strayed from God’s guidelines.

Politics:

Biblical Theism (God is God

♦ Law originates with God. In all spheres of government (family, church, and civil), man’s law must align with divine law in order to be valid.  God’s Law is His word, as written in the Holy Scriptures.

Moderate Christian (God/Man is God)

♦ New Testament Grace supersedes Old Testament Law, and has little to contribute to modern political discussion, other than to encourage fairness and integrity. Public policy should be conducted according to natural law.

Secular Humanism (man is God)

♦ A secular state is necessary to a free society.  Law is interpreted through judicial precedent and social mores, not a fixed, historical standard.  There is no single basis of law for every culture.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ The State represents the people, provides for them, and oversees all areas of life. The State owns all property in behalf of the people, and distributes wealth and provision equally to all people.

Economics:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ God has ordained productive labor and private property ownership. The first rule of economics is “You shall not steal.”  The second is to maintain honest weights and measures.  The third is: If you don’t work, you don’t eat, with certain exceptions for the truly disabled.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Individual responsibility is good, but Christian love requires us to help others unconditionally. Both private and charity and government aid are good.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ The state exists to help individuals and businesses who cannot help themselves, through direct regulation and management of the economy. When everyone contributes their “fair share” through progressive taxation, society benefits.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Private-property rights encourage greed and inequity. Economic decisions should be centralized in the State in order to guarantee social justice and livable conditions for everyone.

Education:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ The purpose of education is that we might know God and obey His commands. Parents are primarily responsible for the education of their children, through both direct instruction and the original procurement of instruction by others of their choosing.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Spiritual and secular education are distinct. Children receive academic training at school, whereas spiritual instruction is the responsibility of the family and the Church

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ Education is a universal right, and is key to reducing crime and poverty. Everyone has unlimited potential for personal development.  The government must ensure that all children are provided equal educational opportunity.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Children are a national resource, and education is the government’s responsibility. Only State schools can ensure common core standards, via common curriculum, and provide an education that aligns with society’s goals.

Religion:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ Everyone is born in sin and needs a Saviour. Salvation comes through confession of faith in the atoning work of Jesus Christ, as evidenced by genuine repentance. God is knowable only through Christ, and His Holy Scriptures are authoritative for all of life.  All who die without Christ will spend eternity in the fires of Hell.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Christianity is a relationship with Jesus Christ, not a religion with set requirements. Repentance – if it is necessary – is secondary to grace.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ “Religion” is a personal matter. Organized religion is unimportant, and often dangerous.  Absolute truth does not exist.  Mankind is accountable only to itself.  Personal fulfillment can be found primarily through self-actualization.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Personal religious beliefs are antagonistic to the common good, which can only be ensured by a secular State. The freedom to believe or not believe can only be protected and enforced by a non-biased, secular State.

Social Issues:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ The Ten Commandments and the Sermon on the Mount are the ethical basis for personal conduct, interpersonal relations, social order, and public policy. They are God’s standard for all people, in all cultures, in all generations.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Love emphasizes tolerance. Calling the private or public actions of others sinful is judgmental, since only God knows men’s hearts.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ Moral standards evolve over time in response to social progress. Majority standards should prevail.  Any personal morality is permissible as long as it does not hurt someone else.

Socialism (Man is God)

♦ The needs of the individual are less important than the collective needs of the people. Personal conduct must therefore serve the interests of the State.

Now that you have learned how far all, including the church, have strayed from God’s will in following His law, statutes and judgments. Let’s take a brief look on to how our society and even those who “think” they are following God’s Word in their lives have fallen for this damning massive deception.

The answer is actually very simple and easily understood for those who will recognize and accept the truth!  Here it is, most who say they love God do not obey His laws!  Most will respond with a loud protest denying this factual statement! My reply is, “If we truly were following His law system, why did we get so far away from the righteous Christian worldview?  Most people who think they are following God’s law fall into the “moderate” category on politics.  They have bought the damnable lie that since Christ came, the “law” has been done away with and grace has superseded God’s law.  So therefore, at best, we basically believe we can live in a culture of compromise with no righteous retribution for ignoring God’s laws and His righteous judgment!  We wink at sin (I John 3:4) in our personal lives and our family’s lives because we don’t want to hurt their feelings, or cause a confrontation!  We have denied Christ in our lives by tolerating our own law-breaking (disobedience to His laws (John 14:15) and that of our family.  In doing so, folks, we have denied Christ before men.  We were sternly warned about this in Matt. 10:32-39.  Christ Himself plainly told us that He came to divide families and not to bring a “false” peace, verses 34-35.  It seems that there is nothing a family member can do to compel a separation between each other.  You see, Christ said that we are to separate from them in order for them to see their need of repentance!  We are damning them into believing that they are “saved” and in good standing with God, no matter their works, (life choices).  As a simple matter of truth, if anyone professes Christianity and is living in direct violation of God’s moral laws, we are commanded to have no fellowship with them.  Not even to eat with them! (I Cor. 5:9-12).  We have miserably failed to obey God whom we say we love.  The antinomian (lawless) church is the destroyer of society!  Enough said!

© 2021 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Roger Anghis

The American people have gotten to the point where they seem to pay no attention to the rights and freedoms our Founders gave us. The right to determine what we put in our bodies, specifically medicines, is a right that we have and if we don’t take a stand now and refuse this massive overreach by the federal government we’ll be forced to do whatever they say from here on out. Hitler forced the people of Germany to take drugs with no recourse. One of those drugs was fluoride the same poison that many municipalities put in the drinking water.  Ten years after they started this practice cancers in adults increased by 20%. Imagine that. Now they are trying to force a ‘vaccine’ that has drastic negative effects on the human body.  According to the European version of the CDC. Endura Vigilance, this ‘vaccine’ is a total disaster. European database of suspected adverse drug reaction reports: COVID-19 Vaccine Adverse Drug Reactions – 23,252 dead, 2,189,537 Injuries through August 28, 2021.

This is what Biden demands that we take a chance with. By the way, his White House staff is exempt and the Congressional staff is exempt and the Judicial Branch, CDC employees, FDA employees, USPS employees, Pfizer employees, Moderna employees, and other friends of the Democrats but you have to have the ‘vaccine’.  After WWII at the Nuremberg trials, it was decided that no government can mandate or force medical treatment without individual consent. That’s Nuremberg Code Article#6, Section #3. Notice how this fake administration totally ignores this law and is forcing you to get the jab or lose your job. Actions like this are very typical of the Democrat party. On September 29^th we learned that the Biden administration is laying the groundwork for a national security crisis: Border Patrol agents have been notified by the Biden administration that they must be fully vaccinated by Nov. 22 or face termination. The notice comes on the heels of President Joe Biden’s executive order on Sept. 9 that all federal employees must be vaccinated against COVID-19. In some cases, medical and religious exemptions are accepted and The Epoch Times has learned that some border agents will be filing for an exemption. House Judiciary ranking member Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio) wrote a strongly-worded letter against the mandate to Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas. “We have learned that the Department of Homeland Security has threatened to fire Border Patrol officials who refuse to comply with President Biden’s vaccine mandate,” Jordan wrote on Sept. 28. “Your failure to support these federal law enforcement officials will only make the Biden border crisis worse and make our country less secure.[1] One other thing to keep in mind about this is the people entering our country illegally are given the choice of skipping the ‘vaccine’ or getting it.

There is a good reason for them or anyone else to not want to get the jab. As stated earlier in this series, the ‘vaccine’ has no characteristics of a vaccine but all the characteristics of gene therapy, which cannot be mandated. This ‘vaccine’ has proven to be very dangerous to those who take it. This past weekend we published a report from the FDA’s Vaccine Advisory Committee meeting on Pfizer COVID-19 booster shots held on Friday, September 17, 2021, where dissenting doctors and researchers were able to present material showing how dangerous the COVID-19 vaccines are, going against the current corporate media narrative that has worked hard to suppress this data. See: BOMBSHELL: FDA Allows Whistleblower Testimony that COVID-19 Vaccines Are Killing and Harming People!

One of the presenters in that open session was Steve Kirsch, the Executive Director of the COVID-19 Early Treatment Fund, who stated that “expert analysis” revealed that over 150,000 people have died in the U.S. following a COVID-19 injection.[2]

It is well known that when there is a large number of deaths related to a vaccine that vaccine is pulled.  This ’vaccine’, however, seems immune to this standard procedure.  There have been more deaths related to this ‘vaccine’ than all other vaccines in history combined yet our government is still ‘mandating’ that we all get it. Look at the chart below from the CDC on this subject:

There is no logical reason for this ‘vaccine’ to still be given to people. Remember Bill Gates saying that we need to control the population with ‘forced vaccines’? Is the picture getting a little clearer yet? The fear-mongers use this to prove that COVID-19 is the worst pandemic within the last century but when you look at the total number of deaths in America over the last ten years there is no massive spike. We see that the total number of deaths which includes all deaths, heart attacks, cancer, car accidents, accidents in general, and every other manner of deaths that 2020 is one of the lowest in numbers of deaths in spite of COVID-19.[3] To top this off we see that the required reporting to VEARS, Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System, is not being done which means the results of the ‘vaccine’ are much worse than they are telling us. We’ve vaccinated 97.5M people from the start thru March 2021 and there were 583 reports in VAERS who had an anaphylaxis reaction on their first dose. This suggests that the underreporting rate is 41X.

Other estimates such as How Underreported Are Post-Vaccination Serious Injuries and Deaths in VAERS? suggests a 30X factor based on VAERS.

However, this used a serious adverse event rate from the Pfizer Phase 3 study which we believe under-reported these events for three reasons:

1) the patients were much healthier than average with a 10X lower rate of cardiac arrest than the general public (for example),

2) it was hard to report adverse events if you were in the trial (the evidence of this was unfortunately deleted when Facebook removed the vaccine side effect groups), and

3) there was known malfeasance in the reporting of adverse events in the 12-15-year-old trial where the paralysis of 12-year-old Maddie de Garay was never included in the trial results and the FDA and CDC refused to investigate and the mainstream media would not report on it.[4]

Even scientists for the companies that manufacture the ‘vaccine’ advise to not take the jab. Think about it. Why do we have to take the jab but all the government agencies don’t? Are we still talking about people’s health or are we talking about demanding control over the population of America? I see it as obvious. When has it ever been the good guys that demand rights be taken from the people? Critical thinking is a must.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Border patrol agents told to get vaccinated by November or face being fired
2. Study: governments own data reveals that at least 150,000 probably dead in US following covid 19 vaccines
3. Evidence shows total deaths 2020 no different prior years open economy democrats
4. Study: governments own data reveals that at least 150,000 probably dead in US following covid 19 vaccines

By Rob Pue

On the highest hill in northeastern Georgia stands a huge, star-shaped granite monument.  There are only a few clues as to how this monument, known as the “Georgia Guidestones” came to be in this place, but it’s message and intent is clearly Luciferian and anti-God. Today, as we hear of the plans of the New World Order globalists and their “Great Reset,” which has now begun in earnest, we can see that what these Luciferians are bringing to pass in the world now has been carefully planned out and purposely orchestrated over many decades.

The Georgia Guidestones are made of Pyramid Granite, consisting of a large, verticle center slab, four slabs surrounding it and a 26,000 pound capstone on top. They’re more than 19 feet tall.  The ten messages on the Guidestones have been called “The Ten Commandments of the Antichrist,” and are written in English, Spanish, Swahili, Hindi, Hebrew, Arabic, Traditional Chinese, and Russian.  The messages deal with human depopulation, earth worship, a One-World Government and New World Order.

The Guidestones were built to withstand any natural or man-made disaster, even a nuclear blast. Here are the ten messages inscribed on them: 1). Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. 2). Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity. 3). Unite humanity with a living new language. 4). Rule passion – faith – tradition – and all things with tempered reason. 5). Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. 6). Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. 7). Avoid petty laws and useless officials. 8). Balance personal rights with social duties. 9). Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite. 10). Be not a cancer on the earth – Leave room for nature.

A shorter message is inscribed at the top of the structure in four ancient languages: Babylonian cuneiform, Classical Greek, Sanskrit, and Egyptian hieroglyphs.  It reads: “Let these be guidestones to an age of reason.” 

In the summer of 1979 a well-dressed, elequently-speaking gray-haired man calling himself “R. C. Christian” came to Elberton, Georgia in search of both a granite firm to build his design for a monument and a suitable site for the construction of it.  He said he represented “a small group of loyal Americans” who had been planning the installation of an unusually large and complex stone monument. The man admitted that ‘Christian’ was a pseudonym, and while he was obliged to reveal his identity to the local bank manager, this was under on condition of absolute confidentiality. To this day, the man’s real name and the true identity of his organization are unknown.

He presented the granite company a wooden model and ten pages of detailed instructions as to how the monument was to be built. And money was no object — even though the price quoted was many times higher than such a project would normally cost, this man readily agreed to pay it, no questions asked.

The Guidestones were unveiled in March of 1980.  Ownership of the land and monument was soon transferred to Elbert County, which still holds it. But why place such a monument in virtually the middle of nowhere — 90 miles from Atlanta surrounded by farm fields? Perhaps one clue is that the Cherokee Indians believe this spot to be the geographical center of the universe.

The Guidestones were precisely engineered to track the movements of the sun and stars. Depending on where people stand and which slots or holes they peer through, visitors can see the sunrise during an equinox or solstice or locate the North Star.  The stones function as a clock, calendar and compass and they track the sun’s movement year-round.

But it’s the ten messages on the Stones that should concern us today, as we find ourselves in the midst of a globalist eugenics program known as ‘COVID 19.’  The first of the messages indicates we should maintain human population under 500 million people. To achieve that “goal,” we would need to reduce the number of human beings on the planet by 90%. Then there’s the message about “wise reproduction” and the value of so-called “diversity.” And calling human beings, made in the image of God “a cancer on the earth.”  All of these statements  fly in the face of Almighty God’s command to us to “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth.”

Then there’s the part about uniting humanity with a new One-World language. Do you remember the history of the tower of Babel?  Resolving disputes in a “world court,” abandoning personal rights and freedoms in order to fulfill our “social duties.”  And of course, the idea of “reason” has long been a buzz-word among zealous athiests and God-haters.

Many believe the Georgia Guidestones were a project of The Club of Rome. You may not be familiar with this. I wasn’t until I dug into the research for myself. The Club of Rome, founded 1968, is one of a number of organizations founded or funded by David Rockefeller (the youngest son of John D. Rockefeller) to further the cause of global government, including the United Nations.  Members of the Club of Rome have included some of the wealthiest and most powerful people in the world, including CNN founder Ted Turner, George Soros, Henry Kissinger, Bill Gates, Prince Philip, Al Gore, Maurice Strong (who co-authored “The Earth Charter” along with Mikhail Gorbachev), and Bill Clinton.

The Club of Rome has four stated main goals: World Government, Human Depopulation, Environmentalism at the expense of humanity, and a One-World Religion.  These goals of the Club of Rome were openly stated as far back as their beginning in 1968. In 1980 the Georgia Guidestones were unveiled, again clearly stating the goals of a New World Order and human depopulation. But all of this is trumped by the Word of God, which has prophecied the days we’re living in now for thousands of years. God TOLD us what these Luciferians were going to do. Now the Luciferians themselves are openly telling us their plans, yet so many seem to think this is all conspiracy theory nonsense. As I’ve said before, there IS a conspiracy going on, but it’s far from a theory.

Go to the website of the World Economic Forum. The very first thing you’ll read there is this: “There is an urgent need for global stakeholders to cooperate in simultaneously managing the direct consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. To improve the state of the world, the World Economic Forum is starting The Great Reset initiative.”  Look a little deeper at those who are partnering with the World Economic Forum and you’ll be overwhelmed and astounded. Nearly every corporation and every banking institution in the world is represented.   By the way, the World Economic Forum was also one of the sponsors of Event 201 in October of 2019. Event 201 was the official “planning session” for the Planned-Demic.

Klous Schwab, born in Germany in 1938 is the Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum. He’s stated openly that a key component of the Great Reset is that individuals worldwide will own nothing.  According to Schwab, private ownership of homes, cars, bank accounts, land… all of it, MUST be abolished, in order to provide for a more “fair” outcome for all. This is pure Communism, folks, and this “Great Reset” has already begun…and nearly every country in the world is on board with this.

Do some research on some of the key players in this COVID scheme. Look at Fauci, the CDC, (which would be more aptly named the “Center For Disease Creation”), the World Health Organization, The FDA, and every entity associated with Big Pharma. Then look at the Globalist organizations such as the UN, the World Economic Forum, the Federal Reserve, the IMF, the World Council of Churches, the Club of Rome. Then consider how all mainstream media in the world is owned by a tiny handful of people. Now look at who controls the internet and social media. You will find that every player is a New World Order Globalist, and through the well-planned scam of ‘COVID,’ they’ve set the stage for not only world domination but serious human depopulation — planetary genocide.

Let me explain it another way: they’re purposely killing people. The COVID virus is real, but it was weaponized by Fauci and the Chinese Communists, with the aid of all the players just mentioned, and funded with our American tax dollars. It was unleashed on the world in late 2019 and early 2020, then super-hyped by the complicit Mockingbird Media. If you’re unfamiliar with “Operation Mockingbird,” I suggest you research how the CIA is also complicit in all this — along with our FBI, our judicial system, and the highest levels of our government, and governments worldwide.

The virus, similar to the common seasonal flu virus, was hyped by the media as a “super killer.” Fear was instilled among the people. Mask-wearing and quarantining of the healthy was mandated for only one reason: to keep us all reminded to be fearful every day.  Of course, the masks never protected the wearers or others from anything. They only served to increase illness, as individuals were forced to recirculate their own C02 and bacteria. But their main purpose was visual — a visual reminder to be very afraid, and to obey every government edict…for our “health,” they said.  Other draconian measures such as shutting down businesses and churches, cancelling public gatherings and celebrations, even closing public parks and beaches, were put into effect to impress upon us the supposed seriousness of the situation, and again — to keep us all fearful and compliant.

Then came the so-called “vaccine.”  Understand this: the so-called “vaccine” was not made for COVID.  COVID was made for the “vaccine.” In other words, COVID was simply a justification to get people so fearful and so compliant that they would readily line up to receive multiple injections of poisons. But not everyone was on board. Many were skeptical, especially when inexpensive treatments were readily available — but FORBIDDEN by the tyrants in power. Treatments like Ivermectin and HCQ, shown in thousands of peer-reviewed studies to cure COVID quickly and save lives.  But when anyone would so much as mention those words on social media, they were “flagged” as “false information,” and the people were banned. Doctors who had successfully treated thousands of patients with these medications were publicly smeared, their characters and careers destroyed, because they dared to tell the truth.

The same has happened to thousands of doctors and scientists worldwide when they have spoken the truth of the dangers of these injections. And make no mistake, the COVID so-called “vaccines” have only one purpose: to kill people.

VAERS data from the CDC itself shows that more than a half million people have suffered from severe side effects, including stroke, heart failure, blood clots, brain disorders, convulsions, seizures, Bells Palsy, inflammations of the brain and spinal cord, autoimmune diseases, miscarriage, infertility, deafness and blindness. In addition to these severe side effects, the CDC reports 16,000 people have died as a result of these injections. It should be noted that only between 1 and 10 percent of adverse reactions are ever reported to the VAERS system. Doctors are discouraged from doing so. And more than once, the CDC has scrubbed hundreds of thousands of cases, as they have “readjusted” the numbers the public can see on the VAERS system. You should also know that those who die within two weeks of receiving a jab are NOT considered to have died FROM the jab.

Especially concerning in these “adverse side effects” is how these jabs seem to directly and quickly affect the reproductive organs, rendering people sterile. Pregnant women who take the jab have frequently had miscarriages. No one knows if babies of injected women will be sterile their entire lives. This is all a dream-come-true for depopulation advocates like Bill Gates, but it’s a nightmare for the rest of the world.

You should also be aware that it’s not the “unvaccinated” that are causing the so-called “mutations” or “variants” of COVID — its the injections themselves, and scientists have shown conclusively that people who get the jab are the actual “super spreaders” of serious illness.

Friends, these injections are killing people. And people, trusting the government, health officials and media propaganda, are lining up to voluntarily get their “kill shots.” If somehow this is not stopped quickly, it’s now absolutely possible that we could see the world population reduced by 90% — just as the Luciferian Globalists decreed on the Georgia Guidestones 41 years ago.

© 2021 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 337.

By Bradlee Dean

“Growing up with a preacher as a father, Denzel Washington went to church every Sunday, he told GQ. He’s been going to the same church for 30 years, and he reads the Bible every day. In a 2015 commencement address, he told the grads of Dillard University to ‘put God first in everything you do’.”

Who has preached through his actions to the world as much as Denzel Washington, a self-professed Christian, as to how to commit adultery, fornication, murder-gun violence, lying, stealing, drinking, swearing, etc. (1 John 3:4)? And friends, Denzel is just the tip of this hypocrisy when it comes to the lot in Hollywood.

Chris Pratt, Tom Hanks, Mark Wahlberg, Brad Paisley, Dwayne Johnson, Charlie Sheen, Bono, Larry Flynt, Whitney Houston, Kevin Costner, etc… And the list of hypocrites goes on, and on, and on (Matthew 23:3).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

Let’s get back to Denzel Washington and listen to what he had to say when preaching to the American church goers who just have not taken the time to read the Word of God for themselves (John 7:17). Anti-Christ Ben Shapiro’s Daily Wire reports

Denzel Washington Advises Crowd At Christian Event To ‘Stay On Your Knees,’ Says ‘Strength and Leadership’ Are Part Of God’s Role For Men

Denzel Washington has long been one of the rare outspoken Christians in Hollywood. On Saturday, he once again shared his faith in explicit terms.

As first reported in The Christian Post, the two-time Oscar winner was a featured speaker at the “Better Man Event” — a religious convention hosted by First Baptist Orlando in Florida. There he told the crowd of fathers, sons, and husbands, “The world has changed. What is our role as a man? The John Wayne formula is not quite a fit right now. But strength, leadership, power, authority, guidance, patience are God’s gift to us as men. We have to cherish that, not abuse it.”

Washington also shared some advice for men seeking success: “Stay on your knees. “Stay on your knees. Watch me but listen to God,” he said, adding, “I hope that the words in my mouth and the meditation of my heart are pleasing in God’s sight, but I’m human. I’m just like you. What I have will not keep me on this Earth for one more day.

Share what you know, inspire who you can, seek advice. If you want to talk to one someone, talk to the one that can do something about it. Constantly develop those habits.”

What I have will not keep me on this Earth for one more day. Share what you know, inspire who you can, seek advice. If you want to talk to one someone, talk to the one that can do something about it. Constantly develop those habits.

In conclusion: Denzel said. “Stay on your knees. Watch me but listen to God.”  He add, “I hope that the words in my mouth and the meditation of my heart are pleasing in God’s sight, but I’m human.”

Watch me, but listen to God? If people were listening to God, they would not be watching Denzel or any others when it comes to these hypocrites (Titus 1:16).

These in Hollywood are exhibiting a lack of Christianity (1 John 2:4), and remember that no one rebuked the religious hypocrites more than Jesus Christ Himself (John 7:7)

What?  Watch me but don’t do as I do? Jesus rebukes these hypocrites in Matthew 23:23, and so should you (2 Timothy 2:15)!

[Rumble Video]

© 2021 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Cliff Kincaid

There is hope for America in China, which could go bust. But not if the China Joe Administration has its way.

Financial analyst Chris Temple was on my TV show recently and we discussed how China’s movement through capitalism, on the way to socialism and communism, has now threatened the survival of the dictatorship. He writes that, “China is inconsiderably greater financial/monetary peril than is the U.S. (among other things, China’s debt-to-GDP ratio is more than double that of the U.S.) By the end of 2020, China’s total acknowledged public and private debt exceeded 300% of GDP; and that likely does not include debt in the country’s shadow banking system.”

In regard to one aspect of the problem, the Wall Street Journal has a front-page story and photo of the empty buildings in China’s provincial cities, tied to the Evergrande property giant.

What is happening presents a golden opportunity for America.

The Marxist theory of history (historical materialism) has convinced them communism will triumph by moving countries through stages of slavery, feudalism, capitalism, and socialism. Every country is in one or another phase, depending on history and circumstances. China is now in the capitalist phase, under the guidance of the Chinese Communist Party. But as Chris Temple notes, President Xi Jinping has made the decision to have China revert “back” to a more traditional communist state in order to consolidate/keep power. Xi sees this as the next phase, socialism, on the way to pure communism.

The Economist, a mouthpiece for the establishment, puts it this way: “Xi Jinping is waging a campaign to purge China of capitalist excesses. China’s president sees surging debt as the poisonous fruit of financial speculation and billionaires as a mockery of Marxism.”

Here, though, China Joe is going to the rescue of China, with Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo working to increase business ties with China. In an interview with the Wall Street Journal, Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo “said she plans to lead delegations of U.S. chief executives overseas, including to China, to hunt for business and discuss longstanding trade issues…” Raimondo, a former governor of Rhode Island, was confirmed by a wide 85-15 margin, meaning that most Republicans once again failed to put up a fight.

One who did, Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas), said that her nomination was “part of a pattern” of the Biden administration easing pressure on China. On voting against her, Cruz said, “This appears to be a part of a pattern of a systematic decision to embrace Communist China…The fact of the matter is that there has been a rush to embrace the worst elements of the Chinese Communist Party in the Biden administration. And that includes Governor Raimondo.”

In her testimony, Raimondo said, “I know the climate crisis poses an existential threat to our economic security, and we must meet this challenge by creating millions of good, union jobs that power a more sustainable economy.”

But it looks like those jobs are in China. The Department of Commerce is now promoting “Green and Sustainable Building Opportunities” in China. An official release from the U.S. Commercial Service, the trade promotion arm of the U.S. Department of Commerce’s International Trade Administration, says, “Join the U.S. Commercial Service in China, the Global Design & Construction Team, and the Global Environmental Technologies Team of the U.S. Department of Commerce for a webinar highlighting the opportunities in China’s green and sustainable building market.”

The release says that China is adopting more green building practices, “which presents opportunities for U.S. architecture, construction, and engineering services firms.”

One might call this “Build Back Better” in China.

Thanks to President Trump, Chinese company Huawei’s emerging dominance of emerging 5G telecommunications technology was reversed. His Commerce Secretary, Wilbur Ross, added Huawei, a giant Chinese telecommunications firm, to the Entity List, imposing a licensing requirement under the Export Administration Regulations. In a 2012 report, the House Intelligence Committee had called Huawei a threat to U.S. national security interests because it is an instrument of Chinese espionage.

The Trump Administration’s actions came just in time. National Security Agency (NSA) defector Edward Snowden’s illegal disclosures had included documents on NSA surveillance that had clearly benefitted Huawei, an NSA target. Those stolen NSA documents, which gave the Chinese a significant advantage in the cyber war between the U.S. and China, went to The New York Times and The Washington Post.

But the China Joe Administration may now come to the rescue of China on this matter as well.

Senator Cruz, in opposing Raimondo, noted, “One important thing the Department of Commerce does is maintain an Entity List, which is a list of foreign parties and companies that engage in activities contrary to American national security interests… When Governor Raimondo came before the Senate Commerce Committee in January, I asked her if she would keep those Chinese technologies companies on the Entity List. She refused to make that commitment. In fact, she wouldn’t even commit to keeping Huawei on the Entity List, which is unabashedly an espionage agency of the Chinese Communist Party. In questions for the record, I gave Governor Raimondo a second chance to clearly and explicitly answer these questions, and yet she still refused.”

Those questions for the record can be found here.

In his remarks on March 2, Cruz added, “I recognize that there’s a lot of pressure from Big Business and Big Tech to get in bed with China. That is profoundly contrary to American interests. Now, we’re just about six weeks into the Biden presidency, and the Biden administration has already been keen on lifting the restrictions on Huawei since the very first week.”

My own book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, had predicted China’s leadership role in the global communist revolution. This is what is at stake for China. But if China fails, we win.

We know that the communist regime cannot be overthrown from within. One of the main threats, as perceived by the communists, is Christianity. “Across China,” says Rep. Vicky Hartzler, “the Chinese Communist Party is committing atrocious human rights abuses and persecuting Christians for simply practicing their faith. China has closed and destroyed churches, installed surveillance equipment on church property, arbitrarily detained and tortured those who practice the Christian faith, and forced the modification of Christian teachings to conform with the objectives of the Chinese Communist Party.”

What’s more, there is no possibility of a war with China that will be won by the United States, as long as Joint Chiefs of Staff chairman General Mark Milley remains in his current position. As noted by Hartzler, he held calls with his Chinese defense counterpart, General Li Zuocheng, and “promised Gen. Li he would warn China if the United States was planning to attack.” A senior member of the House Armed Services Committee, Hartzler said, “This is very disturbing and against the best interests of our nation.  I told him his actions deserved his resignation. We deserve generals who will put America first.”

In effect, the China Joe Administration, including America’s top general, are already on the side of China. The odds seem to be with China and against America.

But it’s China’s capitalist economic phase, with massive debt, that represents a strategic vulnerability for the regime and America’s best hope of coming out on top. If this happens, Ronald Reagan’s prediction that Marxism will end up on the “ash heap of history” could come about.

© 2021 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Caren Besner

“Be sure you’re right. Then go ahead” – Will Rogers

This is a cautionary tale of two American soldiers. Nearly a century spans the incidents that brought them their notoriety; yet the issues they evoke are exactly the same and timeless. Does an active duty officer in the military have the right, a moral obligation even, to criticize the actions of his superiors; both military and civilian, if he firmly believes that those actions are incompetent and have dire consequences?

Our first soldier, William “Billy” Mitchell was born in December 1879 into a family of wealth and influence. He seemed a man destined for success. Opting for an army career, he became enamored of early developments in the field of aviation and joined the fledgling US Air Service; then a part of the Signal Corps. Following distinguished service in WWI, during which he was promoted to the rank of Brigadier General, he continued to advocate for American air power during the lean post WWI years when military budgets were being slashed to the bare bone. Regarded as a visionary and a man way ahead of his time, Mitchell made a number of prophecies … all of which eventually came true. Among other things, he foresaw the mass bombing of civilian population centers, airborne armies being dropped behind enemy lines, and the replacement of the battleship by the aircraft carrier as the dominant naval vessel. These ideas were all regarded as “crackpot” in the early 1920s, but yet, he continued to advocate for his cause, making many enemies as well as friends along the way. Mitchell’s undoing came in September 1925 when a Navy dirigible, the USS Shenandoah crashed during a severe thunderstorm killing 14 men. The airship had been ordered aloft as a public relations gesture during a period of severe weather over the protestations of its own Captain. Mitchell offered his opinion on this and other incidents that had previously occurred: “These terrible accidents are the direct results of incompetency, criminal negligence and almost treasonable administration of the National Defense by the War and Navy Departments.” This was the last straw for the army. He was charged with insubordination, court martialed, convicted, and suspended from duty for 5 years without pay. He chose to resign from the army and continued to espouse the cause of American air power but his time had passed. He died in 1936 in relative obscurity; 5 years before his most famous prediction came to pass. He could not have known when he wrote in 1924 that “One day Japan will seek to attack the United States through the Hawaiian Islands; some fine Sunday morning.”

Fast forward to 2021, and another US military officer finds himself facing disciplinary action for asking his superiors to take responsibility for the fiasco that was the Afghan withdrawal. Marine Lieutenant-Colonel Stuart Scheller does not have the panache, public visibility or prophetic powers of Billy Mitchell. Nor does he appear to have any friends or admirers in high places. To date, he is the only serving officer in the entire US military to ask for some kind of accounting for the Afghanistan debacle. For having the audacity to question the competency of his superiors, both in the Pentagon and the federal government, he was relieved of his command and ordered to undergo psychiatric examination; as if the very act of asking a question rendered him mentally unfit. He is currently being held in a military brig, purportedly in solitary confinement, awaiting possible court martial.

Stuart Scheller is a 17-year combat veteran, having serviced multiple deployments. He was some 2 years away from being able to collect his retirement benefits. He undertook those actions knowing full well what the consequences to himself and his family could be. Scheller did not have to speak out. He could have remained silent; soldiered on and kept his job. Had he embraced the “woke” ideology that seems to be pervasive in today’s military he might have been on the fast track to wearing his own set of stars on the epaulets of his uniform. But Scheller is an honorable man; and the thought of acting in a “dishonorable” manner was repugnant to him.

It wasn’t all that long ago when another military officer dared to question the actions of the Commander-in-Chief. Only this time, the President was Donald Trump. The officer in question was Army Lieutenant-Colonel Alexander Vindman and the incident was Trump’s supposed quid-pro-quo phone call to the Ukrainian President Zelenskiy; a transcript of which was furnished to the public. Both Vindman and Scheller violated the same military protocol but the treatment meted out to both was vastly different. Vindman was eventually relieved of his position on the National Security Council, but was not court martialed. Nor was he thrown in the brig in solitary confinement and ordered to undergo a mental evaluation. He was part of a special class of protected individuals known as “whistleblowers”; a designation that Stuart Scheller has been denied. Vindman retired on February 7, 2020 and became a hero to the Democrat party and mainstream media. Subsequently, he appeared in an ad for The Lincoln Project and the progressive group, Vote Vets, beseeching citizens to vote against Trump. One cannot help but wonder what Vindman would say about Biden’s July 23, 2021 call to Afghan President Ghani, urging him to “project a different picture” about the situation in Afghanistan. The contrast in treatment between the two men could not be more glaring. Scheller’s real crime was that he caused embarrassment to the Biden administration. This was especially galling since Joe Biden himself pronounced the Afghan withdrawal to be an “extraordinary success.” For this heinous offense, Scheller must pay. He needs to be denigrated, defamed, disparaged, and downgraded as an abject lesson to any serving officer who might be inclined to agree with him. Had his statements been made under the previous Trump administration, there is no doubt that he, like Vindman, would have been lauded as a national hero.

The American political landscape of today bears a scant resemblance to that which existed only a few short years ago. Our leaders now tell us that we must accept what they tell us with no questions allowed. Their allies in mainstream media and big tech censor any commentary which the ruling elites do not want us to hear. We must accept and obey or face dire consequences. Stuart Scheller found this out the hard way. As he sits in his cell awaiting his “day in court,” he might be wondering what he could possibly say in his own defense. Billy Mitchell’s defense during the 1925 proceedings was that he had spoken the truth; but truth today is defined as whatever the ruling class says it is and all branches of government, including the justice system, must be made to conform to the new standard. These are the hallmarks of a totalitarian state. Years ago, American theologian Reinhold Niebuhr once wrote: “Mans capacity for justice makes democracy possible; but mans inclination to injustice makes democracy necessary.”

© 2021 Caren Basner – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Caren Besner: greta1953@aol.com

[BIO: Caren Besner has written articles published by American Thinker, Conservative News and Views, The Front Page, Dr Swier, Renew America, Sun Sentinel, Published Reporter, Independent Sentinel, News With Views, The Moderate Voice, Canada Free Press, The Liberty Beacon, and others.]

by Lee Duigon

Remember when local school boards actually represented the communities they served?

This week the National School Boards Assn. has successfully petitioned the Justice Dept. to sic the FBI on us—because parents don’t like the Far Left Crazy curriculum they’re serving up to us, and poisoning the children’s minds.

So now parents are pushing back—vigorously, because they must. They absolutely must. They’ve branded us “domestic terrorists”—because we don’t want “Critical Race Theory” forced down our children’s throats. To say nothing of their obsession with promoting transgenderism.

We’ve been accused of all sorts of “threats”—not one of which has been carried out—and “hate,” always “hate.” But it looks more like the school boards are the ones who hate us, hate our country, and are trying to turn it into something else, God knows what.

For this the FBI has been directed to “investigate” parents who dare dissent from the curriculum. As if that were a crime.

What else have these school boards done?

They violate open public meetings laws by making unannounced changes in the location of their meetings.

They hold secret discussions by means of text messages—a violation of the law in many states.

They restrict public access to the meetings, limit discussion, and charge ridiculously high fees to anyone who wants to view public records and curriculum materials.

And they waste boxcar-loads of our money, our tax dollars, on toxic, useless, garbage instruction in “diversity,” “equity,” “systemic racism,” and other woke shibboleths.

And the U.S. attorney general who unleashed the FBI on us has a daughter who works for Panorma Education, a company that provides these Far Left curriculum materials.

Other than that, nothing to complain about!

I remember when this started, in the early 1970s, with the creation of the U.S. Dept. of Education and various state departments of education. School boards resisted this at first. But the aspiring revolutionaries in the unelected government bureaucracies have had several decades in which to transform local school boards into yes-men and lap-dogs. And because we made the mistake of trusting them, entrusting our children to their tender care, they did everything they wanted without the public noticing—except for those rare occasions when a community voted against that year’s school budget and the state restored the budget cuts. So those anti-budget votes didn’t mean much, did they?

It took a pandemic to clue us in. Fearing the spread of COVID, they closed the schools and put the kiddies on “remote learning” on their home computers. That turned out to be a strategic error—because, for the first time, parents got to see and hear what their children were being, er, “taught.” And they didn’t like it.

A few school boards, incredibly, tried to pressure parents into signing a pledge not to listen in on their children’s instruction. That didn’t fly. In Virginia the odious one-time Clinton bag man, Terry McAuliffe, running for another term as governor, publicly said he didn’t think parents should be telling the schools what to teach—just shut up and pay your school tax. Did these uppity peasants think their children were really theirs? Where did they ever get that idea?

We don’t want Hypocritical Race Theory: it’s poison. We don’t want transgender propaganda. Some school boards have tried to convince the public that no, heck no, they’re not teaching CRT! But at the same time, our Way Far Left teachers’ unions have been doubling down on CRT—“We’ll teach it whether you like it or not! Shut up and pay.”

This has to stop; and the only way to stop it is for parents, en masse, to remove their children from the public schools for homeschooling or genuine Christian schooling. This is what we have to do, because the educators despise us and refuse to listen to us. Their arrogance is bottomless, and there’s no point in even trying to negotiate. Pull the children from the schools and let public schooling die.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, before the FBI shuts us down. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2021 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

Yesterday, a black teenager shot up Timberline High School in Arlington, Texas.  Last weekend, over 50 people, virtually all minorities, shot each other up in Chicago.  A dozen died.  That murder rate occurred in New York City, St. Louis, Detroit and many other overwhelmed cities. Horrifically, that’s the norm in those large cities every weekend.

You might ask, “What is going on in this country where American citizens are killing each other over really inane, vacuous and petty differences?”

Who are the parents of these shooters?  Who are those parents that bring those kids into the world…only to lose them to gangs, drugs and violence?

What kind of level of consciousness provokes and/or allows that kind of mass carnage? Better yet, what kind of level of illiteracy allows such violence to continue week after week after week?

Then, who are the people demanding that our country “defund the police?”

Are there any community leaders in Chicago sick about the continuing violence in their communities?  Why aren’t they enacting solutions?  Why not parenting classes?  What about after school classes and peaceful activities?  Why isn’t Oprah taking her billions of dollars and helping her people out?

Is there something fundamentally wrong with our society in 2021?  How did we get this far only to drop this far down into the abyss of violence by certain segments of our society?

Why are mainstream media outlets calling parents, “Domestic Terrorists” when they attend school board meetings to voice their displeasure at administrators advocating the teaching of Critical Race Theory that teaches our kids to hate other people with different skin colors?  Why are they called “Domestic Terrorists” because they don’t want their third graders being taught the skills of oral sex or to doubt their gender?

Is that stuff nuts or what?

Why haven’t those same mainstream media people exposed the fact that Joe Biden facilitated an invasion of our southern border that numbers in excess of 1.6 million people in the past nine months?  What about all the drug trafficking, child sex trafficking and criminals washing over our border with Mexico?  Why is Mexico facilitating this invasion?  Do they want to see us collapse into sociological-cultural conflict?

Why chastise our own anti-vax citizens when Biden imports millions of illegals with no identities, no vaccines, no education, no possible way to contribute to our society and no way to solve their problems…other than making their problems, our problems?

Why did Joe Biden dump another 100,000 Afghans, who espouse the most incompatible religion on the planet, called Sharia Law, into our U.S. Constitutional Republic?  These people actually produce videos on how to beat their women without leaving a mark. Look them up on YouTube!  Why would we import millions of men who refuse to give women equal rights?  Does it make sense?  Do you think that’s going to turn out “okay” when they begin ripping at the seams of our culture, our communities and our way of life?

What about this whole “climate change” mess—screaming and shouting to stop it?  Since we keep forcing our own population growth by importing another three million people annually, how will we ever solve that problem?   Carbon footprint or gasoline and coal burning increases as you increase human population. How friggin’ clueless is Biden and his handlers?

“Without quick action to curb CO2 emissions, global warming is likely to increase by 4 degrees Centigrade (7.2 degrees Fahrenheit) above today’s normal during the 21st century and that is dangerously close to the temperature of 6 degrees Centigrade above normal that initiated the Permian-Triassic extinction event 252 million years ago when 96%* of all marine species and 70% of all terrestrial vertebrates were wiped out. *(current estimate 81%)” David Anderson

“The surface temperature of the earth cannot vary too far in either direction, or life will disappear.” By David Anderson, author of: Overcoming the Threat to Our Future

How do you solve the threat when you don’t solve what’s causing it? Does anything Biden’s doing make sense?

Notice that those 535 Congressional Critters refuse to stop the invasion of our borders.  Why don’t they respect the sovereignty of our country?

Can we absorb that 60,000 migrant horde now steaming up through Mexico as reported on ABC News last Sunday?  What about another 60,000 after that?  At what point do those numbers break our society down and deform it into a third world country?  Worse, which numbers of them degrade us into an unsustainable civilization?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Lex Greene

Following some lively public meetings between Public School Boards and area parents, the National School Boards Association issued a letter to President Biden under the heading, “Federal Assistance to Stop Threats and Acts of Violence Against Public Schoolchildren, Public School Board Members, and Other Public School District Officials and Educators.”

FACT: This has nothing to do with any “threats towards children.” This is all about school officials intimidated by parents, who have recently taken a new interest in what the hell is going on in these schools. Nothing more…

As the Biden Administration turns the screws on the American people in a rising tide of unconstitutional “mandates,” directly impacting every student stuck in the public education system across the country, parents finally got engaged in what’s been going on in their children’s classrooms for far too long. When they stopped long enough to see how their kids were being treated and what they were being taught, they were overwhelmed with righteous indignation.

Not only has the Biden Administration targeted the children with his unlawful deadly COVID mandates, but parents also learned that their children were being taught disgusting sexual perversions and Nazi-style socialism in classrooms, from grade school through high school, preparing students for the “new Marxist norm” taught on every college campus today.

Outraged by what they saw once they started looking, parents showed up at their local school board public meetings for the first time in decades, to confront the people responsible for destroying the minds of their children via far left indoctrination, all of it approved and implemented by their local school boards.

The appropriate action to take under these circumstances is, parents should attend those meetings and make sure that they have a say in what is going on in the schools they pay for with their taxes. When “the powers that be” aren’t listening, the voices will get louder, and when getting louder doesn’t work, then whatever it takes to make them listen becomes highly likely.

Clearly, all “public servants” seem to have forgotten who works for who, and who pays their paychecks. It’s not only Joe (dementia) Biden who thinks that We the People take orders from him… this politician’s amnesia has trickled all the way down from the federal government to the local public peons. Clearly, every public servant is full of themselves and drunk on their own imaginary power these days.

The letter to Joe Biden opens with, “America’s public schools and its education leaders are under an immediate threat. The National School Boards Association (NSBA) respectfully asks for federal law enforcement and other assistance to deal with the growing number of threats of violence and acts of intimidation occurring across the nation.”

“NSBA believes immediate assistance is required to protect our students, school board members, and educators who are susceptible to acts of violence affecting interstate commerce because of threats to their districts, families, and personal safety.”

Today’s “educators” don’t seem to appreciate the Right of Free Speech, or to peaceably assemble, or certainly the Right of the people to redress their grievances with their “public servants,” paid by these same citizens. It appears that once they are elected or appointed to “public servant” positions, they think they are free to reign on high as they see fit and no one should have the Right to ask any questions or call for changes of the policies they establish for others.

“On behalf of our state associations and the more than 90,000 school board members who govern our country’s 14,000 local public school districts educating more than 50 million schoolchildren, NSBA appreciates your leadership to end the proliferation of COVID-19 in our communities and our school districts. We also appreciate recent discussions with White House and U.S. Department of Education staff on many critical issues facing public schools, including threats school officials are receiving.”

Obviously, the NSBA is a far LEFT group that has swallowed Biden’s lies hook, line, and sinker, willing to become Nazi brownshirts for Obama’s New Norm, and now they think they need the full weight and power of federal national security to protect themselves from the parental righteous indignation, they have well earned. Did they just say they needed this to protect “the children” from their “parents?”

If anyone in “education” gave a crap about the kids, they wouldn’t be working for Biden to force those kids into disgusting masks and fatal vaccines in the first place. They wouldn’t be approving child pornography in their classrooms or helping the LEFT to continue dividing people based solely on race. This isn’t about the kids at all…this is about Nazi’s needing brownshirts to protect them from the people they are directly accountable to…PARENTS!

But that’s not all…

“NSBA specifically solicits the expertise and resources of the U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Secret Service, and its National Threat Assessment Center3regarding the level of risk to public schoolchildren,educators, board members, and facilities/campuses.”

“NSBA requests a joint expedited review by the U.S. Departments of Justice, Education, and Homeland Security, along with the appropriate training, coordination, investigations, and enforcement mechanisms from the FBI, including any technical assistance necessary from, and state and local coordination with, its National Security Branch and Counterterrorism Division, as well as any other federal agency with relevant jurisdictional authority and oversight.

In other words, they want the federal government to use the Patriot Act (designed for foreign terrorists on U.S. soil, as-in 9/11/01), to silence parents. They are asking Joe Biden to treat school parents like foreign Jihadists on American soil, to stop parents from confronting “public servants” for the evil they are instituting in public classrooms.

In their own words…

“Additionally, NSBA requests that such review examine appropriate enforceable actions against these crimes and acts of violence under the Gun-Free School Zones Act, the PATRIOT Act in regards to domestic terrorism, the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act, the Violent Interference with Federally Protected Rights statute, the Conspiracy Against Rights statute, an Executive Order to enforce all applicable federal laws for the Preclusion of Further Threats and Violence Against Students and Educators.”

Why not just call in the Marines and have them open fire on every parent upset by the total anti-American evil forced upon our children in these Marxist indoctrination centers we call schools? Why stop at just labeling all of the parents “domestic terrorists” and calling on Joe Biden to use his tyrannical imaginary powers to throw every pissed off parent in Club Gitmo under the Patriot Act?

Under this criminal administration, it’s looking more and more like the Patriot Act is designed to silence or eliminate all Patriots.

But it’s no shock that local “public servants” are ill-equipped to deal with adults, the parents who pay their salaries. Frankly, most if not all school board members should be canned and replaced with pro-American, pro-Education and anti-indoctrination board members.

We don’t need “public servants” raising any more Marxist BLM and ANTIFA members. It’s time for all parents to retake control of their children’s education, no matter the cost.

Children are not only the future of this country, they are also the future of freedom and liberty itself. We have seen how these leftist school boards raise our kids… it’s time to end it!

THIS LETTER IS SHAMEFUL! Shut it all down and rebuild it the way all real Americans want it! All Marxists can seek employment in their favorite Marxist country. Enough is more than enough!

Biden DOJ Nazi’s Respond to the Request

“President Joe Biden once again broke his campaign commitment to keep the Department of Justice (DOJ) non-political, critics say, calling Attorney General Merrick Garland’s latest directive to the FBI to investigate “threats of violence” at school board meetings a clear move to “politicize the DOJ.”

DOJ launching effort to combat threats of violence against school officials…

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Andrew C. Wallace

Just a few words.

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class has only one objective and that is the complete destruction of the United States of America. Without a viable America they can rule the world.

Biden, ‘THE USURPER” (Insurrectionist) HAS NO LEGITIMATE AUTHORITY  OF ANY KIND, he has only the power from the barrel of a gun.

He has ordered the firing of millions of employees if they don’t take the shot, which doesn’t work, and has dangerous side effects. Hospitals can’t afford to lose Medicare payments, so they fire their employees and can no longer take care of all the sick. Other employers are also firing their unvaccinated employees because they are controlled by the PSRRC.

When you add together the number of employees fired, and those that are paid with Fiat dollars not to work, you have a serious decline in production of goods and services. This results in serious inflation, shortages, decline in value of the fiat dollar, economic and stock market collapse, et al. all of which can occur overnight. This is pretty much the consensus of economists.

Biden,”THE USURPER” and his masters, the PSRRC and their Communist minions had working citizens fired depriving them of the ability to provide food, housing, and medical care to their families They have created an Army of millions who hate their guts and are armed to the teeth. The Communists overplayed their hand and should run, not walk to China.

This is a sad day for America

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Kelleigh Nelson

The propagandist’s purpose is to make one set of people forget that certain other sets of people are human.  —Aldous Huxley (pacifist, philosophical mysticism, writer, and universalist)

Propaganda is the executive arm of the invisible government.  —Edward Bernays (pioneer in the field of public relations and propaganda)

Only those who believe in child sacrifice would be in favor of the poison death shot.  —Dr. Vladimir Zelenko

If everybody is thinking alike, then somebody is not thinking.  —General George Patton

However [political parties] may now and then answer popular ends, they are likely in the course of time and things, to become potent engines, by which cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the power of the people and to usurp for themselves the reins of government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.  —George Washington

Who were the Stasi in Nazi Germany?  They were one of the most effective and repressive intelligence and secret police agencies ever to have existed.  I’ve seen them in today’s America, throughout society, throughout the medical industry, throughout corporations, throughout our military, throughout state legislatures and within our own FBI, CIA, NSA and every other federal alphabet soup entity.

They’re here. They’re the mask Nazis, the quarantine Nazis, the jab Nazis; they’re the destroyers, those who hate freedom and liberty. From subjugation to slavery, their goal is complete control and the elimination of our God-given rights.  Who is in charge? The multi-billionaire depopulation eugenicists like Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum, Bill Gates and his mouthpiece, Anthony Fauci, Soros and his tableau of organizations. Their underlings are those who occupy high offices in political parties throughout the world and follow the dictates for power and money.  Only a small percentage of Americans refused to don face diapers knowing it was control of the masses.  Fighting back means not accepting their lies.

Anthony Fauci

Speaking of Fauci and his love of his compatriots in the Chinese Communist Party, his emails– obtained exclusively by The National Pulse – reveal the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Director congratulated epidemiologist Dr. Ian Lipkin, a key Wuhan Institute of Virology collaborator, on receiving personal awards from Chinese Communist Party dictator Xi Jinping.  How nice.  His emails even prove that he funded lab training for Wuhan’s most deadly lab.

Dr. Anthony Fauci admitted to Sen. John Kennedy in late May that the Wuhan Institute of Virology may have engaged in “gain of function” research funded by his National Institutes of Health (NIH), as there is “no way of guaranteeing” how U.S. taxpayer dollars were used.  “Gain of function” research is medical research that alters an organism or disease in a way that increases pathogenesis, transmissibility, or host range (the types of hosts that a microorganism can infect).

The Wuhan lab then deleted Fauci’s NIH and “gain of function” mentions from their old web pages in early 2021.

Hydroxychloroquine, Ivermectin, Budesonide, Colchicine, and other safe, long used “approved” medicines have shown a remarkable reduction in Covid symptoms and severity, but will not be utilized because the “emergency use” authorization of the injectables would be eliminated.  This would result in exposing the usual waste of billions upon billions of taxpayer dollars which does nothing to solve the problem and only enriches selected corporations and individuals.  This is why Fauci dressed down then President Trump for mentioning HCQ as a prophylactic. Fauci should have been immediately fired and VP Pence locked in a closet for the remainder of the term.

Subjugation

Biden’s latest request of the Supreme court justice to strip American citizens of their second amendment rights would leave us as fish in a barrel, easy targets.  This is their dream…and unlike Australia, we need to cling to our Bibles, our guns and our Constitution’s God-given freedoms.  Do you get it folks?  This means getting off your backsides, turning off sports where multi-millionaires refuse to stand with their hands over their hearts for our flag.  Those very stars and stripes represent the blood of our soldiers spit on foreign soil that bought these ungrateful punks the right to act like fools in front of all America.

It means telling our servants via email or phone that they no longer represent the American people and we’re taking our country back.  Across our country, we should be marching in the streets for medical freedom. If we don’t respond soon and make our voices heard, there will be boxcars to take us to the Gulags for not accepting their poisonous jabs.

There are a myriad of physicians and scientists who have put their lives and professions on the line to expose the dangers of this experimental injection.  They need our support as does Sidney Powell’s Defending the Republic.  When you fund her organization, you fund billboards across the country exposing the dangers of the Covid jab, and this is only one issue she is fighting.  Are you listening to these warriors of freedom? Are you spreading their truths, telling people to avoid the toxic venom in these experimental jabs? Or are you circumventing involvement to save your family, friends and acquaintances? Silence may be golden, but not in today’s world.

America’s Military at Risk

Dr. Lee Merritt was a Navy orthopedic surgeon for 10 years and is a member of America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS.org).  In a previous interview with New American Magazine’s Senior Editor Alex Newman, Dr. Merritt stated that there were Chinese scientists embedded in every bioweapon lab in America. And now we know there are hundreds of Chinese scientists working in Pfizer, Glaxo Smith Kline, and AstraZeneca who are helping to make these Covid injections.

In this two-minute video from August 27^th, Dr. Merritt tells that there were only 20 Covid deaths of active duty in 2020 in all the services put together, yet they’re “vaccinating” everyone.  They have a big epidemiologic base now to track these stats.  She states that since the Covid jab, we’ve already had tumors and 80 new cases of myocarditis which has a significant five-year mortality rate at 66%, so the jab program has ostensibly killed more of our young soldiers than Covid did.  There are 48 leukemias per average in VAERS, and we’re now up to 229.  In 31 years of VAERS, there were 337 cases of myocarditis, and this year there were 1,113.  Why are we not stopping this?

In this video, Dr. Merritt gives us some ominous statistics.  She speaks at 1:23 and was asked about adverse events in our military. What she said was devastating.  “After our soldiers received the Covid jab, myocarditis increased to 1400 cases above the average.  The real issue here is our national security and it doesn’t appear that anyone is paying attention.”

Dr. Merritt says, we’ve had nine civilian pilots die of thrombotic events (blood clots) and they can get up and walk around in the cockpit, but military pilots are strapped into ejection seat aircraft.  They can’t move around at all and they do these long flights and sometimes they’re carrying weapons, some potentially nuclear weapons.  She says, “This is insane; they never used to give them any kind of drug that hadn’t been on the market for five years.”

She went on to explain that Canadian President, Justin Trudeau, has allowed the Chinese to train on their indigenous lands.  And when she was working on the Mexican border 20 years ago, she said they had Chinese being smuggled across the border when the average person paid $1500 to 1800, the Chinese were paying $60,000. There are two militaries not taking this mRNA technology…the Russians and the Chinese.  Whose national security here is at risk?

She says that the unvaxxed in our military should stall since they have until December 1^st and the house of cards may fall by then.  The rumor has it that the Navy in Australia is 25 to 50% undeployable with 100% of them “vaccinated.”  “We are the target guys, and if you took an oath to the Constitution, my advice is to honor that oath by not getting vaccinated so you can help defend this nation if things require it here in the near future.

Dr. Merritt states that 200 Chinese scientists were embedded in Pfizer and Moderna who helped to develop these “vaccines.” That should make all of us extremely wary.

Refusing Biden Mandates

Have you seen the refusals being met with Biden’s dictates?  He claims our soldiers will be dishonorably discharged for choosing medical freedom.  He wants to treat them the same as deserters.  For deserter Bowe Bergdahl, who cost the lives of his fellow soldiers, Newsweek reported, “There is clear evidence,” said former Army intelligence officer Tony Shaffer, “that [Bergdahl] was going over to the other side.” Both Shaffer and former Fox News intelligence reporter Catherine Herridge cited senior government sources with access to a 2009 report by the Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS). Bergdahl, Shaffer declared, “was actually trying to offer himself up to the Taliban.”

Remember the deaths of our soldiers in Benghazi?  It’s all connected.  Obama used Bergdahl’s exchange for the five Taliban generals in Gitmo to cover that Obama was being coerced by the Taliban about the unauthorized Stinger Missile deal that Ambassador Stevens was sent to Benghazi to retrieve.

Navy Seals will not be deployed if they refuse the poisonous flu virus jab that 99.8% recover from.  These are warrior efforts we must support.  They are not accepting the lies.

The Navy is going even further.  National File reported the United States Navy is forming a new disciplinary squad to punish vaccine resisters, according to an unclassified NAVADMIN memo. The Navy policy document from Washington, D.C. states that a new “central authority” called the Covid Consolidated Disposition Authority (CCDA) will be the arbiter of punishing unvaccinated military members.

The document states that the CCDA will “serve as the central authority for adjudication and will have at his or her disposal the full range of administrative and disciplinary actions.” They have even denied a top Naval officer’s religious exemption.

Patriotic military heroes are outraged by the Biden regime’s actions knowing Biden wants those patriotic Americans separated from the military.  Tucker Carlson asks if the Covid vax mandate is being used to purge Christians and traditional patriots from the military.  I believe he’s spot on.

In Part 3 of Project Veritas’ expose on Covid-19 “Vaccine,” even Justin Durant, a scientist for J&J vaccines does not recommend taking his own company’s inoculation, and he argues against children getting the jab.

Expanding Totalitarianism

In the deep south, a Louisiana Hospital system is going to dock pay from employees with unvaxxed spouses.  As my friend Marsha said, “The push to jab can be described as unhinged.”  Yes, it’s propaganda, control and subjugation.

On October 1^st, Merck announced that its experimental antiviral pill reduced the risk of hospitalization or death by about 50%, and they plan to submit an application for emergency use authorization (EUA) as soon as possible. Problem is, Preferred Primary Care Physicians said they are having no luck recruiting patients for the trial.  Wonder why…

Diane Feinstein, the 88-year-old Senator from California, has introduced a bill that requires proof of vaccination or negative Covid test for domestic flights, but of course she’s not required to have the jab, according to Biden’s exemptions, so she’s shoving a little more of her authoritarian dogma down our throats.

United Airlines is set to terminate 593 of its employees who have chosen to not comply with the company’s vaccine mandate.  This eliminates getting on another airplane for me and mine.

There’s a bill in Congress introduced by a Democrat in August of this year that would prohibit state to state air travel unless fully jabbed (probably means with the boosters too).

New York Governor Kathy Hochul, a Democrat who assumed the job after Andrew Cuomo’s resignation, announced that she is prepared to declare a state of emergency if the state’s vaccine mandate results in an unmanageable shortage of healthcare workers. The mandate, which pertains to all New York healthcare workers (as well as NY school teachers), is set to take effect on September 27^th.  However, a federal judge granted a temporary restraining order.  Hochul said she’s making sure those who are fired will not receive unemployment benefits.  The state is also planning to train national guard personnel in order to deal with the expected staffing shortages.  Huh?  Are they going to take care of patients and assist in surgeries?

Sharyl Attkisson reports that 1,685 health care workers are jobless after refusing vaccine mandates — and that’s just a small sampling.  Basically, those left to care for you are jabbed and they have 251 times the viral load in their nasal passages.  Not good for those in nursing homes or hospitals.

If you haven’t read about the mRNA trials for seasonal flu shots…it’s here.  How about putting the mRNA in your lettuce and spinach?  It’s big brother’s totalitarian control; to subordinate all aspects of individual life to the authority of the state; fascism and communism combined.

In this 27-minute video, Dr. Ryan Cole explains to Del Bigtree that cancers rarely seen in young people are growing exponentially and are more serious than they’ve ever seen.  Dr. Cole states that our “T receptors” who warn of invaders who should be attacked, are being weakened and deactivated.  This allows foreign invaders to conquer rather than being wiped out allowing cancers to grow in the vaxxed.  Another video by Dr. Nathan Thompson exposes this fact with blood work from a vaxxed patient.

A recently-released CDC dataset detailing provisional Covid deaths by age from January 1st, 2020 to September 15th, 2021 appear to show that less child deaths were linked to Covid in that time-frame than would have died from the flu in a typical year. The cause of a child’s death would be 9.49 times more likely to be suicide; 8.46 times more likely to be homicide; 2.02 times more likely to be a drug overdose or alcohol poisoning; and 1.29 times more likely to be influenza.

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) supposedly set precedent this summer and published an emergency Covid-19 rule in the Federal Register taking jurisdiction over and providing justification for Covid-19 being a workplace hazard for healthcare employment, even though 99.8% recover from Covid.  But this wasn’t enough for Biden, the legislative provision that passed the Budget Committee raises the fines for non-compliance 10 times higher…from $70K to $700K. This would easily bankrupt companies and effect 80 million workers.

However, The Last Refuge reports this has been another con.  OSHA was not taking any steps needed to engage with business interests to trigger the first-step in the organization of a process to initiate a rule-making process.

The fascist beat goes on.

Lawsuits

Ohio-based Attorney Thomas Renz has filed a federal lawsuit from an alleged whistleblower who claims inside knowledge of a coverup of reported deaths filed with VAERS, and now there are more.  Renz says the death rate with those who’ve taken the Covid jab is much high than originally thought.

Presenting data that he claims comes directly from the CMS (Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services) database, there have been 48,465 deaths among CMS beneficiaries within 14 days of a 1st or 2nd dose of a COVID-19 vaccine. There are about 59.4 million Americans covered by Medicare, representing 18.1% of the population, so these are staggering numbers!

He states that they chose deaths within 14 days of vaccination, because the federal health agencies are no longer counting deaths within 14 days of a COVID-19 as a death among the “vaccinated,” but among “unvaccinated.”

A “Physicians’ Declaration” produced by an international alliance of 3,000 physicians and medical scientists strongly condemns the global strategy to treat Covid, accusing policy-makers of potential “crimes against humanity” for preventing physicians from providing life-saving treatments for their patients and suppressing open scientific discussion. The document states that “one size fits all” treatment recommendations have resulted in needless illness and death.

The new Nuremberg trials led by Dr. Reiner Feullmich and a team of over 1,000 lawyers and over 10,000 medical experts have begun legal proceedings against the CDC, WHO & the Davos Group for crimes against humanity.

Do I trust the courts?  Not likely.

Live Not by Lies

Senator Ron Johnson said we’re being lied to daily and he’s right. Biden claims we’re experiencing “a pandemic of the unvaccinated.” The Centers for Disease Control share no US data with the American people, so the Senator looked to England for the truth.  The UK reports that 63% of Delta deaths in the last 7.5 months were fully vaxxed.Dr. Peter McCullough states in this video that the UK keeps some of the best statistics.

Truth is a rare commodity in America these days.

On the day he was arrested and exiled to the West, Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn wrote a short paper entitled, Live Not by Lies.  His last words before leaving his homeland urged Soviet citizens as individuals to refrain from cooperating with the regime’s lies.

He said, “And therein we find, neglected by us, the simplest, the most accessible key to our liberation: a personal non participation in lies!  Even if all is covered by lies, even if all is under their rule, let us resist in the smallest way: Let their rule hold not through me!

And this is the way to break out of the imaginary encirclement of our inertness, the easiest way for us and the most devastating for the lies. For when people renounce lies, lies simply cease to exist. Like parasites, they can only survive when attached to a person.”

Václav Havel was a Czech statesman, playwright, and former political dissident, who served as the last President of Czechoslovakia from 1989 until the dissolution of Czechoslovakia in 1992 and then as the first President of the Czech Republic from 1993 to 2003.

Havel echoed Solzhenitsyn’s sentiments and said, “If the main pillar of the [totalitarian] system is living a lie, then it is not surprising that the fundamental threat to it is living the truth.  This is why [the truth] must be suppressed more severely than anything else.

We must commit to a non-participation in their lies.  We must live within the truth and that means seceding from the totalitarian state or county and reestablishing yourself in one that holds to freedom and liberty.

Havel says we are to live as freely and authentically as possible, to boldly express our individuality and spontaneity with its incalculability is the greatest of all obstacles to total domination over man.”

Conclusion

The choice is ours; subjugation to slavery or the cry of freedom.

© 2021 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Cliff Kincaid

In a column examining a state-sanctioned French report on clergy abuse, Catholic League president Bill Donohue was defensive and commented, “…there is no institution in France, or anywhere else, that has asked the government to probe sexual misconduct among its employees. None.” Why is this relevant to the failure by men of God and their employees to protect children? Is this a defense of immorality in the Catholic Church?

I thought men of God were supposed to have higher standards of morality. Isn’t that why they call it a church?

Donohue acknowledges that the French report, which used information provided by the French National Institute of Health and Medical Research, found that over a 70-year period, 1950-2020, approximately 3,000 molesters allegedly abused an estimated 216,000 minors.

In Maryland, my home state, the Maryland Catholic Conference is trying to stop a physician-assisted suicide bill. But it looks like the church is on suicide watch.

Fortunately, morality is not dead, and the NFL could be an example for the Roman Catholic Church.

My attention has been drawn to a statement by the NFL Jacksonville Jaguars owner Shad Khan over the “inexcusable” behavior by his coach, Urban Meyer, when he was recorded sitting in a bar with a young woman dancing in front of his crotch. This moral perversion is called lap dancing, designed to get Meyer, a married man, into a state of sexual excitement.He has been married to his wife for 35 five years and has three children.

Moral standards have sunk so low that observers are debating whether this behavior constitutes cheating on his wife.

The football team owner Shad Khan said, “I have addressed this matter with Urban. Specifics of our conversation will be held in confidence. What I will say is his conduct last weekend was inexcusable. I appreciate Urban’s remorse, which I believe is sincere. Now, he must regain our trust and respect. That will require a personal commitment from Urban to everyone who supports, represents or plays for our team. I am confident he will deliver.”

I didn’t know anything about Shad Khan before this incident. I thank him for showing a sense of morality and asking his employees to live up to high moral standards. He didn’t make any excuses for Urban Meyer.

The treatment of the French clergy report is a different matter. Donohue summarizes the nature of the abuse but then he adds these caveats:

• Not all were priests: one-third of the offenses were committed by those who worked in Catholic schools, youth programs, and other agencies.
• French bishops asked the French government to conduct the probe.
• Some aspects of the methodology are sound, but not all are.

Donohue has written some great books over the years, especially on the ACLU, but his treatment of Catholic sexual abuse is seriously deficient. He should be morally outraged over yet another sex scandal involving the church and not make excuses for why the numbers and abuse are so horrific and whether such treatment of children should somehow be compared to other sectors of society to diminish its significance.

In this area, I thank some in the major media. The Boston Globe won a 2003 Pulitzer Prize for its coverage of the American branch of the Catholic Church’s decades-long cover-up of priests who sexually abused children. Director Amy Berg exposed the cover-up of pedophilia in the Catholic Church in her 2006 Oscar-nominated documentary, “Deliver Us from Evil.”

I will take the sandal one step further, however. Even limited research will reveal that the Catholic Church bureaucracy in the United States has surrendered to the forces of Cultural Marxism. The Archbishop of Washington, Wilton Gregory, has decided that Joe Biden is a Catholic in good standing and deserves Holy communion, even though Biden cited his faith as a Catholic in supporting transgender rights, quoting Christ as saying, “What you’re doing to the least of my children, you’re doing to me.”

Wilton Gregory’s predecessor, Cardinal Donald Wuerl, resigned from his leadership of the archdiocese in 2018 after he was accused of covering up sexual abuse. His predecessor as archbishop of Washington was the disgraced former Cardinal Theodore McCarrick, the highest-ranking U.S. Catholic leader ever to be removed for sexually abusing a minor. He has since been charged with sexually abusing a teenager.

As a prosecutor and Attorney General in California, Vice-President Kamala Harris refused to take on sexual abuse by priests.  I interviewed a victim of such abuse, noting that Harris appears to have a two-faced approach to the Catholic Church – one of scorn toward ordinary Catholics who follow traditional church teachings, such as opposition to abortion and homosexuality, and the other of deference to officials of the hierarchy who get caught in cover-ups of sexual abuse of children.

Raise the possibility of a high-level sex ring operating in the world today and you are immediately attacked as a QAnon conspiracy theorist. But look at what’s happening in the Roman Catholic Church and the desperate efforts at cover-up. In France, the report was conducted by the Independent Commission on Sexual Abuse in the Church. A summary of the report, “Sexual Violence in the Catholic Church: France 1950 – 2020,” is available here.

It declared, “Faced with this scourge, for a very long time the Catholic Church’s immediate reaction was to protect itself as an institution and it has shown complete, even cruel, indifference to those having suffered abuse.”

According to some reports, the abuse included nuns raping girls with crucifixes, a practice suggesting Satanism.

Jaguars owner Shad Khan has addressed serous immorality, but clearly not on the same level as that of top Catholic officials, in the case of his own football team and its coach. There is apparently a “morals clause” in Urban Meyer’s contract. Our religious leaders are themselves supposed to be moral.

Perhaps this NFL owner can set an example for the rest of society, including the Roman Catholic Church.

But the church has its own playbook, with Cardinal Peter Turkson — a close adviser to Pope Francis —telling “Axios on HBO” the Catholic Church “plans to be increasingly active on climate, refugees and racial equity.” In other words, change the subject.

Concerned Catholics will change the subject by not going to church. Instead, they will look to Shad Khan for moral guidance and enjoy NFL football on Sunday.

© 2021 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Steven Yates

The Maricopa Co. audit ended one week ago as I finish this. In less than 12 hours, corporate media narrative police (they call themselves “fact-checkers”) were on it like ugly on an ape.

They told us it not only “confirmed Biden’s win” but actually gave him more votes! How they came by that is anybody’s guess!

We peasants were clearly not supposed to hear of the irregularities Cyber Ninjas dug up. By the middle of last week there were only a handful of sites (e.g., Deep Capture, Patrick Byrne’s site), where you could find anything specific and useful.

Such as:

• 57,734 problematic ballots, the problems being (for example) improper voter registration. This alone is enough to cast doubt on the results, since even the approved narrative gives Biden “victory” by just 10,457 votes.
• Additional problems the tech company uncovered included backdated registrations, multiple voter registrations linked to the same voter affidavit, voters without records in a commercial database, and printing defects rendering thousands of ballots suspicious.
• The 57,734 problematic ballots amount to only one tenth to one fifth of all the questionable ballots.

Does this prove there was fraud? It surely proves there were sufficient problems to question giving Biden Arizona’s electoral votes, given that Maricopa Co., where metropolitan Phoenix is located, is the most populous county in the state.

Everything has now been memory-holed! As noted I was seeing hit pieces in my Yahoo news aggregator within hours!

The gaslighting continues!

Karl Denninger, ISP specialist and former CEO of MSCNet which was the first ISP to offer customer-specified spam filtering and public web servers back in the 1990s, who became a successful day trader and now runs the Market Ticker blog wrote:

What did we learn Friday?

1. Maricopa claimed there were no duplicate mail-in ballots.  In fact there were far more duplicates than those required to change the outcome in the Presidential race. That has now been established. Either (1) Maricopa lied but actually de-duplicated the ballots (meaning the results stand) or Maricopa did not de-duplicate the mail-in envelopes and the results are impossible to validate because some 17,000 duplicate votes were cast.
2. Maricopa lied about their election management system never being connected to the Internet. It has been conclusively and forensically established that indeed it was. When it was is immaterial; the lie, standing alone, is enough.
3. Maricopa intentionally violated federal law in the maintenance of electronic records specifically including the chain of custody by not issuing individual login credentials to the authorized users for each function. This is a direct violation of federal law and it was an intentional act. These are laws, not suggestions.
4. One or more people intentionally destroyed security logs.  At least one such person has been positively identified. That is a criminal act, standing alone, and must be prosecuted.
5. The databases were intentionally destroyed by one or more persons. The person who did #4 either conspired with said person(s) who destroyed the databases, was the person who did so, or did so to cover up the act without knowing who committed the first act. Whatever the facts on that linkage may be it was a deliberate, criminal act standing alone and must be prosecuted.

[Uh, for either of these, don’t hold your breath, Karl. -SY.]

6. The so-called “auditors” hired by Maricopa are criminally incompetent or even worse, actively involved in the above. They must be named and prosecuted. Specifically, they failed to inspect the unallocated disk space on the EMS, a basic part of forensics as criminals often delete evidence of their activity. Said material was still there, so had the “auditors” hired by Maricopa been competent they would have discovered it.

What was not proved was that Trump won. But what was proved was that there is no honest assertion that can be made that either of the two Presidential candidates in serious contention won. The margin of victory is within the margin of dispute and it has been proved that electronic records critical to validate what occurred throughout the election process were deliberately destroyed by persons(s) who had physical access to the systems in question, with at least one such person being allegedly identified by security camera footage.

There may well be more here — but what’s been discovered thus far and proved (and for which the evidence is now in the public domain) shows that:

1. The election in Maricopa County for federal offices, including President, was not conducted in accordance with Federal Law.
2. The results, based solely on the count of duplicated ballot envelopes (people who voted more than once), which exceeds the margin of victory for the Presidential Office, are not able to be confirmed since once duplicate ballots are removed from the envelopes it is impossible to identify them. Maricopa county claimed no such duplicates exist. We now know more than 17,000 in fact do exist and the envelopes still exist. What we cannot prove one way or another is whether the ballots inside those envelopes were counted and, if only one was counted, which one was counted. We thus have no way to know who won.
3. The persons running the election have made materially false statements on an intentional basis about the equipment never being connected to the Internet.
4. The persons running the election both deliberately destroyed data related to the election in direct violation of Federal Law and, as a separate and distinct offense, attempted to cover up that destruction and identification of the person who did so. This act, standing alone, demonstrates intent to tamper with the election results.
5. The vast majority of said deliberately destroyed data was not recoverable and likely is not recoverable.

By forensic evidence, not presented and unrebutted, the outcome of the election in Arizona was falsely certified.

What’s the remedy for this?

That’s a separate debate — but that this one county alone did in fact corrupt their election, did so intentionally, and did so in such a fashion that at this time it not possible to know what the result actually was is not subject to reasonable dispute.

Finally, not only was their forensic computer person credible he displayed exactly the process that I, as a person skilled in the art and who has performed computer forensics, would utilize. I found no fault in his procedures, his process and analysis. Nor did I find him to make a single unproved assertion of fact. This is exactly what a professional is supposed to do in this field.

How much more evidence do we need that the rule of law that is dead in America.

Trust itself is dead, moreover.

The gaslighting continues. It’s across the board, not just with elections but all other major issues where globalist super-elite power (and money!) are in evidence.

It’s not just America, therefore! It’s the entirety of the West! Europeans have been gaslighted as much as Americans about the COVID bioweapon and the “vaccines.”

As have South Americans, as I can testify from personal observation.

Look at Australia! The place has become a totalitarian police state!

We increasingly live in a world where “truth” itself is handed down by those in power — who, since January of this year, have known they were back in power in the U.S. and able to do pretty much as they pleased. They expect to be able to bark orders, and we peasants are supposed to fall in line!

The Bidenistas and their supporters in the Asylum on the Potomac are making examples of the 500 – 600 people imprisoned over the January 6 “insurrection”: a desperate, ill-advised, last-ditch effort to prevent Congress from handing the Executive Branch to an illegitimate administration.

I keep reading about how we either reverse Election 2020 and put Trump back in the White House, or we’ll never see another honest election in America.

In that case, we’ll never see another honest election in America.

Because I see no means of reversing Election 2020.

An attempt would result in open violence! And it would be Trump supporters, not the Bidenistas, who would be accused of starting Civil War II! This has been the narrative the Asylum / Corporate Media Complex has been pushing since January — that it was Trump and his supporters trying to stage a coup!

Which is why, as bitter a pill as will be to swallow, the time has come to just drop it and move on, doing what we can to minimize the damage.

Online conversations have already begun about 2024. J.B. Williams cited a pair of Trump remarks that had me scratching my head as well: “We will take back Congress in 2022 and the White House in 2024,” followed up by, “we won’t even have a country by then.”

Williams rightly noted the incongruity of these two remarks.

He noted, rightly, that with Election 2020 standing, there isn’t any reason to think Republicans will be allowed to win back Congress; and if a national election can be stolen once and the country gaslighted for the next eleven months, who knows how brazen the next national steal might be???

That’s if there can even be a national election that does not descend into violence and chaos.

Again, I do not make predictions; I draw scenarios. Because a lot can happen between now and 2024 (or even November 2022), I can think of many possibilities. None of them good.

What we know:

When those in power can memory-hole anything in the way of what they want, they can do as they please! They can put a figurehead in the White House, institute vaccine mandates, or pontificate about an “economic recovery” that doesn’t exist outside government numbers.

That’s the very concept of totalitarianism, even if not worn on its sleeve!

Let’s back up.

All the way to 2015.

Readers may not realize it, but I was not initially drawn to Trump. I’d supported Ron Paul (who, in retrospect, was too intellectual for today’s masses, products of a failed educational system). He was gone, retired.

I was living overseas, had no idea who I wanted to support. I didn’t feel obligated to support anyone.

My stance in 2015: Donald Trump was no Ron Paul!

It was only when he described U.S. foreign policy as “a complete and total disaster” (it was and still is!) and told Megyn Kelly on national television that “we do not have time to be politically correct” (we don’t!) that I paid attention. I’d come to the sudden realization that whatever the man’s faults, the rest of the Republican slate was embarrassing, and that made him the only game in town!

That’s what happens when dominant narratives all collapse, and take two parties’ mainstreams down with them.

An outsider with no previous experience with the political system gains the support of his party’s base. Trump ran with it, using his superb command of all available media (a skill Dr. Paul never mastered).

And remember, Democrats had their own “populist,” Bernie Sanders, from whom Hillary Clinton’s insiders in the DNC brazenly stole the 2016 nomination with “super delegates.”

Now, Corporate Media ridicules those of us who don’t consider Biden a legitimate president.

Pure hypocrisy!

They spent four years not considering Trump the country’s legitimate president!

What should our takeaways be from those four years? Here are mine:

Given that things are arguably magnitudes worse today—all over the world!—than they were in 2016, I’d have to judge Trump’s presidency a failure overall, but not for the reasons usually given.

He completely underestimated the width, depth, and strength of the Swamp his base sent him to the Asylum on the Potomac to drain.

Having arrived there not knowing who to trust, much less who to appoint to what, he ended up with an administration full of turncoats, backstabbers (think of Michael Cohen!), and just plain incompetents. Hence many of his efforts, such as building a wall on the Mexican border, struggled. These are not things any president can accomplish through sheer force of will without the cooperation of hundreds of trusted decision-makers. Where was Trump going to find them?

He would have had to go outside the Asylum, of course, bringing in more outsiders— probably peasants the Asylum’s movers and shakers had never heard of before. They wouldn’t be in the Big Club with Harvard or Yale law degrees. Trump’s efforts would then have been fought even harder.

Trump made mistakes, some of them serious. I don’t believe he helped himself with his late-2017 corporate tax cuts. Who benefited from those? Answer: the billionaire class. Not his base. Wealth and power has continued to surge to the top!

Many are still supporting him because they’ve not figured out the truth and still believe they have nowhere else to go! What truth are we talking about? Just this:

National politics is no longer the arena to fight for personal freedoms. This includes economic freedom, the freedom not to have one’s community overrun by “resettled” aliens, and the freedom to refuse the jab.

That fight has to be carried on, at best, at the state level, and where that fails (as in places like Virginia and Michigan controlled by Democrats with dictator complexes), at the local level.

People like Florida’s Governor Ron DeSantis seem to me to have the right idea (here, assuming the video hasn’t been nuked before this article has time to appear). DeSantis first announced his lawsuit over the resettlement of illegal aliens in his state, a consequence of the ongoing Bidenista disaster at the border.

Then he told us he’d signed an executive order forbidding state agencies from cooperating with the feds (i.e., the Bidenistas), telling the latter in no uncertain terms to get their grubby paws off Florida!

Turns out, he was just getting warmed up!

DeSantis has been resisting Bidenista tyranny from the get-go and paid the price of the usual Corporate Media demonizing. To his credit he’s stood his ground, and the two powers are likely to butt heads in court.

Since the courts are as compromised as the election process, that’s iffy.

The rule of law being dead, and all that….

In the above video (again assuming it still exists), scroll to 26:30.

It’s true, DeSantis doesn’t appear to believe Election 2020 was stolen — he wonders how he won in Florida, and why Trump was allowed to win in Florida if it was.

I can forgive him for not getting it that the power elites only had to flip a few districts in a handful of states to get what they wanted.

But if they could have heard this speech, he probably wouldn’t have been allowed to win!

Because everything else he says is in line with the drum I’ve been beating: the Asylum (DeSantis doesn’t call it that, of course) is on the verge of unraveling. It visibly screws up everything it touches, and is “rotting on its own” (he does use that phrase!). Then he takes the biggest plunge I think I’ve ever heard a state governor take. Paraphrasing:

This can’t be fixed!

If Trump 2016 couldn’t fix it, then what makes anyone think Trump 2024 will be able to fix it — even assuming Trump 2024 is possible?

The Swamp is too wide and too deep, just like the memory hole swallowing everything that goes against approved narratives!

It is time to accept that. That we have to reject the dichotomy: Trump, or the left-liberal-globalist axis.

The dichotomy presupposes national politics, which as we have seen, is toast.

DeSantis observes that real leadership is going to have to be nurtured, like plants grown in a garden. This must happen locally. It will involve uprooting weeds and getting rid of debris (e.g., too many left-liberals) that might interfere with cultivating the best vegetables.

Therefore, it won’t happen everywhere. It could happen in Florida.

Might there someday be an independent Republic of Florida? Once the Asylum has schemed and blundered its way into complete impotence, losing all credibility even with itself?

At present, its unraveling is happening slowly. If the Bidenistas face (or cause) any more calamities, e.g., in the economy, slowly could become rapidly.

I’d support an independent Republic of Florida in a heartbeat! I might even consider moving us there!

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory was recently published by Wipf and Stock.

© 2021 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

Since he has a big platform on Fox News and a radio show megaphone to match, Mark Levin’s book American Marxism is being gobbled up by conservatives nationwide. Unfortunately, the book leaves out a lot, most notably the issue of family breakdown caused by the Marxist-spawned revolution.

Last Sunday, in sermons across the country, Jesus Christ was quoted as being opposed to divorce, saying, (Mark 10:2-16), “…what God has united, human beings must not divide…Whoever divorces his wife and marries another is guilty of adultery against her.And if a woman divorces her husband and marries another, she is guilty of adultery too.”

In Matthew 19:9, He says, “And I say to you: whoever divorces his wife, except for sexual immorality, and marries another, commits adultery.”

Levin’s book has some references to Cultural Marxism but the specific problem, exposed by several writers at the magazine Chronicles, is America’s family breakdown through easy divorce that is mostly caused by married couples who commit adultery.

A new poll from the group Marriage Helper finds a surge in extramarital affairs and cheating, saying that 1 in 3 Americans have been cheated upon and only 28 percent say the relationship survived the cheating. It finds that 63 percent of Americans who are divorced have been cheated on.

Sadly, most people know friends, neighbors and family members going through divorce.

If you have ever watched real-life TV shows like NBC’s “Dateline,” you will learn very quickly that adulterous affairs regularly lead to violence, even murder. One recent Dateline show, “Deadly Desire,” was about an Idaho woman’s affair with her married boss who had a wife and five children. The boss was shot dead by the betrayed husband.

Crime-based TV shows frequently cover such topics as “toxic love triangles” and “bitter divorce battles.”

In real life, American conservative TV and radio personalities are not immune to the cultural chaos.

As news was breaking that former New York Governor Andrew Cuomo sexually harassed many women in and out of state government, news broke that a Fox News producer by the name of John Fawcett had filed suit alleging he was sexually harassed by Fox News legal analyst and former judge Andrew Napolitano. The channel then “parted ways” with Napolitano, who denied the charges.

The late Rush Limbaugh, the self-described “epitome of morality and virtue” who preached “character counts,” was married four times. A Reaganite conservative who didn’t register to vote until 1986, after Reagan was re-elected to his second and last presidential term, Limbaugh nevertheless rode a conservative wave on the radio to financial success. He was very entertaining.

As he made a fortune, however, he became a drug addict who was accused of using his housekeeper to acquire pain killers and paid Elton John $1 million to perform at his fourth wedding. He hired high-priced legal counsel to defend himself against charges he improperly obtained the sex drug Viagra.

America’s morals have fallen so fast and so quickly that a popular TV show, now in its 17^th season, is called “Cheaters.” The program features ambush interviews and secret recordings of cheaters as they are caught in the act. Some then go on a subsequent show to explain why they cheated. The product section of the show’s website offers “spy tools” you can buy and use to catch your spouse cheating.

Mark Levin notes the anti-family part of the Communist Manifesto without linking the Marxist campaign to many of the social and cultural problems, especially failing marriages, plaguing America and creating fatherless families.

The author of Communism for Kids, Bini Adamczak, noted that the goal was the “destruction of the family,” explaining, “With the [Russian] revolution, the right to legal abortion, both sexes’ right to divorce, the decriminalization of adultery, and the annulment of the sodomy law (which had previously prohibited homosexuality) were implemented and enforced.”

“In Moscow,” she said, “one could find international communes led by gay communists. Drag kings could become legitimate members of the Red Army. Participants of the revolutionary debates decided upon the destruction of the family, demanded the legalization of incest, and advertised the practice [of] polygamy.”

All of this suggests that the American version of the Russian revolution still has a long way to go to hit bottom.

Ironically, Levin’s Fox News platform is an example of America’s decline in this regard. The channel has a notorious reputation for being a haven for men who cheat on their wives and sexually harass their subordinates. The number of Fox hosts implicated in sex scandals is a long one. One Fox star, Jesse Watters, married a subordinate after divorcing his wife, with whom he had two daughters. He moves on as if nothing has served to undermine his role at a “conservative” channel considered friendly to “family values.” One such story, “Fox News host Jesse Watters to divorce after cheating on wife with 25-year-old employee,” generates no embarrassment anymore.

The channel’s founder Roger Ailes was forced out over his own involvement in sexual improprieties with female staffers. His wife reportedly told him “I forgive you” as he was on his death bed.

In real life, most people are not so forgiving, and the collateral damage of a divorce or sex scandal is a family that has lost its way, with children bitter and sick from the cheating they witnessed. One scholar called the result the “garbage generation.”

The group Marriage Helper offers two books on the topic for free, “one on how to identify cheating and another on how to address it.” It warns, “Cheating has to be taken head on before it’s too late.” The books are:

• 5 Signs Your Spouse is Cheating eBook
• 7 Things To Do When Your Spouse is Cheating eBook

But is it already too late for America? There is a debate over the real rate of divorce in America, but everybody agrees that it’s very high and the dissolution of the American family cannot be denied. As foreseen by Karl Marx, when the family withers away, the state takes charge. The state, by the way, never withers away and only gains power over human relationships.

To put it bluntly, most Americans care more about their own sexual pleasures than their own families and children anymore. They expect the government to take care of their kids and their problems, manifested in such spectacles as mass shootings, drug use, and alleged addiction to Facebook.

Dr. Stephen Baskerville warns of “the coming of communism in America” through the government replacing families and making family break-up easier. This is the “American Marxism” that deserves our attention. He talked to me about no-fault divorce and the welfare state, and then addressed the moral corruption in the conservative movement.

One root of the problem, not sufficiently addressed in Levin’s American Marxism book, is the influence of Harry Hay, a Communist Party member who started the modern gay rights movement in America. He divorced his wife, after contracting a venereal disease, became a “radical fairy” with an interest in the occult, and marched for the cause of adults having sex with children.

If there was ever a true “American Marxist,” to use Levin’s jargon, it was Harry Hay. He was the personification of family disintegration and breakdown. His influence extends well into the “conservative” movement, a large segment of which endorsed the Supreme Court ruling on gay marriage, written by Brett Kavanaugh mentor, Justice Anthony Kennedy.

My group America’s Survival, Inc. released Harry Hay’s FBI file in 2010 at a conference, “Unmasking the Progressives,” covering the topic of “Marxism in America.” Fox News paid no attention.

Levin’s book doesn’t mention him, perhaps because one of his employers, Fox News, hires and promotes homosexuals, and underwrites the activities of the Association of LGBTQ Journalists.

Such omissions demonstrate the limits of the corporate media, even those organs claiming to be “conservative.”

We have to face the fact that what passes for conservatism in today’s corporate culture is hopelessly corrupt.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

“If a political party does not have its foundation in the determination to advance a cause that is right and moral, then it is not a political party.  It is a conspiracy to seize power.”  —President Dwight D. Eisenhower, March 6, 1956

Right now, in Washington DC, we the American people, no matter what our political persuasion, face a greater threat to our freedoms, our Constitutional Republic, and our way of life than ever before.

This president continues to break our laws.  He ignores our Constitution. He refuses to enforce and/or secure our borders from invasion. Article IV, Section 4.  He blindly, if not stupidly, or via his dementia, ignores what’s really going on in our country. Or, is he doing it on purpose?

As you read this column, Kenneth Moton of ABC News, Sunday October 3, 2021, reported that 60,000 new migrants continue slugging their way through Mexico to storm our borders.  That’s on top of the 18,000 who just invaded Del Rio, Texas and are now being bussed all over the country.  Biden allowed 1.4 million illegal migrants to invade our country in the past nine months.  He supports and facilitates their lawlessness.  But our welfare systems are paying for them on our tax dollars.

He’s drowning us in $3.5 trillion in debt with God-only-knows what kind of insane pork that inhabits his “build back better” bill.

Biden does not know how many unvetted jihadist terrorists he imported into our country with 100,000 Muslim refugees.  He lacks any intellectual understanding of what kind of terrorist seeds he is sewing throughout our country.  Even in Kabul yesterday, one of those suicide nut bombers blew up a mosque in the city.  For the love of common sense, why did he just import 100,000 of those people and their violent religion?  We already suffer dozens of Islamic Training Camps from New York to Michigan to Oregon to California.  Biden feeds more terrorists into those camps.

We’ve got 25 million illegal aliens within our borders as documented by the Yale Report of 2018.  We’ve got another 800,000 DACA illegals ready to be given citizenship.  Then there’s the 100,000 Afghans that we know nothing about.  It’s like Biden and Congress keep “seeding” our country with invaders…their cultures…their customs…their languages.  Why?  Is Biden an elected tyrant?

Does he have the right to force us to take injections of an experimental drug?  Can he force foreigners into our country to displace us from our rights? Well, he’s doing just that!

Aristotle explains the ruthlessness of tyrants: “Another mark of a tyrant is that he likes foreigners better than citizens, and lives with them and invites them to his table; for the one are enemies, but the Others enter into no rivalry with him.”

At 330 million of us in this country, and roughly 50 million of us are foreign born…with another 30 or 40 million of their offspring…is it possible that Congress and the presidents—who have allowed this invasion over the past 40 years—want to destroy our country and our way of life?

Right now in France, one of the hottest politicians, Eric Zemmour, wrote a best seller:  Le Suicide of France.  He spoke of the onslaught of Muslims creating their own nations within France with 90 “no go zones” where no French people dare enter. He spoke about the thousands of Muslims raping French women at will. He spoke about Muslims filling French prisons at over 80 percent of prisoners.  He’s on course to not only overtake Marine la Pen, but Zemmour is slated to beat President Macron in the next election.  The French people are beginning to gel to the new movement: Identity Solidaire.  They are sick of Muslims tearing their country apart.

With all those Haitians invading our country, are we ready for their religious rituals like Santeria where they take animals and cut them to bleed them out in parks and on beaches? And they bathe themselves in the blood!  Can we allow that barbaric scene to be seen by our children? Can we support endless female genital mutilation and honor killings in our country?  At what point do we too, sink into a barbaric third world country?

And exactly what are we going to do with the projected 100,000,000 (million) more people added to our country, net gain, within 29 years?  Most of it caused by legal and illegal immigration, and their birth rates.  You have any answers to that question?

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

What are we Americans going to do when there are no solutions to all the problems that Congress and Biden heap upon us?  At some point, when the numbers reach beyond sustainability, we will dissolve into the realm of irreversible and unsolvable problems.  Once at that point, we are screwed.

Those 545 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Last week, “Progressives for Immigration Reform,” Executive Director Kevin Lynn interviewed me on my book:  America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations.  He caught me in my office wearing my ball cap and glasses. The interview is one hour long.  If you watch it, the interview will give you a crystal-clear understanding of what’s going to happen to our civilization if we fail to stop mass immigration.  Forward it to all your networks.  Thank you, Frosty

Here is the link to the podcast with Executive Director Kevin Lynn and Frosty Wooldridge.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions?  Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you.  Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future?  If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more.  Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water.  Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2021 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

The horrific number of deaths, permanent disabilities and very serious injuries caused by those Pfizer, Moderna and J & J COVID-19 experimental injections continues to skyrocket.  The predicted second major spike, October through December is underway.

1,969 Fetal Deaths Recorded Following COVID-19 Shots but Criminal CDC Recommends Pregnant Women Get the Shot, October 1, 2021

Study: COVID-19 Vaccines INCREASE Deaths and Hospitalizations from COVID-19 Based on Analysis of Most-Vaccinated Countries, September 30, 2021

“Dr. Gérard Delépine from France, whom we have featured often here at Health Impact News over the years, has just published a study based on public data from the countries with the highest vaccination rates that clearly shows that the COVID-19 shots are hospitalizing people and killing people at higher rates than countries who have adopted early treatment protocols without the use of vaccines.”

Do you think this is a big red flag or just nothing?  That was in Feb.  Would be interesting to see if any of those women since then have developed some category of cancer:

“Intermountain Healthcare Issues Mammogram Recommendations – “These new recommendations are a response to guidelines released by the National Society of Breast Imaging after radiologists nationwide saw a rise in the number of mammograms indicating swollen lymph nodes in women who had received the COVID-19 vaccine. The announcement yesterday was not for women to skip their screenings altogether, as that can be dangerous.

“According to Dr. Brett Parkinson, the medical director of Intermountain Healthcare’s Breast Care Center, the swelling of lymph nodes also occurs with other vaccines or illnesses.We’ve seen this type of swelling on scans before, but never so pronounced because of one type of vaccine,” Parkinson said in a statement.”

Vaxxed Blood Shows ‘Stacking’, Typical of Blood Cancer, August 19, 2021 – “A German doctor, Dr. Barbel Ghitalla has done blood analyses or ‘smears’ of her vaccinated patients, as well as acquiring a vial of the Johnson and Johnson vaccine.  Alarmed at what she saw in the smears, she discussed her findings with another medical colleague, Dr. Axel Bolland, and two lawyers. This was recorded in a video, which Dr. Jane Ruby discusses with Stew Peters below.  “I’ve never seen anything like it. I’m afraid for my patients.”

The prostitute media and tech giants all continue to treat some of the most educated, experienced doctors and scientists in the world as nothing but conspiracy nuts for speaking out against the slaughter going on from those experimental injections.

One such doctor and scientist is Mayo Clinic trained, tripled board-certified pathologist, Dr. Ryan Cole. Idaho doctor reports a ‘20 times increase’ of cancer in vaccinated patients, September 13, 2021  AND – this interview with Dr. Cole about the booster NONSENSE and more.

THIS is what we’re seeing and it is outrageous.  These people have NO credibility and are nothing but ignorant stooges.  A disgrace to even consider any of them as reporters, investigators or so-called fact checkers.  They’re trying to convince Americans what these doctors and scientists are seeing under microscopes and through testing is an illusion.

Idaho Doctor Makes Baseless Claims About Safety of COVID-19 Vaccines, August 27, 2021 (The old stand-by in headlines:  Baseless.  Same was flaunted over Hussein Obama’s birth certificate.)

“A viral video features a doctor making dubious claims about COVID-19 vaccines and treatments at a forum hosted by Idaho’s lieutenant governor. Dr. Ryan Cole claims mRNA vaccines cause cancer and autoimmune diseases, but the lead author of the paper on which Cole based that claim told us there is no evidence mRNA vaccines cause those ailments. “The most recent example in this misinformation niche is Dr. Ryan Cole, who owns a medical lab in Idaho…”

I guess they’re upset more than a million people have watched that presentation.  Dubious.  Baseless.  Disinformation.  Bogus.  All to convince the reader a doctor and scientist like Dr. Cole with his decades of experience doesn’t know what he’s talking about as the bodies pile up.

I want to go back to a column I wrote on April 26, 2015, Polio Vaccine, Cancer and Dr. Mary’s Monkey.

“One of the reasons I decided to read Dr. Mary’s Monkey is because one of my dearest friends, Thelma Taormina, passed away, April 6, 2015, after losing her heroic fight against small cell carcinoma cancer.

“Dr. Mary’s Monkey is fully footnoted. The author, Edward T. Haslam, went to extraordinary lengths to make sure the reader understands what is speculation and what is fact based on documentation and his research – his personal involvement. Vaccines have become a battle ground in this country as anyone keeping up with current events can attest to; opponents and pro-vaccine locked in a fight that shouldn’t even be one.

“I knew little about monkey viruses until a few years ago. Hell, on top of everything else floating around in my head and having had only these vaccines in my life (polio, smallpox and DPT – diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough), and tetanus), did I really need to do a bunch of research on monkey viruses? Yes, I did because it’s what I do: try to educate and inform my fellow Americans about what is good, what isn’t good and why we the people are fed up with lies about everything affecting our daily lives.

“As hardened a cynic as I have become over the past 24 years, Dr. Mary’s Monkey truly was frightening. Why did America suddenly experience a cancer epidemic? How much do Americans really know about the polio vaccine seventy years ago – about the number of deaths and cover-up and more importantly – why on earth would research scientists use monkey viruses?

“Long before I ever heard of Haslam’s book, in my research I found the testimony below. I do hope you take the time to read it in full because the American people must know the truth about how we’ve all been used as guinea pigs while enriching the coffers of prostitute politicians in the Outlaw Congress and morally, ethically bankrupt pharmaceutical companies.

“The SV40 Virus: Has Tainted Polio Vaccine Caused An Increase in Cancer? Oral Presentation by Barbara Loe Fisher, Co-founder & President, National Vaccine Information Center, September 10, 2003, Subcommittee on Human Rights and Wellness, U.S. House Government Reform Committee, U.S. House of Representatives, Washington, D.C.: “The SV40 Virus: Has Tainted Polio Vaccine Caused an Increase in Cancer?”

“It was in 1960 that an NIH scientist named Bernice Eddy discovered that rhesus monkey kidney cells used to make the Salk polio vaccine and experimental oral polio vaccines could cause cancer when injected into lab animals. Later that year the cancer-causing virus in the rhesus monkey kidney cells was identified as SV40 or simian virus 40, the 40th monkey virus to be discovered. (Shorter, e. 1987. The Health Century) Sadly, the American people were not told the truth about this in 1960.

“The SV40 contaminated stocks of Salk polio vaccine were never withdrawn from the market but continued to be given to American children until early 1963 with full knowledge of federal health agencies. Between 1955 and early 1963, nearly 100 million American children had been given polio vaccine contaminated with the monkey virus, SV40. (Institute of Medicine, National Academy of Sciences . 2002. Immunization Safety Review: SV40 Contamination of Polio Vaccine and Cancer. Washington, D.C.: National Academy Press)

“Today, U.S. federal health agencies admit the following two facts: 1. Salk polio vaccine released for public use between 1955 and 1963 was contaminated with SV40; and 2. SV40 has been proven to cause cancer in animals. In fact, at a conference on SV-40 and human cancers held by the National Institutes of Health in 1997, which I attended, there was no disagreement among both government and non-government scientists about these two facts. The only disagreement was whether SV40 was actually being identified in the cancerous tumors of children and adults alive today and, if it was, whether the monkey virus was in fact responsible for their cancer.

“Non-government scientists working in independent labs around the world said, “Yes.” But the scientists connected with the U.S. government said “No.” (Transcript of FDA, CDC, NIH, NIP, NVPO January 27-28, 1997 Workshop on Simian Virus 40: A Possible Human Polyomavirus).”

“Bernice Eddy is covered in Dr. Mary’s Monkey as is the murderous effects of monkey viruses. How does that tie in with Lee Harvey Oswald or cancer? What in the world is a Linear Particle Accelerator and what did it have to do with Dr. Mary Sherman’s horrible death and Lee Harvey Oswald?

“Americans who seek the truth know that most of the time what evil being done to We the People in America is being done right under our noses. It’s just that we don’t know what’s going on behind the curtain. Like the Infectious Disease Laboratory at the U.S. Public Health Service hospital in New Orleans back in the ’60s. How on earth did Lee Harvey Oswald get connected to the secret goings-on: monkey viruses and cancer?

“Were there secret experiments going on with the full knowledge of certain individuals in the U.S. government to “develop an anti-cancer vaccine diverted secretly into biological weapons”? My conclusion after reading the book, the documents (Not necessarily just the photos) is yes. On page 206, Haslam covers Bernice Eddy’s research in a flu vaccine project that morphed into much more dealing with the polio vaccine. Millions and millions of school aged children were given the needle during the time period covered in the book. The explosion of soft cell cancers and those secret research projects is no coincidence:

Pg 207: “In June 1959 Bernice Eddy, who was still officially assigned to the flu vaccine project, began thinking about the polio vaccine again. This time she was worried about something much deeper than polio. The vaccine’s manufacturers had grown their polio viruses on the kidneys of monkeys. And when they removed the polio virus from the monkey’s kidneys, they also removed an unknown number of other monkey viruses. The more they looked, the more they found.

“The medical science of the day knew little about the behavior or consequences of these monkey viruses. But time were changing. Confronted with mounting evidence that some monkey viruses caused cancer, Eddy grew suspicious of the polio vaccine and asked an excruciating question: Had they inoculated an entire generation of Americans with cancer-causing monkey viruses?”

“Through Haslam’s meticulous research backed up by source references and documents, he weaves together the pieces connecting Lee Harvey Oswald, Castro and the monstrous crime of injecting millions of America’s school children with a vaccine that was known to cause cancer in lab rats. As one reviewer of Haslam’s book wrote better than I can:

“This is the best kept secret of the last 60 years with more subplots and surprise situations (with no endings in sight). Haslam is a very modest and humble man calling for what should be an obvious formal investigation into many issues still unresolved. He claims he’s NOT the investigation, but his exposure is enough that if one reads the work entirely with an open mind, they will understand why 60 Minutes TV Magazine Producers call this the “story of the century.”

“Haslam introduces us to an unsolved murder of one of the leading cancer researchers of the last 75 years, Mary Sherman. Her autopsy was sealed for around 30 years, and Haslam’s explanation of how she died makes far more sense than the official police report written under questionable police procedure.

“Most importantly, Haslam introduces us to the dark side of the Polio Vaccine and the complications it went through during its development and the lasting problems we are now struggling with because of it — the SV-40 VIRUS.  Ask your doctor or a med school faculty doctor about the SV-40 Virus, and you’ll lear, they know nothing about it. Their education and training has been so carefully compartmentalized, they know nothing of these issues, but they are all over the internet if you choose to look. Haslam teaches us about many doctors who lost their careers trying to blow the whistle on these issues.

“In short, the polio vaccine made from monkey kidneys carried the SV-40 virus which remains dormant inside baby boomers who received the polio vaccine until the immune system is weakened to the point where the SV-40 Virus can transform into one of the major cancers: lung, breast, soft tissue, bone cancer, etc. In the early 50’s 22,000 new cases of polio was called an epidemic, and Ed Haslam now asks, how come around a million new cases of cancer each year is NOT being called a cancer epidemic? I think it’s a fair question.

“Hopefully, you will read Haslam’s work and get your family, friends and associates to read it. Main stream media had a chance to share this with us in 2000 when 60 Minutes had spent more time and money on this story than any other segment of the TV Magazine’s history according to their producer, but the network producers would not permit the program to air.

“Hmm? Don’t you want to know why? Read DR MARY’s MONKEY, and you’ll begin to have your eyes opened. Edward T. Haslam and Judyth Vary Baker are modern American heroes, and only until you have read their works will you even begin to understand why I hold them in such high esteem. Only until you read their works can you begin to understand the price they have paid, the risk they bear so you and I can learn the truth and demand something be done about it for us, our children, and our children’s children to the nth generation”.

Thelma was born in 1957.  From above:  “Today, U.S. federal health agencies admit the following two facts: 1. Salk polio vaccine released for public use between 1955 and 1963 was contaminated with SV40.”  I was born in 1949 and had a few vaccines by age 5 and never another shot of any kind; flu, pneumonia or anything else.  Thelma’s year of birth, 1957, fell between those years.

If you missed my coverage of Dr. Stefan Lanka (Here) and (Here) there’s more:  Dr Stefan Lanka Debunks Pictures of “Isolated Viruses” – “For almost one year we have been asking authorities, politicians and medical institutes for the scientific evidence for the existence of such viruses that are said to cause disease and therefore require “immunization”.

“After almost one year we have not received even one concrete answer which provides evidence for the existence of those “vaccine-preventable viruses”. The conclusion is inevitable that our children are still vaccinated on the basis of scientific standards of the 18th and 19th century. In the 19th century Robert Koch demanded in his generally accepted postulates evidence of the virus in order to prove infection; at Koch’s time this evidence couldn’t be achieved directly by visualization and characterization of the viruses, because adequate technology wasn’t available at that time. Methods of modern medicine have profoundly changed over the past 60 years, in particular by the invention of the electron microscope, yet all these viruses we get immunized against have still never been re-examined using this technology?”

Like TV shows solving murders.  The killer was finally identified 20 years later using his DNA which wasn’t available at the time the murder took place.

In a previous column I recommended everyone read this very short book, free on-line:  Vaccination the Hidden Facts by Ian Sinclair.  You’ll be shocked.  The author did a tremendous amount of research, i.e.:  “In USA in 1900 there were 13.3 measles deaths per 100,000 population. By 1955, without any vaccination against measles, the death rate had declined to 0.03 deaths per 100,000, a decrease of 97.7 per cent.

Smallpox

“Before Edward Jenner introduced his smallpox vaccine around 1800, smallpox deaths in England had fallen from 500 to 200 per 100,000 population over the preceding two centuries. By the time compulsory vaccination was introduced in 1852, the mortality had fallen to 40 per 100,000 population. It is significant to note that between 1867 and 1880, the period when compulsory vaccination was strictly enforced, the death rate leapt from 28 to 45 per 100,000 population.  A report appearing in Medical History, 1983 concluded that vaccination could not have been solely responsible for the decline of smallpox in Britain:  “The history of smallpox in the later years of the 19th century does not support the contention that vaccination was fully or finally responsible for the eventual disappearance of the disease in Britain.”

“Leon Chaitow, in his book Vaccination and Immunization points out: “The credit for the decline in the incidence of smallpox could not be given to vaccination. The fact is that its incidence declined in all parts of Europe, whether or not vaccination was employed.”

Dr. Lanka proved measles is not a virus but likely a disease.  No one – including the CDC has isolated, purified particles samples to scientifically prove these are viruses:  SARS-CoV-2, MERS, Influenza, Polio, Measles, HIV, HPV, Ebola, Zika, Hepatitis.  Not to say they aren’t diseases but you don’t treat diseases like cancer with a vaccine, so how about those others?Go look at the CDC’s response to the FOIA dated June 7, 2021 re SARS-CoV-2; link above.

Then, remember this:   CDC document “CDC 2019-Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel.” July 13, 2020, page 42 where the CDC is instructing the use of a PCR test, it says:“Since no quantified virus isolates of the 2019-nCoV are currently available, assays [diagnostic tests] designed for detection of the 2019-nCoV RNA were tested with characterized stocks of in vitro transcribed full length RNA…”

Isn’t it about time someone figured out what COVID-19 really is?  How about using MODERN science and all the great technology instead of relying on science over 100 years old?  As I’ve written over and over:  Those injections will never work because for one thing, they are not vaccines.  Breakthrough Cases Surge: Vaccinated Individuals Accounted for 87% of Covid Hospitalizations Over the Past Week in Wales UK; 99% of All New Cases Were Under 60 Years Old

And now, we’re seeing the death count from those COVID experimental injections continue to climb.  Get rid of the “useless eaters” first:  Nearly 50k Medicare patients died soon after getting COVID shot: whistleblower, September 28, 2021 – This is the second one with solid proof.

As I previously covered, billionaire Steve Kirsch is offering a $1 million dollar reward for someone to prove him wrong:  212,000 dead, 2 million injured.  No takers which is kind of amazing.  I don’t know the date the video was made but it’s at least a month old given some of what he covers.

For those unfamiliar with vaccine history in this country, 20 or 25 deaths – a vaccine is pulled from the market.  The number of dead after taking those COVID-19 injections is astronomical yet every governor in this country doesn’t seem to have a problem with the carnage.  Or the number of permanently disabled.  Three weeks ago, it was nearing 20,000 (1% reported) Americans whose lives are destroyed living in pain.  The worst is yet to come as 1/3 of the humans on this planet have been injected.

It’s not as if governors haven’t been told the numbers and all the data plastered all over the Internet.  I’ve been sending our governor, Greg Abbott, letters and faxes since February 2021:  Do not allow those experimental injections be distributed in this state.  Stop distribution, governor, as those experimental injections which are NOT vaccines are killing people.  Never received a single response.

Governors have been pushing those injections from day one.  Get vaccinated!  Now they’re stuck between the proverbial rock and a hard place politically.  If they actually cared about the people in their state, they would have stopped distribution of those injections last March when the first big spike in deaths was recorded.  Instead, all 50 of them continue to ignore the horrific numbers.

Why are members of Congress, their staff, USPS employees, illegal aliens, Afghan “refugees”, employees at the CDC and the FDA all exempt from being forced to take those injections?’ Unlike the thousands and thousands of Americans who have already lost their job, forced to choose between their health and paycheck.  All for alleged vaccines that DON’T work and will never work.  Reality vs Gaslighting: The Vaccine Failure Stares Us Straight in the Eyes, September 22, 2021

“Fact #1: The vaccines do not stop the spread of Covid infection.There are countless breakthrough cases being reported all over the world. Moreover, some of the most vaccinated countries have the highest rates of infection transmission. Israel is a case in point. An early leader in vaccination, it also has the highest infection rate on the planet. And this by a large margin.

“The majority of the seriously ill or dying in highly vaccinated countries have been vaccinated. In Britain, for example, 75 percent of all deaths are among the vaccinated. And this is happening in a country that has a vaccination rate of about 70 percent.”  This is true everywhere.

READ: ‘This Is Evil at the Highest Level,’ Says HHS Whistleblower – “In a video released Monday by Project Veritas, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services insider, Jodi O’Malley, a registered nurse, shares recorded conversations between herself and colleagues about the government’s failure to acknowledge COVID vaccine risks and lack of efficacy.” She is of the warrior class.

What about cancer markers alarming doctors?  Like the polio vaccine given to 100 MILLION American children between 1955 and 1963 and the cancer explosion years later?  It’s obscene what’s going on and criminal.  I pray the same thing isn’t going to happen again only sooner to the injected.

Fall will be over before you know it, then winter and the big squeeze will be applied to force all employers to demand employees get injected or fired.  In the meantime, well-meaning parents are getting their teens injected; my heart just breaks because I know what’s going to happen.

And all the while governors remain mute.  Hell, I’ve not heard of a single “reporter” ask the question to any governor:  What about the number of deaths from the “vaccinated”?  What about the lawsuits, governor exposing the harm being done to tens and tens of thousands of Americans?

Gov. Abbott is riding high right now because of his aggressive actions pertaining to the massive invasion on our Texas border with Mexico.  I say, gov:  You’re not going to be able to hide from the numbers in the near future.  Not when thousands of nurses and doctors quit, die or suffer permanent damage (especially neurological) and there’s no one to work in hospitals.  It’s coming.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2021 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Press Conference: Death by Vaccination. Undeclared components of the COVID-19 vaccines,September 20, 2021.  Almost 3 hrs; I watched it in segments.  What’s in those injections, go to 1:27:00 – prepared to be shocked.

Autopsy results of the vaccinated *MUST SEE*, September 7, 2021

Exclusive: Woman Injured by COVID Vaccine Pleads With Health Agencies for Help, as Local News Agency Kills Story After Pressure From Pfizer, September 30, 2021

“In an exclusive interview with The Defender, Kristi Dobbs recounted how she’s spent nine months pleading with health agencies to research the neurological injuries she developed after Pfizer’s vaccine, and how she and others are trying to get the word out about the vaccine’s potential risks.”

Is YOUR child next?  16-Year-Old Wisconsin Girl DEAD Following 2 Doses of the Experimental Pfizer COVID Injections

STUNNING: AMA Is Teaching Doctors How to Manipulate Information in Order to Coerce the Unvaccinated, September 23, 2021

57 Top Scientists and Doctors: Stop All Covid Vaccinations – Response from governors and state legislatures:  CRICKETS.

Dems Sneak $70,000-$700,000 Fines for Vax-mandate Violation into Budget Bill

Florida Judge Halts City’s COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate – “The court agreed that the city doesn’t own its employees’ bodies,”  – September 24, 2021

Johnson & Johnson: ‘Kids Shouldn’t Get A F*cking [COVID] Vaccine;’ There are “Unknown Repercussions, September 27, 2021

We warned this would happen back in 2007 and still primary care doctors are recommending that vaccine and TV ads are still running about how it protects your son or daughter: French Oncologist Analysis of Gardasil Vaccine Finds Higher Rates of Cervical Cancer Associated with High Vaccination Rates, August 7, 2018

Dr. Peter Breggin: Covid-19 and the Global Predators

CDC allows hospitals to classify dead vaxxed people as “unvaccinated”

Project Veritas: FDA Official Wants ‘Nazi Germany Registry’ for Unvaccinated Americans, September 22, 2021

Defiant Ohio Sheriff Says ‘No’ to Enforcing Vaccine Mandates

By Rob Pue

I don’t know about you, but for me, this has been a tough year.  It’s been even harder than last year, mentally and emotionally. It’s hard to not become depressed when you see what’s happening to our country and our world, when you see how the demonic realm seems to have total control now, of the entire planet.  Of course, the demons that influence and inhabit the Luciferian globalists only have as much power as God Almighty allows them to have, but clearly, at least for now, it seems they’ve been given authority to do as they please.

In spite of the fact that I’ve been sounding the warning for more than two decades in ministry — and others far longer than I have — it seems the Church in America has paid no attention at all. We have church-goers with faith a mile wide but only an inch deep. Biblical illiteracy is truly pandemic and the people are destroyed for lack of knowledge.  They go to church simply to “feel good.” They will tolerate everything carnal and worldly but will not tolerate sound biblical doctrine.

How quickly we have fallen! God, in His great mercy, gave us chance after chance after chance to repent. His patience with us was well beyond anything we deserved. From Heaven, the Holy Spirit continued to loudly blast the warning as well:  “Repent!” Yet we refused to hear and heed every warning, preferring instead to remain in our comfort, affluence and apathy toward spiritual matters. 1 Thessalonians 5 reminds us, “Do not quench the Spirit. Do not despise prophecies. Test all things; hold fast what is good. Abstain from every form of evil.” In one ear and out the other for most, if they ever heard that to begin with.

The LORD warned His people through the prophet Isaiah in chapter 30 of his book, “Now go, write it before them on a tablet, and note it on a scroll, that it may be for time to come, forever and ever: That this is a rebellious people, lying children, children who will not hear the law of the Lord; Who say to the seers, ‘Do not see,’ and to the prophets, ‘Do not prophesy to us right things; speak to us smooth things, prophesy deceits.  Get out of the way, turn aside from the path. Cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from before us.’ Therefore thus says the Holy One of Israel: ‘Because you despise this word, and trust in oppression and perversity, and rely on them, therefore this iniquity shall be to you like a breach ready to fall, a bulge in a high wall, whose breaking comes suddenly, in an instant.’”  In one ear and out the other.

Today we find ourselves in a socialist nation, ruled by lawless tyrants. Where once the Word of God was our Foundation, our Rock, the conviction of every heart, the Textbook in every school, that sacred Book on which our leaders took their oaths of office and to which they pledged their vows of integrity and honor, we now live in a country that’s forgotten God, and has even come to despise Him. So here we are.

This year is harder for me than last year because last year, I still held out a shred of hope that our Creator might yet show us His great mercy and spare us what has now come. I prayed for repentance in the land — a land laboring under the tremendous burden of blood guilt and every sort of wickedness and perversion. I prayed for a great revival and awakening of God’s people.  Perhaps that prayer has been answered. Many, most definitely, have had a great personal revival of their faith and Christian conviction, and many have awoken from their apathy and slumber. But this remnant is small, and we seem to have no voice among the cacophony of God-haters.

But then, God’s Word said it would be this way. Jesus said we would be hated of all men. In Mark 13, Jesus warned, “But watch out for yourselves, for they will deliver you up to councils, and you will be beaten in the synagogues. You will be brought before rulers and kings for My sake, for a testimony to them…brother will betray brother to death, and a father his child; and children will rise up against parents and cause them to be put to death. And you will be hated by all for My name’s sake. But he who endures to the end shall be saved.”

Are you ready for that, friends? The time is upon us now. Faithful Christ-followers are, right now, being delivered up to “councils.” Those who dare try to warn and speak truth in our modern American churches may not be being physically ‘beaten’ — yet. But they’re certainly not welcome. The faithful of Christ are, right now, being brought before rulers and kings and county health officials and judges and they ARE giving testimony as the Holy Spirit speaks through them. Yet the persecution continues. And it’s clear that family members will soon be made to betray one another, as their lives are threatened by the “New World Order” Luciferians.

I stated earlier that we’re now living in a socialist nation, ruled by lawless tyrants. I didn’t say “socialism is coming.” It’s already here, friends. The wheels were set in motion long ago and now we have arrived. We have not learned from history. Not from biblical history nor from secular world history. Our downfall was inevitable once we tossed the Word of God out of our schools and ceased teaching God’s truths to our children. But like all third-world countries that have fallen to Socialism and Communism, it began with a political coup. A corrupt election in which an illegitimate leader was placed into power. We’ve seen it time and again in recent history.

How many countries have had coups such as this, and then the world denounces the election as a fraud, and refuses to acknowledge the new leadership as legitimate?  The people of these countries then proceed to suffer under great tyranny. By the way, our country is also guilty of instigating coups such as this around the world. Now other countries have helped to accomplish it here.

November 3rd was a coup, make no mistake. But we still held out hope that because it was such an obvious coup, justice would prevail. That was not to be, when those who were supposed to be on the side of “good” refused to bring justice on January 6th. Just as we’ve seen in third-world countries when a coup takes place, our US Capitol was surrounded by a high fence topped with razor wire, to protect the illegitimate regime. Our Constitution, which, for all practical purposes, was done away with years ago, did not save us either.

And just as we’ve seen in other places where such coups have taken place, the tyranny immediately began. Dissidents and protestors were illegally arrested and jailed. We still have at least 600 political prisoners being held without bail or legal recourse. Let us not forget about them.

Let us also remember Venezuela. Once the wealthiest nation in Latin America, Venezuela has fallen to Socialism. Their Constitution was replaced with a new Socialist Constitution in 1999. The new version declared employment, healthcare and housing as basic rights that must be provided by the State. The government also took control of agriculture and manufacturing, marking the end of the free market there. Then redistribution of land and wealth, uncontrolled government spending on social welfare programs, such as subsidized food, education and healthcare. When the money ran out, they simply printed more, thereby devaluing the currency, which led to hyperinflation.

This made it nearly impossible for the majority of citizens to purchase food, medicine and other necessities.  Inflation there is now at 1 million percent. Children and adults alike are dying of hunger, innocent people are being killed by the Venezuelan security forces and millions of citizens are deprived of basic freedom.

According to Human Rights Watch, the illegitimate government of Nicolas Maduro is responsible for “extrajudicial executions” and forced “disappearances.” They have jailed political opponents, prosecuted civilians in military courts, tortured detainees and punished all dissenters.  Venezuelans fleeing repression and shortages of food, medicine and basic healthcare represents the largest migration crisis in recent Latin American history. There are persistent concerns over brutal policing practices, impunity for human rights violations, lack of judical independence and harassment of human rights defenders and independent media.

Nearly 6 million have fled their country since 2014, but finding no refuge in other countries, it’s estimated that 150,000 or more have been forced to return — to face torture and death.

I could go on about the situation in Venezuela, but this is what Socialism brings. And Socialism is merely a stepping-stone to Communism, the ultimate goal of the New World Order Luciferian tyrants.  Look also at the living conditions in other countries that have suffered the same fate: Angola, Bangladesh, Bolivia, China, Cuba, Ecuador, El Salvador, Ethiopia, Laos, Nepal, Nicaragua, North Korea. …Look at CANADA.

Following the November 3rd coup here in America, we are now under an illegitimate tyrannical regime.  We have a Constitution in name only. It hasn’t been followed in decades. Our justice system is corrupt. Indeed, it seems their main goal is to protect criminals, while persecuting all who object. Hillary Clinton’s crimes; Obama’s crimes, Hunter Biden’s crimes, Joe Biden’s crimes; Anthony Fauci’s crimes — all completely ignored by the FBI, the DOJ, the House, the Senate, the Supreme Court and everyone else, while Constitutional Patriots and Christians are now declared “the most dangerous threat to our nation.”

Now the Tyrant-in-Chief has ruled jab mandates must be enforced. With no power to do so, he has coerced private businesses to carry out his edicts. Mandatory injections for all military and government employees. Mandatory injections of all employees of companies with 100 or more workers — or employers face a $14,000 fine for each “violation.” We no longer have autonomy over our own bodies. And in this post-truth world we’re living in today, real science is forbidden.  We KNOW what’s in the “kill shots” — thousands of reputable doctors and researchers have been able to tell us the truth, at the risk of losing everything, including their lives. More people have died from these injections in six months than have died from all other REAL vaccines in history. So make no mistake: the COVID jab is not a “vaccine.” It’s a deliberate “kill shot” and they intend to force it into as many human beings as possible.

The increase in COVID cases and deaths that we’ve seen in recent months has nothing to do with any “variant” or virus mutation. It’s the JAB that’s killing people. Whistle-blower doctors and nurses have clearly stated that those who are dying now are the “vaccinated.” Not the “unvaccinated.” But still, the Tyrant requires more blood, more death.

Because this is beyond just him. This is beyond just the United States. Friends, it’s now world-wide. The Luciferians have made their “Great Reset” plan known. Their “Utopian” New World Order doesn’t include us, because most of us will be dead. THAT is the plan.  Those who manage to survive will simply be their slaves. THAT is the goal. Yet so many have been brainwashed and coerced into compliance. They don’t want to lose their lives of luxury and ease. They want to be able to travel. They want to keep their stuff. Understand, the days of luxury and ease are over. You can’t keep your “stuff” and very likely, you won’t be able to keep your life either.

And the brainwashing continues. It’s in the atmosphere. Just the other day, I had a conversation with a Christian friend who stated it would be better to just go to the FEMA camp “green zones” they’re setting up for us than to be outcasts from society, fugitives, “outlaws.” “At least we’ll be with other people, at least we’ll have friends there,” they said. Make no mistake, they call them “Green Zones” because calling them “concentration camps” would not be expedient to their cause. The only thing “green” there will be the mold on your daily crust of bread, after you’ve been beaten and tortured and if you’ve behaved properly during your daily “re-education” classes.

Friends, understand, the country we grew up in has been overthrown. There is no longer any “political” solution. Our only hope is in Jesus. Even as we descend now, into abject slavery here in the US, we can still cry out to God for His mercy and grace upon US, as individuals. Our nation has been judged and judgment was long overdue. But today is the day of salvation. You can no longer ignore the call. Today is our opportunity for individual repentance. Turn to God. And remember we overcome the enemy ONLY by the word of our testimony, by the blood of the Lamb, and loving not our own lives, even unto death. And please —  don’t cower in fear.  We have nothing to fear. If we are His children, He will never leave us or forsake us, even in the darkest of days.

© 2021 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 336.

By Roger Anghis

For the last two years, all we’ve heard was how dangerous COVID-19 is. I had it in October of last year. Every cold I ever had was worse than my bout with COVID-19. That was not the case with a friend who ended up in the hospital twice because of it. I also had a friend die who had COVID-19 but he had other health problems including diabetes. I am not saying that it isn’t dangerous but it does have a 99.998% survival rate. The H1N1 virus in 2010-2011 had a mortality rate of 1%-4%[1] But COVID-19 has been dismal in comparison. Data on deaths following COVID-19 vaccination were obtained from the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) from December 11, 2020, through January 8, 2021. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) COVID Data Tracker was used to identify the total number of people receiving COVID-19 vaccines during the same period to estimate the mortality rate. Stratified analysis was conducted by the location of vaccination. Results: As of January 8, 2021, 55 deaths were reported (.00005% mortality rate), and the mortality rate of COVID-19 vaccination was 8.2 per million population (.000008% mortality rate). A total of 37 deaths were reported among long-term care facility residents, and the mortality rate was 53.4 per million population. Top reported comorbidities associated with deaths included hypertension, dementia, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), diabetes, and heart failure. In addition, dementia was more likely to be associated with deaths vaccinated at long-term care facilities than at other locations.[2]

I never believed the numbers they gave out on the amount of COVID-19 cases we experienced. Its symptoms are quite similar to the regular flu. People that died of heart failure were listed as COVID-19 victims.  One thing I noticed was the flu simply disappeared. From 2012 to 2020 the average annual number of cases of influenza was 33,250,000, but the 2020-2021 season only saw 1822 cases.  If you believe that, I have a bridge I’d like to sell you. Here is information straight off the CDC website:

Age Group:             Infection Fatality Rate:                       Survival Rate:
0-19                          0.00003%                                              99.997%
20-49                       0.0002%                                                 99.998%
50-69                       0.0054%                                                 99.5%
70+                           0.054%                                                    94.6%

The H1N1 virus was much worse than this and there were no lockdowns, no mask mandates no vaccine mandates.  One has to ask what is the difference. I have my theories and I doubt that I am wrong.  Democrats are trying to take advantage of the chance they have to grab as much power as they can.  They stole the 2020 election, the special Senate election in Georgia, and the recall election in California.  It is only Democrat-run states, with few exceptions, that are still pushing lockdowns, mask mandates, and forced vaccines. I would like to remind my readers that in 2011 Bill Gates called for depopulation through forced vaccination. You have to remember that democrats actually believe in climate change and that the world is too populated.  The Georgia Guidestones calls for the reduction of the world’s population to around what they consider ‘sustainable’, 500,000,000 people,[3] the same figure that Bill Gates thinks we need to reduce the population to.

There are hundreds of articles that address the dangers of this vaccine. The Pfizer and Moderna vaccines are what is called mRNA technology. The inventor of the technology, Dr. Robert Malone, says that no one should take the shot: Dr. Robert Malone invented the mRNA technology, which has been used to create the Pfizer and Moderna COVID vaccines. He has been speaking out about the dangers of the COVID shot, such as the damages the Coronavirus spike protein causes in the body. In this interview with Del Bigtree, Dr. Robert Malone calls for a stop of COVID vaccines. He explains that the COVID vaccine can cause an enhanced immune response, which creates a worse reaction when exposed to the natural coronavirus. He says that it can create autoimmunities in the the body. Dr. Robert Malone also said that the spike protein is the most dangerous part of the virus (which is in the COVID vaccine) is similar to spike proteins in our bodies, and can open up (not just pass through) the blood brain barrier. This has very dangerous implications for the human body, and why there have been so many adverse reactions to the COVID vaccine.[4] This explains why Israel, the most vaccinated country in the world has a massive amount of people vaccinated yet still get COVID-19: “95% of the severe patients are vaccinated”. “85-90% of the hospitalizations are in Fully vaccinated people.” “We are opening more and more COVID wards.” “The effectiveness of the vaccine is waning/fading out”.[5] Just what good is a vaccine that doesn’t protect you from the virus unless it wasn’t intended to be a vaccine. One doctor, Dr. Mercola, says that this vaccine is not a vaccine at all but gene therapy. mRNA “vaccines” created by Moderna and Pfizer are gene therapies. They fulfill all the definitions of gene therapy and none of the definitions for a vaccine. This matters because you cannot mandate a gene therapy against COVID-19 any more than you can force entire populations to undergo gene therapy for a cancer they do not have and may never be at risk for

• mRNA contains genetic instructions for making various proteins. mRNA “vaccines” deliver a synthetic version of mRNA into your cells that carry the instruction to produce the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein, the antigen, that then activates your immune system to produce antibodies
• The only one benefiting from an mRNA “vaccine” is the vaccinated individual, since all they are designed to do is lessen clinical symptoms associated with the S-1 spike protein. Since you’re the only one who will reap a benefit, it makes no sense to demand you accept the risks of the therapy “for the greater good” of your community
• Since mRNA “vaccines” do not meet the medical and/or legal definition of a vaccine — at least not until the CDC redefined “vaccine” — marketing them as such is a deceptive practice that violates the law that governs advertising of medical practices
• SARS-CoV-2 has not even been proven to be the cause of COVID-19. So, a gene therapy that instructs your body to produce a SARS-CoV-2 antigen — the viral spike protein — cannot be said to be preventive against COVID-19, as the two have not been shown to be causally linked

This information came from Mercola’s site but has been forced to remove information concerning the truth about this vaccine within 48 hours of posting it. Nice how our government treats people who attempt to inform us of the truth.

© 2021 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://emedicine.medscape.com/article/1807048-overview#a6
2. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34055843/
3. https://stovouno.org/2020/12/13/the-georgia-guidestones-and-the-globalist-plan-to-reduce-humanity-to-half-a-billion/
4. https://vaccinefreedom.wordpress.com/2021/07/30/inventor-of-mrna-vaccine-warns-against-the-covid-shot/
5. https://citizenfreepress.com/column-2/stunning-covid-report-from-israel/

by Lex Greene

Don’t ask me why because I don’t know…yet. But the graphs presented in this piece were captured directly from the CDC-VAERS site, updated as of September 17, 2021, as so indicated.

In this first VAERS image, notice that the report numbers the total COVID19 vaccine adverse events reported at 726,963 Americans, as of 9/17/21. It’s no secret that as much as 99% of all adverse events go unreported, or that these reports are highly incomplete of the real total number of adverse events caused by the so-called vaccines, just since January 1, 2021. (The real number of vaccine adverse events could number between 7-million and 70-million.)

In this next graph presented by the CDC and VAERS, you can see that for 30-years since the creation of the VAERS reporting system, the reporting of adverse vaccine DEATH reports remained very low and constant throughout.

However, beginning in December 2020 with the first COVID19 vaccines hitting the open market, and escalating every day since, the adverse event DEATH reports have skyrocketed to levels never before seen in 30-years of vaccine adverse event reporting.

This graph proves beyond any doubt whatsoever, that these vaccines are extraordinarily dangerous and even fatal, unlike any vaccine used in history. It also proves beyond any doubt, that all of the so-called “experts” forcing the vaccines on humanity, are well aware of these indisputable facts. Yet, they all continue to lie about it through the government censored media and social media, ratcheting up the pressure on every man, woman, and child, to shut up and “take the shot!” It’s mere mass propaganda.

It further proves that the American news media either doesn’t engage in investigative journalism anymore, or that they too, are intentionally lying to the public as they continue to conceal vital information regarding these vaccines (mRNA bioweapons) causing illness, permanent damage and even death to countless American citizens.

Last, the next CDC graph demonstrates that people are dying from these vaccines at an alarming rate, and that a high percentage die within the first 7-days of receiving these vaccines, by all manufacturers. This explains why the CDC has issued the directive to not count anyone as “vaccinated” until two weeks after receiving the inoculation. Most who have died from the vaccination, died within the first few days after receiving the shot.

But you can also see that people continued dying after the first few days, although in smaller numbers so far, based on the data currently posted by the CDC and VAERS.

Medical professionals have been directed to not count anyone as “vaccinated” until 14-days after their vaccination, seemingly because most who have died from taking one of these vaccines, died within that 14-day period. Therefore, they are not being marked as “vaccine related deaths” even though thousands have died within minutes, hours, or days of taking one of the inoculations.

If you think that any of the vaccines in current use have been “approved by the FDA,” you’re wrong. They have only been approved for “emergency use.” Obviously, anyone who is not sick, not showing any symptoms of being sick, is not experiencing a “medical emergency.” No “boosters” have been FDA approved either, but they are all in use today.

A few days ago, I wrote about an independent Vaccine Death Report. Ahead of that, I issued a report on an exported copy of actual VAERS event reports and posted them for everyone to see. That report was pulled for all types of adverse post-vaccine events. But when you start reading these reports, you will note that even most that were not originally filed as “death reports,” later died.

In fact, before resigning their posts as heads of the vaccine review and approval board at the FDA, the two top officials of that department refused to approve the vaccines or any booster, again.

As the old saying goes, if there’s nothing to hide, why is everyone working so hard to hide it all?

Many “front-line” doctors and nurses are being relieved of their positions for refusing to take these vaccines. Hundreds of “expert” doctors all over the world are working hard to stop the fatal use of these vaccines, and they too, are coming under extreme attacks for speaking the truth in an effort to save innocent citizens.

Meanwhile, even the “pro-vax” experts are insisting that their own vaccines do not protect anyone from infection, illness, or death, calling upon their patients to still wear a mask and avoid the “unvaxxed,” even though they have allegedly been inoculated against COVID19. Now they are telling the vaxxed that they will need to keep taking more vaccines, maybe for life, of the same type and form that are currently not saving any lives, while indeed, costing other lives.

Even Hollywood could never dream up a horror story to rival this disaster that has been thrust upon global citizens for the past 20-months. It’s nothing short of gross inhumanity.

Then we can talk about the illnesses caused by breathing our own toxins under a mask, the mental and social damage done by preventing normal human contact, and the economic doom impending as a result of the ongoing interruption in all global economic activity. Meanwhile, U.S. Democrats are rushing to force through more than $3.5 Trillion in more vote-buying spending, leading the USA to more than $35-trillion in unsustainable debt.

In speaking with numerous medical professionals over the past 20-months, the common message has been unmistakable. COVID19 is the biggest tyrannical medical scam ever perpetrated on mankind, throughout world history.

Why do we have to rely on secondary news sources to get the truth presented in this video interview by Dr. Carrie Madej HERE? Or, any other truth?

Can you explain why the USA is ranked #1 in COVID Deaths in the world, with an alleged 2,127 deaths per million from COVID, while China, where the Wuhan Flu was first released from a Wuhan bioweapons facility, is rated #111 in the world, with only 3 COVID deaths per million population?

Can you explain why Israel, the most vaxxed country on earth, is ranked #30, with a reported 824 deaths per million, after vaccinating almost the entire country? Can you explain why the most vulnerable in society, the aging with comorbidities, were placed at the top priority for deadly vaccines, killing thousands in nursing homes?

Can you explain why we allegedly have a 300% increase in COVID cases and related deaths in 2021 over 2020, in a 70% vaccinated America today? Or why other countries like the UK, are reporting that 2/3 of their new COVID cases are fully “vaccinated?”

Are the unvaxxed really a threat to the vaxxed? Or are the vaxxed the real threat now, the Delta variant“super-spreaders?”

Can you explain why over 70% of the U.S. medical community is going along with this insanity? I can…

1. 55% of all hospital revenue comes from Medicare and Medicaid, aka the Federal Government. Through these agencies, the Federal Government controls which medical treatments are “approved” for use by the medical community. The Federal government simply will not pay for any treatment that is not approved for use by the Federal government.
2. Only 45% of all hospital revenue comes from private insurance. But the hospitals are held to government approved treatments (under Medicare and Medicaid) even when it’s being covered by private insurance. If the hospital breaks rank with federal mandates, they could lose all Medicare and Medicaid funding, (55% of the revenue), even if the breach is for a patient covered by private insurance.YOUR DOCTOR IS NOT IN CONTROL OF YOUR MEDICAL CARE! The Federal Government is…
3. After years and thousands spent to become a medical professional, most simply do not want to lose their job, their income, and their license to practice, by issuing treatments that have been prohibited by the federal government via the CDC, Medicare, and Medicaid, such as prescribing Hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin.

When we actually stop following the government experts and instead, “follow the real science,” there is only one way to make sense of any of this…

Nothing we have done over the past 20-months has “followed the science” on how to properly treat any coronavirus event. In fact, what has been done is 100% in direct opposition to how the medical community has dealt with past coronavirus events for decades. The public has even been denied the very treatments known to quickly and quietly cure SARS1 (2002-2004), Hydroxychloroquine.

Instead, Dr. Fauci rushed approval in 2020 for the use of his drug Remdesivir, now being blamed for the deaths of numerous other COVID patients.

All scientific evidence points in one direction… that there is a mass extinction event underway. Deeper research indicates that COVID19 was not the first of these events, and it won’t be the last either. We expect to see more “new viruses” emerging from the same folks who brought us SARS1 and SARS2, COVID19, the Delta variant and now these fatal vaccines.

The real science is quite clear! Masks don’t work and neither do the so-called vaccines…in fact, the vaccines are killing, and so are the masks.

God help us all if I’m right!

© 2021 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Tom DeWeese

For the better part of thirty years I have been trying to sound the alarm over the dangers of Agenda 21 to human society. For my efforts I have been labeled a conspiracy theorists, spreading fear and hate against a reasonable and sound desire to simply protect the environment for future generations.

The Southern Poverty Law Center has issued four separate reports on me. I’ve been attacked on the front page of the Sunday New York Times. Atlantic Magazine scoffed that we Anti-Agenda 21 nuts declared that the UN was using “bike paths to achieve world domination.” And Newsweek called us Extremists who are spreading untruths about Agenda 21 to discredit the UN by claiming it is a attempting to enforce a New World Order to “seize private property and advance the causes of communism and to crush all dissent.” And on and on the charges have gone.        

The funny thing about those charges is that all I have ever done is quote the proponents of Agenda 21 and its policy of Sustainable Development. It started with Agenda 21, then we got a remake called Agenda 2030, followed by the Green New Deal, and most recently the Great Reset. In every case, proponents assure us it’s all just a progressive (and voluntary) drive toward a better life for everyone.

Well, is it? I have an idea! Why don’t I let them tell us in their own words – you know – the ones I’ve been quoting for the past thirty years. Then you can decide for yourselves – conspiracy theory – or threat to all human society?

In Their Own Words – Not Mine!

Comprehensive Blue Print for the Reorganization of Human Society 

“The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All of these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be over come. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.” Club of Rome    

“Effective execution of Agenda 21 will require a profound reorientation of all human society, unlike anything the world has ever experienced. A major shift in the priorities of both governments and individuals and an unprecedented redeployment of human and financial resources. This shift will demand that a concern for the environmental consequences of every human action be integrated into individual and collective decision-making at every level.” United Nations on Agenda 21

“Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class – involving high meat intake, use of fossil fuels, appliances, air-conditioning, and suburban housing – are not sustainable.” Maurice Strong, Chairman UN Earth Summit 1992

“We must go through a wrenching transformation to rid us of the horrors of the Twentieth Century’s Industrial Revolution.” Al Gore, Earth in the Balance

Climate Change – Truth or Fiction – It Doesn’t Matter

“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”

Timothy Wirth (President, United Nations Foundation)

“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony…climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”

Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)

“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”

Paul Watson (co-founder of Green Peace.)

“This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a defined period of time, to change the economic development model that has been reigning for at least 150 years, since the industrial revolution.”

Christiana Figueres (Executive Secretary, UN Framework Convention on Climate Change)

Population Control – Get Rid of the Worthless Humans

“My three main goals would be to reduce human population to about 100 million world-wide, destroy the industrial infrastructure and see wilderness, with its full complement of species returning throughout the world…”

Dave Foreman (Co-founder of Earth First)

“The native ecosystems and the collective needs of non-human species must take precedence over the needs and desires of humans.”

Reed Noss, (A Creator of the Wildlands Project)

“Human beings, as a species have no more value than slugs.”

John Davis (Editor of Earth First Journal). 

“Among environmentalists sharing two or three beers, the notion is quite common that, if only some calamity could wipe out the human race, other species might once again have a chance.” Richard Conniff (Audubon Magazine)

“If I were reincarnated I would wish to return to Earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.” Prince Phillip (World Wildlife Fund)

“Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

David Brower, Sierra Club  

Sustainable = Globalism

“All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan… We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind.”

Preamble to Agenda 2030

“The emerging ‘environmentalization’ of our civilization and the need for vigorous action in the interest of the entire global community will inevitably have multiple political consequences. Perhaps the most important of them will be a gradual change in the status of the United Nations. Inevitably, it must assume some aspects of world government.” Mikhail Gorbachev (address to the State of the World Forum)

“A massive campaign must be launched to de-develop the United States. De-Development means bringing our economic system into line with the realities of ecology and the world resource situation.” Paul Ehrlich (Prof of Population Studies, Stanford U.)

Enforcing the Global Agenda Locally   

“Regionalism must precede Globalism. We foresee a seamless system of governance from local communities, individual states, regional unions, and up through the United Nations itself.” UN Commission on Global Governance  

“No one fully understands how, or even if, sustainable development can be achieved. However, there is growing consensus that it must be accomplished at the local level if it is to be achieved on a global basis.”

The Local Agenda 21 Planning Guide, published by ICLEA, 1996

“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society…because the free market has proven incapable of doing this.” Statement of Principles, Plannersnetwork.org, American Planning Association.   

Resetting the Entire Economic System

“What then is the most effective transition strategy? The essential aim is not to fight against consumer-capitalist society, but to build the alternative to it.”

Author Ted Trainer, Transition to a Sustainable and Just World.

“Simply shutting down the economy is not going to get us to our goal. So, just like we need innovation for COVID-19, we also need to get rid of emissions from all the different sectors and bring down climate change… This crosses many areas, transportation, industry, electricity, all those things, and agriculture – contribute to emissions…”

Bill Gates on the Covid lockdowns.   

“Individual rights will have to take a back seat to the collective.”

Harvey Ruvin (ICLEI)

“The right to full employment and ending unemployment by guaranteeing a job at a living wage in a safe workplace, empowered by labor unions; single-payer Medicare for all, tuition-free education from pre-school to college, and the right to affordable housing.” The Economic Bill Of Rights – the Green New Deal

“Within a year, 77% of institutional investors intend to stop buying into companies that aren’t, in some way, Sustainable. If it’s not done by following Sustainable rules, it will not be financed.”  The Great Reset

“No industry or business will be spared from the impact of these challenges. Millions of companies risk disappearing and many industries face an uncertain future; a few will thrive.”  Klaus Schwab, Covnd-19: The Great Reset

“The chaotic growth of cites will be replaced by a dynamic system of urban settlement…The region is formed by the economic interdependence of its development… The region has a single system of transportation, a centralized administration, and a united system of education and research.”

Soviet Russian architect Alexei Gutnov.  The Ideal Communist City. 1968

Well, there you have it. Now what do think they really want? Am I the nut for simply telling on them? There are tons more quotes I could use, but it would just be over-kill.

Our nation is in chaos,

• with our economy locked down,
• the ability to own and control our own property is disappearing,
• the public schools are becoming factories turning out compliant global village idiots,
• the national debt is soaring,
• gas prices are skyrocketing,
• the nation’s health care system is being destroyed,
• Christianity is being assaulted,
• and the growing threat of a total surveillance society is watching our every move.

Do you see any connection to the above quotes and these current realities taking place across the globe?

It’s interesting to note that Klaus Schwab, head of the World Economic Forum, issued his book titled Covid 19; The Great Reset, claiming it is based on what has been learned during the Covid lockdown. Yet the book was published in August, 2020, just five months into the lockdown. The purpose of the book, claims Schwab, is to take what we learned during the lockdown to guide us on how to govern in this new, dangerous era. The book clearly hints that the pandemic is a result of man-made climate change, and we will suffer endless pandemics unless we reorder society – exactly the same message of Agenda 21.

Considering that an idea for a book takes time to conceive, research, write and then publish – to do it all within five months from the beginning of the pandemic, is either super human — or the Covid experience and its Great Reset were all planned way in advance. Add to that the fact that Dr. Fuchi said in 2017 that Donald Trump was definitely going to face a surprise pandemic – well you get the picture.

Let me finish with one more quote. This one is from my friend and powerful warrior against Agenda 21, the late Rosa Koire.  “UN Agenda 21/Sustainable Development is the action plan to inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all information, all energy, and all human beings in the world. INVENTORY AND CONTROL!”

That’s what we are truly facing. That is what every one of these quotes is advocating – regulation of every aspect of our lives to enforce their agenda to inventory and control everything on earth. Their words – not mine!

Either we stand up to stop it, or suffer the consequences. I rest my case!

© 2021 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese

By Jytte Walter

Dear NWV Readers,

Our daughter-in-law, Tiffany, was making great progress with the alternative treatment she was given through Hope For Cancer in Tijuana and everyone was elated and thankful to the healing powers of God and to the generosity of you and other donors.

The small tumors in her breast disappeared, the lymph node was shrinking and the main tumor was calcifying.

Then she started getting new symptoms and we all got a shock! The cancer is spreading. We are dumb founded! Why?

She was due to go back to the clinic for an update and further treatment and left last Monday. Family and friends thankfully jumped in to babysit for Keira, so dad could go to work. Little Keira is so full of energy and joy! And, thankfully, she’s too little to understand. She just misses mom, when she’s gone. They are very close.

Tiffany is returning today and we are anxious to hear what the clinic’s new plan of attack is. Click below on Go-Fund-Me and Tiffany will explain how she discovered her new symptoms.

We are still hopeful and have not given up by far. But please continue to keep her in your prayers. We need all the help we can get.

With much appreciation and love,

Jytte Walter

Tiffany posted a new update to “Help Save A Young Mothers Life”

Hello Everyone, Unfortunately this update is not as positive as the last. We have hit a speed bump in my healing journey. For the past month, I have been feeling pain in … Click Here to Read the Rest.

Tiffany Kerwin E-Mail: newbornlivinginfo@gmail.com

By Andrew C. Wallace

Consensus Before Critical Mass, Confrontation, and Freedom.

(A) WE, AS AMERICANS, MUST HAVE CONSENSUS ON THE ISSUES BEFORE WE CAN ATTAIN CRITICAL MASS AND CONFRONT BIDEN (”THE USURPER”) AND HIS INSURRECTIONISTS TO REGAIN OUR FREEDOM.

This paper is not an academic exercise, it is deadly serious, every word is critical, and chosen for its exact meaning. It is written as succinctly as possible.

First of all , we must accept the fact that we are at War with the PSRRC and their Communist minions including Biden,”THE USURPER”, who overthrew our Constitutional Government in an election insurrection.

Biden, “THE USURPER”, and his Faux Administration have absolutely no Constitutional Authority or Legitimate Power, none. The power they exercise is fake, but it can still harm you until we stop them.

Our Enemy is the “Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class” (PSRRC) who run this country by controlling everybody, including Biden, ”THE USURPER”, using money and power.
Elected officials, Bureaucrats, Corporate Officials, Judges, Military Flag Officers, Media, POTUS, SCOTUS, DOD, FBI, DOJ, CIA et al. take orders from the PSRRC. Remember these are minions who take orders from the few in the PSRRC; they do not call the shots.

People must realize that BOTH political parties also take orders from the PSRRC.
Members of BOTH parties are mostly corrupt Quislings. Democrats are Communists, and most Republicans, except for “America First” Republicans , are cowardly fellow travelers.

(B) THE FOLLOWING CRIMINAL AND UNCONSTITUTIONAL ACTIONS BY THE PSRRC AND THEIR COMMUNIST INSURRECTIONISTS ARE RAPIDLY DESTROYING OUR COUNTRY AND WE MUST STOP THEM BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE:

Social Security, Medical Care, Voting Rights, American Dream and all government benefits are being destroyed by open borders and illegal invaders. The Military must be used to close borders and deport every last illegal; otherwise, fed-up citizen militias will make a bloody mess of it.

2. “Green New Deal” is a scam causing the inability to heat and cool our homes. It is also increasing the cost of all consumer goods and services to an unattainable level.

3. “Climate Change” can’t be controlled and is a hoax designed to enrich the PSRRC at our expense.

4. Printing Fiat money is impoverishing us.
Unlimited distribution of Fiat money “in the short run” is misleading the public into expecting a national income program that is economically impossible, period. This flood of fiat money must end now as it is causing economic collapse and inflation.

5. The SCOTUS, DOD, DOJ, FBI, CIA, et al. could have prevented the overthrow of our Republic if they would have obeyed the Constitution, but they ignored their Oaths and were compromised. Most of the ranking officials should be charged, fired or impeached and the FBI should be disbanded.

6. COVID-19 and Related Shots, are the largest, Deliberate, Genocidal Global War on people ever attempted to gain power and control. This was a cooperative action by the Chinese Communists and our own National Institutes of Health. It is now clear that the horrendous loss of life and economic destruction was deliberate and expected. All related measures to control the people are unconstitutional.

7. Many of our so-called “Officials and Judges” will not comply with Constitutional requirements for elections, leaving citizens no other remedy or option, but confrontation.

8. Biden, “THE USURPER” and his associates committed treason when they issued unlawful orders to Border Patrol, NGOs and others to ignore existing laws. These unlawful directives ordered, among other things, that borders be open and that illegal invaders be allowed to inter America and be transported and cared for at government expense. Those who complied with these unlawful orders are also guilty of treason. (Research the Nuremberg Code for yourselves!)

9. It is impossible to prosecute Biden, “THE USURPER” and his fellow travelers for treason for giving aid and comfort to illegal invaders and overthrowing our Republic until we have an uncompromised, functual law enforcement and justice system.

(C) IF WE HAVE CONSENSUS ON THE PRECEDING POINTS WE ARE AT CRITICAL MASS, AND MUST PROCEED AT ONCE WITH CONFRONTATION AS THE ONLY REMAINING ALTERNATIVE.

CONFRONTATION is absolutely essential because it is the only action that can be effective with the “Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class”(PSRRC) and their Communist minions. Writing, speaking , demonstrations, parades, and protests have been to no avail and are almost a waste of time, and are an opportunity to be framed by the FBI.

Confrontation must be accomplished even though it is fraught with real danger for both parties. Communists and their greedy partners in the PSRRC are noted for their violence, and no crime is beneath them.

There will be conflict when compromised Federal Officials who have no Constitutional Authority (as a result of election insurrection) attempt to enforce some edict on a Citizen.

The Citizen has every RIGHT and DUTY to resist unlawful and criminal actions. Confrontations must occur; there is no lawful alternative available. Citizen’s actions of defiance are supported by the Constitution and Declaration of Independence because faux administration is unconstitutional. I would never say this if we had a legal and legitimate government. Whenever an elected official is required to make a solemn Oath to our Constitution, and fails to obey its mandates, he is disqualified from his Office and his actions are nullified. He is then a usurper operating under color of law, and has no power or authority.

Citizen actions of defiance will increase in number, and the Communist Administration, as they have done recently , will respond violently, while the FBI frames everyone involved, as is their SOP.

The people, not being forgiving, or stupid, will respond with guerrilla warfare while continuing face-to-face confrontations. I am not aware of any determined guerrilla force that was ever defeated in the field.

A blood bath can only be averted if the PSRRC and their Communist minions abandon their efforts to destroy our republic and resign from all public offices which they took by fraud, force, and insurrection.

Citizens have no option but to do whatever is required to restore their Constitutional Rights even though they may suffer for doing their duty in the short term. The only other option is oppression, degradation, cruelty, slavery and starvation.

Senior citizens, called “Useless Eaters” by Communists, will be the first to die due to destruction of Social Security, retirement programs and Medicare (mostly caused by illegals and excess fiat money).

It is my duty, obligation and right to exercise my freedom of speech to report my honest appraisal of circumstances. I pray that Donald Trump was not our last President. I welcome all comments except those calling me a racist for telling the truth. I am not a racist and neither is my country, even though it elected a Black racist as president, twice.

© 2021 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net